Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 372

© Siemens AG 2014

Switches and Socket Outlets


DELTA

Catalog Version
ET D1 2014

Answers for infrastructure and cities.


© Siemens AG 2014

Related catalogs Contents

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10 Air circuit breakers · Molded case circuit breakers · Miniature circuit
Electrical Installation Technology breakers · Residual current protective devices / AFD units · Fuse systems ·
SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA Overvoltage protection devices · Switch disconnectors · Switching
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring devices · Transformers, power supply units and socket outlets · Busbar
systems · Measuring devices and power monitoring · Monitoring devices ·
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
Software
E86060-K8280-A101-A1-7600

ALPHA FIX LV 52 iPo plug-in terminals · iPo installation terminals · Spring-loaded terminals
Terminal Blocks Combination plug-in terminals · Insulation displacement terminals
Screw terminals · Accessories for terminal blocks

E86060-K1852-A101-A2-7600

DELTA ET D1 JTZTUFNr%&-5"MJOFr%&-5"NJSPr%&-5"QSPmMr%&-5"TUZMFr%&-5"
Switches and socket outlets natur · m-system · Aufputzprogramme · DELTA iris · Motion detectors ·
Blind controls · Room temperature controllers · Data and Communication
systems · Smoke detectors

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and 10


LV 1 Catalog · Manual · Product information · Tools
Electrical Installation Technology

DVD:
E86060-D8201-A101-A4

Products for Automation and Drives CA 01 All products of automation technology, drive technology,
Interactive Catalog, DVD low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
technology, including those in the catalogs listed above.

E86060-D4001-A510-D3-7600

Industry Mall All products of automation technology, drive technology,


low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
technology, including those in the catalogs listed above.
Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall

Catalog PDF All catalogs for low-voltage power distribution and electrical
installation technology can be downloaded as PD'mles.

Internet:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial

Trademarks Technical Support


All product designations may be registered trademarks Expert advice on technical questions
or product names of Siemens AG or other supplying with a wide range of demand-optimized
companies. Third parties using these trademarks or services for all our products and systems.
product names for their own purposes may infringe
upon the rights of the trademark owners.
Further information about low-voltage power distribution
and electrical installation is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014 Introduction
1
DELTA i-system

i-system components
IP20, IP44, Basic Components 2
Switches and Socket Outlets
DELTA line
Catalog ET D1 · 2014
IP20, IP44 3
DELTA miro
IP20, IP44 4

Design versions
DELTA profil
IP20 5
DELTA style
The products and
systems listed in this
IP20, IP44 6
catalog are developed
and manufactured in DELTA natur
accordance with a
VDE-certified quality
IP20 7
management system
complying with m-system
EN ISO 9001:2000.
IP20, for i-system / DELTA profil /
DELTA style
8
Surface-Mounting Product
Range
IP44, IP68
9
DELTA iris
IP20, IP44 10
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates
of this catalog Switching/Pushbutton Control/
www.siemens.com/industrymall Dimming 11
Contact your local Siemens sales office for Motion Detectors
further information 12
© Siemens AG 2014
Shutter/Blind Controls
13
Functions

Room Temperature Controllers


14
Data and Communication
Systems 15
Smoke Detectors
16
Technical Information 17
Appendix 18
© Siemens AG 2014

The right one for everyone Sustainability in focus

Our portfolio includes switchboards, As a worldwide leader in the provision of


distribution boards, protection, switching, high-quality, standards-compliant products
measuring and monitoring devices, and systems for low-voltage power
switches and socket outlets. All over the distribution, we contribute to the sustaina-
world, the universality, modularity and ble and responsible handling of electrical
intelligence of our components and energy. With our integrated portfolio
systems give you innumerable benefits – which ranges from power supply and
all the time they are in use. Developed distribution, through short-circuit protec-
according to the respective international tion and overload protection through to
standards, we offer forward-looking power monitoring, we support the
design with innovative functions and implementation of environmentally
ensure the highest quality standards friendly energy concepts on the basis of
world-wide. wind power, photovoltaics, intelligent
buildings and electromobility.

2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Universal, safe and intelligent


power distribution

Whether in industrial plants, in infrastructure or in


buildings: every technical plant depends on the relia-
ble supply of electricity. Our products provide a safe,
reliable and efficient electrical infrastructure at the
medium- and low-voltage levels. Our components
reliably protect against accidents, disturbances and
fires caused by electrical installations and allow consu-
mers to utilize electrical power in a sustainable,
responsible manner.
We are happy to help you with comprehensive support
from the initial information through to operation.

Everything for power distribution Excellent support

Consistent solutions are required for As a competent and reliable partner, we


electrical power distribution in buildings. also offer you comprehensive support
Our answer is Totally Integrated Power from the initial information, through
(TIP). planning, configuring and ordering to
TIP stands for innovative products, commissioning, operation and technical
systems and software tools which ensure support.
the safe and reliable distribution of We know the needs of your working
electric power. They are supplemented environment and your daily business.
by communication capable circuit Based on this, we give you flexible and
breakers and modules which connect the high quality support, which allows you to
power distribution system to the building concentrate on your customers and their
automation system or industrial automa- needs.
tion solutions.
These in turn can be linked to a compre-
hensive energy management system
which contributes to optimizing the
consumption of electricity and hence to
lowering the costs of operation.

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 3
© Siemens AG 2014

One click - completely informed

Experience Low Voltage in 3D


Acces to a comprehensive sort
of informarion, from 3D
animations to trailers and
technical information.

Comprehensive support from


one source from planning
to operation

4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
1
© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

1/2 New products

1/3 Quality and the environment

1/4 Software at your service

1/5 DELTA price overview

1/9 DELTA product ranges

1/11 Simple and safe to install – even


under difficult conditions

1/13 Compact inserts

1/15 Retrofitting and replacement


made easy

1/17 The perfect solution for a flat design

1/18 Degree of protection IP44

1/19 Perfect down to the very last detail

1/20 DELTA shutter/blind controls

1/21 DELTA dimmers

1/22 DELTA motion detector tops

1/23 DELTA reflex motion detectors,


IP55

1/24 DELTA room temperature


controllers

1/25 DELTA reflex smoke detectors

1/26 Mounting and dismantling of


rockers and frames

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

New products

Polar white Mercury aluminium

Neptune steel Odyssey gold

DELTA iris

1/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

Quality and the environment


Quality in the context of the environment Environmentally-friendly development and design of
Increasing urbanization and a growing global population DELTA products
have meant that it has become one of our key challenges to Environmentally friendly product design is a fundamental ele-
look after and preserve our natural resources – one we are ment of our product development. Starting with the selection
happy tomeet head on. of materials that are as low-emission as possible, over the pro-
tective use of resources, through to the development of suit-
Acting responsibly able recycling strategies, we take all phases of the product cy-
As part of the ecologically responsible and and globally active cle into account. For example, our inserts are free of cadmium
Siemens Group, we are setting the bar high. Our environmen- and nickel, and our DELTA socket outlets are free of PVC and
tal protection objectives are an integral part of our rigorous halogens. Our galvanic coatings are manufactured using
quality management. Chrome-6 free passivation techniques and heavy metal free
Even during the development of our products and systems, pigments and we have ceased using PVC and halogens for our
we take a critical look at their possible effects on the environ- design components. This has two advantages: our product
ment. So, without exception, they all comply with the ranges are ideal even for allergy sufferers and there are no
EC Directive RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances). OPYJPVTGVNFTJOUIFFWFOUPGBmSF'VSUIFSNPSF BMMDPNQPOFOUT
During this development phase, we also lay the foundations can be disposed of in an environmentally friendly manner.
GPSUIFIJHIFTURVBMJUZGSPNUIFWFSZPVUTFU XFEFmOFSFMJ
ability requirements and the related quality assurance mea- It goes without saying that our switch and socket outlet ranges
sures, and these are incorporated into all drafts. comply with all common standards as well as the EC Directive
RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances).
All products and systems are also subject to strict quality spec-
JmDBUJPOTEVSJOHQSPEVDUJPOBOEUFTUJOH8FUBLFHSFBUDBSFUP Pro-active environmental protection
FOTVSFDPNQMJBODFXJUIUIFTFTQFDJmDBUJPOTJOPSEFSUPHVBS
antee our customers nothing but the very best quality. Our *UHPFTXJUIPVUTBZJOHUIBUXFBSFDFSUJmFEUP*40oBT
NBOZDFSUJmDBUFTCFBSXJUOFTTUPPVSTVDDFTT are all Siemens premises. Furthermore, as an active member
of ZVEI (German Electrical and Electronic Manufacturers' Asso-
Pioneers in recycling ciation), we pro-actively support the protection of the envi-
"TBGPVOEFSNFNCFSPGBOPOQSPmUBTTPDJBUJPOGPSUIFBDUJWF ronment with a wide range of measures, such as the develop-
promotion of the environment-friendly recycling of disabled ment of binding environmental management systems.
LV HRC fuse links, Siemens takes a pro-active approach to
recycling. The aim of the association is to create a voluntary
system for the environment-friendly recycling of LV HRC fuse
links, which is simple and free for participating collectors. All
proceeds are used to support a range of projects in the train-
ing and research sector.

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/3


ª4JFNFOT"(
1 Introduction

Software at your service


Labeling software for complete electrical installations
The Siemens labeling software means it has never been easier
to label your switches and socket outlets, distribution boards
and low-voltage controls.
Each product is labeled using a standard printer on pre-
QVODIFEBEIFTJWFmMNPSTJNQMZPO%*/"QBQFS(FOFSBMMZ
speaking, any device used for electrical installation can be la-
beled using this labeling system. This allows you to create a
neat and tidy distribution board and clearly labeled switches
and socket outlets - long after installation.

5IFCFOFmUT

t:PVSXPSLJTNBEFFBTJFSBOEZPVSJOTUBMMBUJPOIBTBVOJ
form appearance, thanks to a single and consistent label-
ing system

t"EIFTJWFMBCFMTBSFEVSBCMF TJNQMFUPBQQMZBOEDBOCF -BCFMJOHUPPM FYBNQMF(".."


used for all devices.

The program is simple to use and available free of charge on


UIF*OUFSOFUBU
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

-BCFMJOHUPPM FYBNQMF%&-5"

1/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

DELTA overview

DELTA line DELTA miro


Artist

Titanium white Aluminum metallic Design Tom’s Drag/ Design Tom’s Drag/
Titanium white Amber
More Colors: More Colors:
Electrical white Carbon metallic

Universal off/
two-way switches

Two-circuit switches

Off/two-way switches and 1) 1)


SCHUKO® socket outlets

SCHUKO® socket outlets -- --

SCHUKO® socket outlets


child protection

SCHUKO® double 1) 1)
socket outlets

Aerial branch-circuit boxes --

TAE boxes 3 x 6 NFN --

Incandescent lamp rotary --


dimmers 50 to 600 W

Motion detectors --
(with triac insert)

Shutter/blind control --
(conventional)

available
-- Not available

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/5


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

DELTA price overview

DELTA miro
Glass Aluminium Wood Color

Crystal green/ Natural/aluminum Maple/ Wenge / Titanium white/


aluminium metallic metallic titanium white aluminum metallic titanium white
More colors:
titanium, graphite,
yellow oxide
Universal off/
two-way switches

Two-circuit switches

Off/two-way switches and


SCHUKO® socket outlets

SCHUKO® socket outlets

SCHUKO® socket outlets


child protection

SCHUKO® double
socket outlets

Aerial branch-circuit boxes

TAE boxes 3 x 6 NFN

Incandescent lamp rotary


dimmers 50 to 600 W

Motion detectors
(with triac insert)

Shutter/blind control
(conventional)

available
-- Not available

1/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

DELTA overview

DELTA iris DELTA style

Polar white Mercury aluminium Titanium white Platinum metallic Basalt black
More Colors:
neptune steel,
odyssey gold
Universal off/
two-way switches

Two-circuit switches

Off/two-way switches and


SCHUKO® socket outlets

SCHUKO® socket outlets

SCHUKO® socket outlets


child protection

SCHUKO® double
socket outlets

Aerial branch-circuit boxes

TAE boxes 3 x 6 NFN

Incandescent lamp rotary


dimmers 50 to 600 W

Motion detectors
(with triac insert)

Shutter/blind control
(conventional)

available
-- Not available

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/7


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

DELTA overview

DELTA profil DELTA natur DELTA fläche IP44

Titanium white Silver Light oak Cherry


More colors: More colors:
dark oak beech, maple,
maple red
Universal off/
two-way switches

Two-circuit switches

Off/two-way switches and


SCHUKO® socket outlets

SCHUKO® socket outlets

SCHUKO® socket outlets


child protection

SCHUKO® double
socket outlets

Aerial branch-circuit boxes --

TAE boxes 3 x 6 NFN --

Incandescent lamp rotary --


dimmers 50 to 600 W

Motion detectors -- -- --
(with triac insert)

Shutter/blind control --
(conventional)

available
-- Not available

1/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

DELTA product ranges

DELTA line

Titanium white Electrical white Aluminum metallic Carbon metallic


DELTA miro Artist, Design Tom‘s Drag

Titanium white Carbon metallic Amber Piano black Chilly


DELTA miro Glass
i-system components

Crystal green/ White/ Black/ Orient/ Orient/


aluminum metallic titanium white aluminum metallic carbon metallic carbon metallic
DELTA miro Aluminium

Natural/aluminum metallic Titanium/carbon metallic Graphite/titanium white Yellow oxide/electrical white


DELTA miro Wood

Maple red/ Maple/ Beech1)/ Cherry 1)/ Wenge 1)/


aluminum metallic titanium white carbon metallic aluminum metallic aluminum metallic
DELTA miro Color

Titanium white Aluminum metallic Carbon metallic

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/9


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

DELTA product ranges

DELTA iris

Polar white Mercury aluminium Neptune steel Odyssey gold


DELTA profil

Titanium white Silver


DELTA style

Titanium white Platinium metallic Basalt black


DELTA natur

Light oak Dark oak Maple red Maple Beech1) Cherry 1)


m-system

Titanium white Aluminum metallic Carbon metallic Platinum metallic


Surface-Mounting Product

DELTA näche IP44 DELTA näche IP68


1)
Color achieved through staining

1/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1
Simple and safe to install –
even under difficult conditions
Wherever inserts need to be mounted, you are in demand and rocker plug-in system. High switching reliability and fast
And you are more than familiar with the usual problems: in- installation and removal is ensured – even if the insert is
TVGmciFOUEFQUIPGUIFnVTINPVOting enclosure means that crooked and even under diGmDult installation conditions –
switch inserts may be plastered or wall-papered over – which UIBOLTUPUIFHFOFSPVTNNnFxibiliUZPGUIFnVTINPVOt-
can lead to malfunctions. Or the wall-mounting of the switch
ing. No need for subsequent adjustments on-site at the
inserts is crooked. The result: rockers that grate – particularly
in the case of multiple combinations. But now there's an end customer's. All of which saves you a lot of time, money and
to all that: with our unique, well-designed and proven insert hassle.

Unique, well-designed, proven plug-in system

The rocker is simply snapped into


the frame to form a complete, sin-
gle unit.

The special design of the switch


lever control compensates for badly
positioned inserts and larger wall
gaps.

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/11


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction
Simple and safe to install –
even under difficult conditions

I2_13487

Uniform shut lines–even if the


inserts are not evenly mtted or in
the case of uneven wall gaps.

The play of the switch leveSJTTVGmDJent


to allow the plugged rocker with frame
UPmUTOVHMZPOUIFXBMMTVSface.

5IFNNnFYJCle nVTINPVOUing
FOTVSFTSFMJBCMFGVnctionality,even
JOUIFDBTFPGFYUSFNFMZVnfavoraCle
wall conditions.

1/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

Compact inserts
What do you expect of an insert? It goes without saying that maximum convenience: the design of the insert base is ultra
you want inserts that are easy to mount. Our inserts are compact, which provides more space for connections.
mounted securely on the wall in no time at all. They offer

As anyone who mounts inserts knows:it's often difmcult to free cables


from their terminals. But not with Siemens: our accessibleand
ergonomically designed release lever makes it easy to releasecables
safely without risk of injury.

All live parts are covered with insulating material for all-round
touch protection – offering maximum protection, even if the
upperdesign part is removed, e.g. when decorating.

Connecting conductors is quick and easy–just plug the solid


conductors with a 1.5 mm2 or 2.5 mm2 cross section int
the funnel shaped cable entries of the connecting terminals.
Thanks to the uniform length of the insulation to be stripped
on both switches and socket outlets there are no more tedious
length adjustments required on the stripping tool.

The cables are easily accessible for Duspol measurements,


even when the glow lamps are plugged in.

The double terminals are clearly arranged on one


side, which makes connection quick and easy.

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/13


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

Compact inserts

Put an end to lack of wiring space in the box:


our compact inserts make space for all the
cables you need.

1/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


ª4JFNFOT"(

Introduction 1

Retrofitting and replacement made easy


3FHBSEMFTTPGXIFUIFSZPVXBOUUPSFUSPmUTQFDJmDGVODUJPOTPS
SFQMBDFDPNQPOFOUToJUDPVMEOhUCFFBTJFSXJUIPVSNPEVMBS
EFTJHOBOEQMVHJOUFDIOPMPHZ

0VSTPDLFUPVUMFUTIBWFBDPOWFOJFOUNPEVMBSdFTJHn
5IJTNFBOTCZNPVOUJOHBVYJMJBSZNPEVMFT PVSJOTFSts
BMTPTVQQPSUUIFJNQMFNFOUBUJPOPGPWFSWPMUage
QSPUFDUJPOBOETUBUVTEJTQMBZ*UJTQPTTJCMe to retromt
TPDLFUPVUMFUTUIBUBSFBMSFBEZJOTUBMMFEBUBOZUJNe

4QBSFglow lBNQGPSSCHUKO®TPDLFUPVtlet 0WFSWPMUBHFQSPUFDUJon .PVOUFEPWFSWoltage


Nodules QSPUFDtJon Nodule

SJeNens ET D ·  1/15


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

Retrofitting and replacement made easy Retrofitting and replacement made easy

Lighting elements can also be replaced without


removing the insert. For example, the LEDs are
simply plugged in from the front and and can be
replaced even during operation.

A standard 40 mm deviDFCPYTVGmDFTGPSSCHUKO®
socket outlets with overvoltage protection. And because
the double terminal is still free after the module is mounted,
no additional terminals are required for the through-wiring.

1/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

The perfect solution for a flat design


The design of switches and socket outlets needs to meet indi- and are not likely to be replaced in a hurry. But design is about
vidual requirements. After all, they're usually on open view more than just appearance. Above all, it must be functional.

Compared to the convention- The material is the key:


ally designed switches and For fast assembly of the components, you
socket outlets of other manu- need to be able to rely on the high quality of
facturers, Siemens offers the the material. Thermosetting plastic parts are
nBUUFTUTwitches to date inclined to break when dropped or secured
when using standardi[FEnVTI- too tightly. Furthermore, thermosetting plas-
mounting boxes. tic surfaces have an uneven appearance and
look cheap – which is why all our plastic
design parts are made of thermoplastic. They
are also far less likely to break when subject
to minor deformations. The shiny thermo-
plastic surfaces are also easy to clean and
offer outstanding protection against yellow-
ing and soiling.

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/17


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

Degree of protection IP44


With the DELTA i-system (DELTA line, DELTA miro) and the of seals covers all applications. Furthermore, with our new
DELTA style switch range – you can even achieve degree surface-mounting enclosures, DELTA line can also be surface-
of protection IP44 without changing the frame trim. mounted as a single, double or triple version. In combination
Whether for the bathroom, outdoors or the cellar – a single set with IP44 – that is completely unique!

Using special sets of seals,it is easy to convert the


switches and socket outlets of the DELTA i-system
(DELTA line and DELTA miro) and DELTA style
to degree of protection IP44.

DELTA style surface-mounting enclosure. Also available in


DELTA line. In unique combination with IP44.

1/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

Perfect down to the very last detail

Whichever way you look at it: our inserts are perfect down
to the very last detail.

Our new combination screws for Torx and slotted screw drivers
ensure that there is no slipping of the screwdriver blade. The
screw is screwed with metric thread into the metal. Minimum
torques enable the secure fastening of the insert even when
mounted manually using a screwdriver. It is virtually impossible
to strip the thread.

Stripping lengths with tolerance specimDBUions are clearly


labeled on the mounting bracket and the bottom of the base.
This helps prevent faults caused if the strip length of the wire is
too short. Thanks to the uniform stripping length of 10 mm for
all switch models, including SCHUKO® socket outlets, there are
no more tedious length adjustments required on the stripping
tool.

You can instantly see how the insert is connected:the circuit


diagram and item number on the back of the base with topo-
graphical wiring diagram preclude mounting errors due to
incorrect connection.

A rod spring ensures that the retracting claws are resistant to


ageing and reversible – even when repeatedly dismantled and
remounted.

If using deeper device boxes,


you can alTPSFUSPmUPVr
extension claws. These
enable secure fastening
even in the event of struc-
tural changes – for example
if the area is subsequently
tiled. What's more: the
extension claws are
mounted as is – no need to
remove the normal claws
mSTU.

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/19


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

DELTA shutter/blind controls


Our shutter/blind control shows how easy it is to enhance What's more: with the new functions, you will always have
home convenience and safety. We have now developed new suitable solutions for your customers in the desired DELTA
applications that address the demand for greater living com- design – whether for local or centralized control or brightness
fort – whether for new buildings, or wIFOSFUSPmUting or ren- or time-dependent control with sun sensor or time switch.
ovating existing buildings.
Group and central control of shutters/blinds

230 V

I201_13478a
Solution achieved through blind relay and conventional pushbutton.

230 V

10 V

I2_13479

Shutter/blind control with sun sensor (accessories for Comfort shutter/blind control)

Comfort Shutter/blind control


shutter/blind control nVTINPVOUJOHJTPMBUJOHSFMBy,
compact

1/20 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Introduction 1

DELTA dimmers
Dimmers create atmosphere. Whether subdued lighting for a Universal dimmers
stylish evening meal or a work light switched to suit ambient
conditions: it is the ability to adapt lighting quickly and easily The universal dimmers can be used for many kinds of lamp
that make dimmers such an attractive option. The new DELTA loads: incandescent lamps, high-voltage halogen lamps and
product range covers devices that control all types of conven- low-voltage halogen lamps with magnetic or electronic trans-
tional lamps. This includes incandescent lamps, high-voltage former. The touch dimmers are particularly user-friendly.
halogen lBNQT nVPSFTDFOUlamps and low-voltage halogen Switching them on and off is as simple as using a normal light
lamps with magnetic or electronic transformers. switch. They can also be dimmed up or down to the required
brightness. The memory function enables a speDJmc dimming
Rotary dimmers value to be stored, which is then automatically switched to
when the dimmer is activated. A universal dimmer can also be
Simply turn the dimmer to set the required brightness – press- switched and dimmed from various points using conventional
ing it turns the light on or off. Rotary dimmers can also be pushbuttons.
mounted in cross and two-way switches.

I2_13480

This is possible thanks to networking: a sensor dimmer can be controlled from a number of conventional pushbuttons
(Graphics in the switch design of DELTA line, titanium white)

Rotary dimmer Universal dimmer

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 1/21


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

DELTA motion detector tops


Light, whenever it's needed – particularly if entering a dark The Comfort version also offers additional functions
passage area. The use of motion detectors is particularly use-
ful for the automatic switching of lights in corridors, garages, t Adjustable delay time from 10 seconds to 30 minutes
cellars or toilets. t Option for controlling a bell in the door and entrance area
Comfort is standard – for both versions tý5FBDI GVODUJPOýCy selectively covering by hand, it is pos-
sible to store the current brightness value as a switching
Those who opt for the standard version, are offered a perma- value
nently set delay time of 2 minutes, as well as an option for set-
t The operator can select between the operating modes
ting the brightness value and sensitivity.
ý$ontinuous ONý, ý$POtinuous OFFýorý"VUomaticýat any
time

I2_13481

If the large sensing range of a motion detector proves to be inTVGmDient, you can expand it using extension units.
(Graphics in the switch design of DELTA line, titanium white)

Motion detector top $omfort motion detector top

1/22 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


ª4JFNFOT"(

Introduction 1

DELTA reflex motion detectors, IP55


Unpack, connect, done – no further work required

"LFZGFBUVSFPGUIFOFX%&-5"SFnFYNPUJPOEFUFDUPS*1Js
UIFQSFDJTJPOXJUIXIJDIJUTWBMVFTDBOCFQSFTFU DPNQBSFEUo
TUBOEBSENPUJPOEFUFDUPST XIJDIBSFTFUPWFSQPUFOUJPNF-
UFST4PUIFSFJTOPOFFEUPHPCBDLBOEBEKVTUUIFEFWJDFT.
$POWFOJFOUNPVOUJOHRVJDLBOEFBTZXJSJOHJOUIFUFSNJOBM
CPYoBOEUIFOTJNQMZQMVHJOUIFNPUJPOEFUFDUPS$PNNJT-
TJPOJOHPGUIFNPUJPOEFUFDUPSJTBVUPNBUJD.

5IF%&-5"SFnFYNPUJPOEFUFDUPS*1JTBWBJMBCMFGPSUXPEJG-
GFSFOUTFOTJOHSBOHFT¡BOE¡5IF¡WFSTJPOJTBMTo
BWBJMBCMFXJUISFNPUFDPOUSPM.

"LFZGFBUVSFPGUIFOFX%&-5"SFnFYNPUJPOEFUFDUPS*1Js
JUTQBSUJDVMBSMZBUUSBDUJWFEFTJHO.

Benefits
t *OTUBOUDPNNJssJonJnH
t 1SFTFUTUBOEBSENPEFXJUIUXPNJOVUFTEFMBZUJNFBOE
MVYCSJHIUOFTTWBMVF
t 1SFDJTFBEKVTUNFOUPGWBMues for tXJMJHIUBOEEFMay tJNF To
OPOFFEUPLFFQHPJOHCBDLUPUIFTJUFUPSFBEKVTUUIFEFWJDe
t CPOWFOJFOUNPVOUJOHoUIFNPUJPOEFUFDUPSTJNQMy pMVHs
JOUPUIFUFSNJnaMCPY
t AVUPNBUJDUFTUNPEFBGUFSJnJtJaM appMJDBUJPOPGWPMUBHe
t CIBOHFQSFTFUCSJHIUOFTTWBMVFTBOEEFMay tJNFTXJth a
sJNQMFUPVDIPGUIFCVUUPn
t FMFYJCMFVTFTVJUBCMe for waMM DFJMJOHPSDPSOFSJnstaMMatJon
t &YDFMMent prJDFQFSGPSNBODFSBUJo
t AUUSBDUJWFEFTJHn
t AWBJMBCMe JOUIFDPMors tJtanJVNwhJUFBOEBOUISBDJte
t "EEJUJPOBMGVODUJPOTPWFSSFNPUFDPOUSPMXJUIUIF¡*R
WFSTJPn

SJeNens ET D ·  1/23


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction

DELTA room temperature controllers


A room temperature controller brings greater comfort and Room temperature controllers, direct floor heating
warmth into your home – naturally in a design to match your t For controlliOHnPor storage heating and electriDnPPSIFBU-
DELTA range. ing with heat mats
Room temperature controller, NC/CO contact t The basic controller type comprises two parts: control
t For electric and warm water convectors, pumps and tank EFWJDF GPSTFUUJOHUIFSFRVJSFEnPPr temperature) and
control SFNPUFTFOTPS JOUIFnPPSGPSNPOJUPSJOg the set tempera-
ture)
t For heating and cooling control
Room temperature controllers, 3-position switch
t For electric and warm water convectors, pumps and tank
control
t Automatic timing through external time signal, constant
comfort temperature or nighttime reductions through
override of the time signal

Room temperature controller, Room temperature controller, Room temperature controller,


NC/CO contact 3-position switch dirFDUnPPSIFBUing

1/24 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


ª4JFNFOT"(

Introduction 1

DELTA reflex smoke detectors


Siemens offers Smoke detectors with long battery life.
8JUI%&-5"SFnFYEFUFDUPS4%/ZPVDBOOFUXPSLVQUP
smoke detectors
DELTA reflex SD230N smoke detectors

DELTASFnFY SD/ smoke detector, titaniVm white


t Can be networked with VQ to  fVrther smoke detectors
t 7E4DFSUJmFERVBMJUZTNPLFEFUFDUPSTBDDPSEJOHUPthe
latest E/ 1464 standard
t Modern design
t EYtremely UV-resistant material
t Easy and RVickNPVnting
t EBZCBUUFSZDIBOHF disQlay
t BBUUFSZDPNQBSUNFOUDIeck
t  V Qowered, incl. 9 V backVQ battery
DELTA reflex SD9/SD9L smoke detectors

DELTASFnFY SD9/SD9L smoke detector, titaniVm white


t 7E4DFSUJmFERVBMJUZTNPLFEFUFDUPSTBDDPSEJOHUPthe
latest E/ 1464 standard
t Modern design
t EYtremely UV-resistant material
t Easy and RVickNPVnting
t EBZCBUUFSZDIBOHF disQlay
t Test bVtton for fVnction testing
t #BUUFSZJODMVEFEJOEFMJWFry:
- SD9: 9-V alkaline battery
- SD9L: 9-V lithiVm battery
t SerWice life of battery
- 4%BQQSPYZFBST
- 4%-BQQSPYZFBST

Siemens ET D1 · 14 1/25


© Siemens AG 2014
1 Introduction
Mounting and dismantling
of rockers and frames

Rockers and frames are simply snapped together to form a The rockers are always removed from the insert over the
unit. Then just plug the rocker/frame combination into the frame, i.e. lifting the frame, either manually or using a screw-
insert – done. driver, automatically lifts the rocker from its bracket.

Simply repeat this process for multiple frames.

1/26 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


2
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2

2/2 Introduction

2/5 Switches and pushbuttons

2/10 Socket outlets

2/18 International plug-and-socket devices

2/19 Shutter/blind controls

2/24 Lighting controls

2/26 Motion detectors

2/28 Room temperature controllers

2/29 Communication

2/31 TV / RF / SAT

2/32 Equipotential bonding

2/32 Module carriers for DELTA line


and DELTA miro

2/33 School program

2/34 Add-on devices

2/36 Accessories and spare parts

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Introduction

Overview
Colors and designs of the i-system

Titanium white Electrical white


Frames in DELTA line design

Aluminum metallic Carbon metallic

Handpainted frame

DELTA miro Artist/ DELTA miro Artist/ DELTA miro Artist/


Amber Piano black Chilly
Frames in DELTA miro line design

DELTA miro Glass/ DELTA miro Aluminium/ DELTA miro Wood/ DELTA miro Color/
Titanium white Titanium white Aluminum metallic Titanium white

2/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Introduction
2
Using i-system
All components of the i-system product range can be combined with the
t Frames from the DELTA line product range.
t Frames from the DELTA miro product range.

Modular components of the i-system with DELTA line and DELTA miro

Frame Design cover


DELTA line DELTA line

Rocker i-system

I201_10727h
Frame Design cover
DELTA miro DELTA miro

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/3


© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Introduction
Combination screws for Torx T10 and slotted screwdrivers

Since 11/2008, we have been successively equipping all our inserts for switches and pushbuttons, and all SCHUKO® socket
outlets from the DELTA product range, with the new combination screws.

Previously Now

I201_15408b

Pozidriv Slotted Torx


screwdriver screwdriver screwdriver
(size 1) (4.0 to 4.5 mm) (T10)

Use of different screwdrivers on the previously used and new combination screw.

2/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Switches and pushbuttons


2
Selection and ordering data
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of rockers: 55 mm x 55 mm
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note
t The color aluminum metallic is identical to silver (DELTA proml)
t 5IFDPMPSDBSCPONFUBMMJDJTJEFOUJDBMUPBOUISBDJUF %&-5"QSPml)
Note Section Page
t For extension claws, see ... Functions / Switching/ 11/18
Pushbutton Control/
Dimming / Accessories
and spare parts
3/5
t All rockers shown here can be com- Design / DELTA line
bined with the frames of the DELTA
line product range, see ...

t All rockers shown here can be com- Design / DELTA miro 3/5
bined with the frames and color ele-
ments of the DELTA miro product
range, see ...
t Degree of protection IP44 for rock- Accessories and spare 2/36 5TG4324 1 1/10 sets
ers can be achieved with the IP44 parts
set of seals, for rockers, see ...
Rockers, neutral
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6201 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6271 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6241 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6221 1 1/10 units
t Amber (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG6221-0 1 1/10 units
t Piano black (similar to RAL 9005) 5TG6221-1 1 1/10 units
t Chilly (similar to RAL 3020) 5TG6221-2 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
5TG6201
t Universal switches Functions / Switching/ 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Rockers with "Bell" symbol
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6207 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6277 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6247 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6227 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/ 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
5TG6207
Rockers with "Door Opener" symbol
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6208 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6278 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6248 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6228 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/ 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/Dimming
5TG6208 t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Rockers with I/O symbols
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6202 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6272 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6242 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6222 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t ON/OFF switches, 2-pole, 10 AX Functions / Switching/ 11/5 5TA2112
Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t ON/OFF switches, 2-pole, 16 AX dto. 11/5 5TA2162 1 1/10 units
5TG6202 t ON/OFF switches, 3-pole, 16 A dto. 11/5 5TA2153 1 1/10 units

You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/5
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers with window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6200 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6270 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6240 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6220 1 1/10 units
t Amber (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG6220-0 1 1/10 units
t Piano black (similar to RAL 9005) 5TG6220-1 1 1/10 units
t Chilly (similar to RAL 3020) 5TG6220-2 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
5TG6200
t Switches with pilot lamp,for ON/OFF Functions / Switching/ 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way dto 11/6 5TA2108 1 1/10 units
switching
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with seperate dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
check-back indication
t Universal switches dto. 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Rockers with "Light" symbol and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6206 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6276 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6246 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6226 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches Functions / Switching/
F 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
5TG6206
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF dto. 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching
t Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way dto. 11/6 5TA2108 1 1/10 units
switching
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/9 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
with separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with seperate check- dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
back indication
Rockers with labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6210 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6280 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6250 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6230 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/ 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t Universal switches dto. 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
5TG6210
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
Sheets of pictographs, for single Accessories and spare 2/36 5TG1136 1 1 unit
SPDLFSTXJUIMBCFMJOHmFME 5(
parts
can be ordered separately, see
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Switches and pushbuttons


2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers with "Bell" symbol and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6215 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6285 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/ 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Note
5TG6215 Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Rockers with labeling field and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6211 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6281 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6251 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6231 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Switches with pilot lamp,for ON/OFF Functions / Switching/ 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way dto 11/6 5TA2108 1 1/10 units
5TG6211 switching
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with seperate dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
check-back indication
t Universal switches dto. 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
5TA2150 switches with pilot lamp, for Accessories and spare 2/36 5TG1138 1 1 unit
ON/OFF switching can be used as parts
heating emergency switch. The
required 5TG1138 labeling meld
insert "Heating Emergency Switch"
must be ordered separately, see ...
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

5TG1138
Rockers, double, neutral
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6205 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6275 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6245 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6225 1 1/10 units
t Amber (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG6225-0 1 1/10 units
t Piano black (similar to RAL 9005) 5TG6225-1 1 1/10 units
t Chilly (similar to RAL 3020) 5TG6225-2 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
5TG6205
t Double two-way switches Functions / Switching/ 11/7 5TA2118 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/Dimming
t Two-circuit switches dto. 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, double, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/10 5TD2115 1 1/10 units
1 CO contact
t Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts dto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
Rockers, double, with Up/Down symbols
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6214 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6284 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6254 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6234 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Shutter/blind switches, with electri- Functions / Shutter/ 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
cal and mechanical interlock blind controls
t DELTA UP 116 bus coupling units, dto. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
5TG6214 pushbutton position, double

*You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/7
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers, double, with window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6204 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6274 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6244 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6224 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Two-circuit switches FuOctioOs / 4XitchiOg/1Vsh- 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
CuttoO CoOtrol/DiNNiOg
t1VTICVUUPOT EouClF 2 NO DPOUacts Eto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
5TG6204
Rockers, double, with labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6212 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6282 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6252 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6232 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t DouCle two-way switches FuOctioOs / 4witchiOg/ 11/7 5TA2118 1 1/10 units
1ushCuttoO CoOtrol/DiNNiOg
t Two-circuit switches Eto. 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
5TG6212 t 1usICVUUPOT EouClF 1 NO coOtact Eto. 11/10 5TD2115 1 1/10 units
1 C0DPOtact
t1VTICVUUPOT EPuClF 2 N0DPOUacts Eto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
t4IVUUFr/CliOE switches with electri- 'VOctiPOT4IVUUFr/CliOE 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
calBOENFDhaOical iOterlock DPOUrols
t 4hutter/CliOE pushCuttoOs with elec- Eto. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
trical iOterlock
Note Section Page
5TG1137 sheet of piDUPHSBQIT for AccessoriFTBOETpare 2/36 5TG1137 1 1 unit
EouCle rocker with laCeliOH melE parts
NVTUCFPSEFSFETFQBSately see ...
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Rockers, double, with labeling field and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6213 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6283 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6253 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6233 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Two-circuit switches FuOctioOs / 4witchiOg/ 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
1ushCuttoO CoOtrol/DiNNiOg
5TG6213 Note Section Page
5TG1137 sheet of piDUPHSBQIT for Accessories aOE spare 2/36 5TG1137 1 1 unit
EouCle rocker with laCeliOH melE parts
NVTUCFPSEFSFETFQBSately see ...
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Rockers with pull actuation
Cord approx. 2 m
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6217 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6287 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t 1usICVUUPOT 1 N0DPOtact FuOctioOs / 4witchiOg/ 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
1ushCuttoO CoOtrol/DiNNiOg
t 1usICVUUPOT 1 C0DPOtact Eto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units

5TG6217

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Switches and pushbuttons


2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Hotel card switches, with lighting and labeling field
t Cover plate 62 mm × 62 mm
t For cards up to 54 x 85 mm, 0.7 ... 1.0 mm thick
t Insertion of a card controls a mechanical contact
t With insert, pushbutton, 1 CO contact, with separate neutral terminal
(5TD2117)
t Incl. glow lamp (5TG7332)
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG4820 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG4824 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG4821 1 1 unit
5TG4820 t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG4822 1 1 unit
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/9
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Socket outlets

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mxing
t SCHUKO ® socket outlets: 16 A, 250 V AC; 10 A, 250 V AC
t Live parts of inserts covered by molded plastic
t Self-retracting claws
t The screwless terminals are connecting terminals for
Cu and aluminum conductors up to 2.5 mm 2
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
Note Section Page
t For extension claws, see ... Functions / Switching/ 11/18
Pushbutton Control/
Dimming / Accessories
and spare parts
t All socket outlets shown here can Design / DELTA line 3/5
becombined with the frames of the
DELTA line product range, see ...

t"MMSPDLFSTTIPXOIFSFDan be Design / DELTA miro 3/5


combined with the frames of the
DELTA miro product range, see ...

SCHUKO ® socket outlets


Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- With claws 5UB1511 1 1/10 units
- Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5UB1511-0KK 1 10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013)
- With claws 5UB1551 1 1/10 units
- Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5UB1551-0KK 1 10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1931 1 1/10 units
5UB1511 t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1921 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1512 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1513 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with ZSV 2)
t Red (similar to RAL 3003) On request
- Without labeling
- For use with WSV 3)
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2)
ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).
3)
WSV: Other safety power supply.
SCHUKO ® socket outlets with child protection
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- With claws 5UB1518 1 1/10 units
- Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5UB1518-0KK 1 10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013)
- With claws 5UB1558 1 1/10 units
- Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5UB1558-0KK 1 10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1934 1 1/10 units
5UB1518 t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1924 1 1/10 units
t Amber (similar to RAL 1036) 5UB1924-0 1 1 unit
t Piano black (similar to RAL 9005) 5UB1924-1 1 1 unit
t Chilly (similar to RAL 3020) 5UB1924-2 1 1 unit
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1520 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1521 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with ZSV 2)
t Red (similar to RAL 3003) 5UB1522 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with WSV 3)
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2) ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).
3)
WSV: Other safety power supply.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Socket outlets
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets with "SV" imprint 1) 5UB1910 1 1/10 units
Green (similar to RAL 6018)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 2/37
see ... parts
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).

5UB1910
SCHUKO® socket outlets with "SV" imprint1) and child protection 5UB1900 1 1/10 units
Green (similar to RAL 6018)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 2/37
see ... parts
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).

5UB1900
SCHUKO® socket outlets with "ZSV" imprint1) 5UB1911 1 1/10 units
Orange (similar to RAL 2004)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 2/37
see ... parts
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).

5UB1911
SCHUKO® socket outlets with "ZSV" imprint1) and child protection 5UB1901 1 1/10 units
Orange (similar to RAL 2004)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 2/37
see ... parts
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).

5UB1901
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1515 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1555 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1933 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1923 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1537 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1538 1 1/10 units
5UB1515 - Without labeling
- For use with ZSV 2)
t Red (similar to RAL 3003) 5UB1536 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with WSV 3)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 2/37
see ... parts
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2)
ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).
3)
WSV: Other safety power supply.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/11
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO ® socket outlets, with status display and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1560 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1561 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1935 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1925 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1562 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1563 1 1/10 units
5UB1560 - Without labeling
- For use with ZSV 2)
Note Section Page
t Spare glow lamp, for SCHUKO ® Accessories and spare 2/38 5TG7304 1 1/10 units
socket outlet with status display parts
5TG7304, see ...
t Labelsheets,formarkingtheinserts, dto. 2/37
see ...
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / Socket 18/12
Outlets / SCHUKO ®socket
outets, with status display

Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2)
ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).
Conversion kits, status display
t For SCHUKO® socket outlets
t 1 set contains a glow lamp and cover plate
t With window and labeling meld
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UH1310 1 1/5 sets
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UH1311 1 1/5 sets
Note Section Page
'PS5FDIOJDBMTQFDJmDBUJPOT TFF Technical Information /Socket 18/12
Outlets /SCHUKO® socket
outlets, with status display

Note
5UH1310 Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
SCHUKO ® socket outlets, with child protection,
and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1523 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1552 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1940 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1943 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
t For label sheets for marking inserts, Accessories and spare 2/37
5UB1523 see ... parts
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
SCHUKO ® socket outlets, with child protection,
labeling field and function indicator
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1524 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1553 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1941 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1944 1 1/10 units
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
5UB1524 Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Socket outlets
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with child protection, labeling field,
function indicators and overvoltage protection

Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1525 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1556 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1942 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1945 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
5UB1525 t Spare overvoltage protection mod- Accessories and spare 2/38 5UH1300 1 1 unit
ule 5UH1300, see ... parts
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information /Socket 18/13
Outlets /SCHUKO® socket
out-lets, with overvoltage
protection

Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with overvoltage protection,
function displays and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1564 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1565 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1936 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1926 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
t Spare overvoltage protection mod- Accessories and spare 2/38 5UH1300 1 1 unit
5UB1564 ule 5UH1300, see ... parts
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information /Socket 18/13
Outlets /SCHUKO® socket
out-lets, with overvoltage
protection

Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Conversion kits, overvoltage protection
t For SCHUKO® socket outlets
t 1 set contains overvoltage protection module and cover plate
t With window and labeling meld
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UH1340 1 1 set
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UH1341 1 1 set
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information /Socket 18/13
Outlets /SCHUKO® socket
out-lets, with overvoltage
protection

Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

5UH1340

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/13
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets with residual-current protection
t 16 A, 230 V AC
t 45 ... 60 Hz
t With integrated residual current operated circuit breaker for increased
protection level
t With interconnecting conductors (i.e. conventional SCHUKO® socket outlets
connected downstream can also be integrated into residualcurrent protection)
t With child protection
t For screw mxing (without claws)
t Rated residual current 30 mA
Versions
5TC1011
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1011 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 9013) 5TC1010 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (RAL 9006) 5TC1012 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC1013 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For Technical specimDations, see ... Technical Information / 18/13
Socket Outlets / SCHUKO ®
socket outlet with residual-
current pro- tection
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1011/all
SCHUKO ® socket outlets with hinged lid and child protection
and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1912 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1902 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1932 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1922 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1913 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
5UB1912 t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1914 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with ZSV 2)
Note Section Page
t Degree of protection IP44 for Accessories and spare 2/37 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
SCHUKO® socket outlets with parts
hinged lid can be achieved using
an IP44 seal, for socket outlets, see ...
t Label sheets, for marking the inserts, dto. 2/37
see ...
Note
t Opening angle of the hinged lid, 150°
t Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2) ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1917 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1907 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1937 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1927 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
Degree of protection IP44 for Accessories and spare 2/37 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
SCHUKO® socket outlets with parts
hinged lid can be achieved using
5UB1917 an IP44 seal, for socket outlets, see ...
Note
Opening angle of the hinged lid, 150°

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Socket outlets
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO ® socket outlets,
with hinged lid and child protection
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1915 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1905 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1930 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1920 1 1 unit
t Amber (similar to RAL 1036) 5UB1920-0 1 1 unit
t Piano black (similar to RAL 9005) 5UB1920-1 1 1 unit
t Chilly (similar to RAL 3020) 5UB1920-2 1 1 unit
5UB1915
Note Section Page
Degree of protection IP44 for Accessories and spare 2/37 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
SCHUKO ® socket outlets with parts
hinged lid can be achieved using
an IP44 seal, for socket outlets, see ...
Note
Opening angle of the hinged lid, 150°
Cover plates with hinged lid, child protection
and labeling field
For converting SCHUKO® socket outlets
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UH1081 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UH1213 1 1/10 units
Note
t Opening angle of the hinged lid, 150°
t Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
5UH1081 Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Cover plates with hinged lid
For converting SCHUKO® socket outlets
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UH1204 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UH1205 1 1/10 units
Note
Opening angle of the hinged lid, 150°

5UH1204
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid and child protection
and lock
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1916 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1906 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
Degree of protection IP44 for Accessories and spare 2/37 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
SCHUKO ® socket outlets with parts
hinged lid can be achieved using
an IP44 seal, for socket outlets, see ...
5UB1916
Note
t Opening angle of the hinged lid, 150°, identical key type
t The special version offers up to 200 different locking systems.
Ask for details of additional charge.
SCHUKO ® socket outlets, 80 mm x 80 mm
Complete assembly, therefore no additional frame necessary
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1580 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1581 1 1/10 units
Note
DELTA line design

5UB1580

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/15
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets, 80 mm x 80 mm,
with child protection
Complete assembly, therefore no additional frame necessary
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1582 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1583 1 1/10 units
Note
DELTA line design

5UB1582
SCHUKO® double socket outlets
t 117 mm x 80 mm
t For device boxes with 60 mm Ø
t Screw terminals
t Live parts not covered by molded plastic
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Discontinued model 5UB2201 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) Discontinued model 5UB2202 1 1 unit

5UB2201
Double SCHUKO® socket outlets, with child protection
t 94 mm x 80 mm
t For device boxes with 60 mm Ø
t Screwless terminals
t Without self-retracting claws
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB2206-5A 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB2205-5A 1 1 unit

5UB2206-5A
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with hinged lid made of die-cast 5UB4650 1 1 unit
aluminum
t 8JUInVTINPVOUJOHTPcket
t IP41 drip-proof
t Base made of thermosetting plastic with two cable entries M20
t 95 mm x 95 mm x 56 mm
t Light gray (RAL 7035)

5UB4650
Shaver socket outlets
t 20 VA, ~230 V, 50/60 Hz
t 80 mm x 80 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UA6701 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UA6110 1 1 unit
Note Abschnitt Seite
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/66
International Plug-and-
5UA6701 Socket Devices / Shaver
socket outlets

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Socket outlets
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Molded-plastic wall enclosures, with lid, for "shaver socket outlets" 5UH1111 1 1 unit
80 mm x 80 mm x 62 mm

5UH1111

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/17
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 International plug-and-socket devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t With screw and claw mxing
t Screw terminals
t Degree of protection IP20
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
Note Section Page
For extension claws, see ... Functions / Switching/ 11/18
Pushbutton Control/
Dimming / Accessories
and spare parts
Socket outlets with grounding pin and child protection
t 16 A, ~250 V
t 2-pole according to CEE7
t French/Belgian standard
t With anti-slip terminals for 4 x 2.5 mm 2
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1918 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1908 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1938 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1928 1 1/10 units
5UB1918
Socket outlets with grounding pin
t 16 A, ~250 V
t 2-pole according to CEE7
t French/Belgian standard
t With anti-slip terminals for 4 x 2.5 mm 2
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1350 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1348 1 1/10 units

5UB1350
Socket outlets, according to American standard C 73
t 15 A, ~125 V
t 51 mm x 51 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1307 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1303 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
Intermediate frames must be ordered Design / DELTA line / 3/6
separately, see ... Frames
5UB1307
NEMA socket outlets 5UB1534 1 1 unit
t 2-pole (2P + E)
t NEMA 5-20R
t 20 A, 125 V AC
t For 58 series mounting boxes
t For screw mxing only
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)

5UB1534
NEMA socket outlets with hinged lid 5UB1535 1 1 unit
t 2-pole (2P + E)
t NEMA 5-20R
t 20 A, 125 V AC
t For 58 series mounting boxes
t For screw mxing only
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)

5UB1535

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Shutter/blind controls
2
Selection and ordering data
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
Note Section Page
t All rockers and cover plates Design / DELTA line 3/5
shown here can be combined with
the frames of the DELTA line
product range, see ...
t All rockers and cover plates Design / DELTA miro 3/5
shown here can be combined with
the frames of the DELTA miro
product range, see ...
Rockers, double, with Up/Down symbols
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6214 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6284 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6254 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6234 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t4IVUUFS/blind swiUDIFs, wiUI elFDUri- 'VnDUions / 4IVUUFS blind 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
DalBOENFDIaniDal iOUerloDk DPOUrols
t4IVUUFS/bliOEQVTICVUUPOT, wiUI eleD- dUo. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
5TG6214 UriDal iOUerloDk
Rockers, double, with labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6212 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6282 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG6252 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG6232 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t4IVUUFS/blind swiUDIFs, wiUI elFDUri- 'VnDUions / 4IVUUFS blind 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
DalBOENFDIaniDal iOUerloDk DPOUrols
t4IVUUFS/bliOEQVTICVUUPOT, wiUI eleD- dUo. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
5TG6212 UriDal iOUerloDk
Note Section Page
5(TIFFUPG piDUPHSBQIT Gor ADDFTTories and spare 2/36 5TG1137 1 1 unit
doVblFSPDLFr wiUI labeling meld mVsU parUs
be ordered separaUely, see ...
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/19
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Shutter/blind controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind key-operated switches for master-key systems,
with Up/Down symbols
t 10 A, ~250 V
t Key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
t 5TG4225 promle semicylinder (see below) must be ordered
separately
Titanium white versions (similar to RAL 9010)
t 1-pole, changeover contact with neutral position
- Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7664 1 1 unit
- Momentary-contact position to left and right 5TA7666 1 1 unit
5TA7664 - Maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7668 1 1 unit
t 2-pole, changeover contact with neutral position
- Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7665 1 1 unit
- Momentary-contact position on both sides, key can only be removed 5TA7667 1 1 unit
when in "OFF" position
t 2-pole, changeover contact without neutral position
- Maintained-contact position to left and right, key can be with 5TA7670 1 1 unit
drawn in both switch positions
Electrical white versions (RAL 1013)
t 1-pole, changeover contact with neutral position
- Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7675 1 1 unit
- Momentary-contact position to left and right 5TA7677 1 1 unit
- Maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7680 1 1 unit
t 2-pole, changeover contact with neutral position
- Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7676 1 1 unit
- Momentary-contact position to left and right 5TA7678 1 1 unit
t 2-pole, changeover contact without neutral position
- Maintained-contact position to left and right, key can be with 5TA7681 1 1 unit
drawn in both switch positions
Note Section Page
For Technical specimDations, see ... Technical Information / 18/48
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind key-oper-
ated switches, for mas-
ter-key systems
Profile semicylinders for "shutter/blind key-operated switches 5TG4225 1 1/10 units
for master-key systems"
t CES product
t With three keys of
t Identical key type

5TG4225
Shutter/blind key-operated switches with Up/Down symbols
t With safety lock and 2 keys
t 10 A, ~250 V
t 1-pole
t Identical key type
t Key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right
and neutral position
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7662 1 1 unit
5TA7662 t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7673 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For Technical specimDations, see ... Technical Information / 18/47
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind key-oper-
ated switches

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/20 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Shutter/blind controls
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind knob-operated switches with Up/Down symbols
t 10 A, ~250 V
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right
and neutral position
t Changeover contact with neutral position
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- 1-pole 5TA7660 1 1 unit
- 2-pole 5TA7661 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013)
5TA7660 - 1-pole 5TA7671 1 1 unit
- 2-pole 5TA7672 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical Information / 18/47
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind knob-oper-
ated switches

Shutter/blind knob-operated switches, with "Down/Up" label


t 10 A, ~250 V
t 1-pole (changeover contact with neutral position)
t Momentary-contact position to left and right and neutral position
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7663 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7674 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical Information / 18/47
Shutter/Blind Controls /
5TA7663 Shutter/blind knob-oper-
ated switches

sys shutter/blind pushbuttons


Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1321 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1323 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) Discontinued model 5TC1322 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
sys shutter/blind control inserts Functions / Shutter/ 13/3 5TC1231 1 1 unit
blind controls
Note Abschnitt Page
5TC1321 t For a more detailed explanation Technical Information / 18/45
of the sys shutter/blind pushbutton, Shutter/ Blind Controls /
see ... General
t For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical Information / 18/49
Shutter/Blind Controls / sys
shutter/blind push- buttons
UP 211 wave shutter/blind pushbuttons
Discontinued model
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5WG3211-2HB11 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5WG3211-2HB31 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
sys shutter/blind control inserts Functions / Shutter/ 13/3 5TC1231 1 1 unit
blind controls
Note Abschnitt Page
5WG3211-2HB11 t For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical Information / 18/49
Shutter/Blind Controls / sys
shutter/blind push- buttons

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/21
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Shutter/blind controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind controls
t For controlling a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic
limit switches
t Operation is by means of 4 control buttons
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1520 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TC1532 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1522 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC1524 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
5TC1520 For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical Information / 18/52
Shutter/ Blind Controls /
Shutter/ blind controls
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1520/all
Product features
t Flush-mounting device without an extension unit input
t 230 V AC, 50 Hz (N conductor required)
t For screw and claw mYing
t Type of connection: screw terminals
t 2 relays which are electrically interlocked against each other with a
minimum switchover time of approx. 1 s
t Bridging of voltage interruptions < 0.2 s
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 W
t Pulse duration: Approx. 2 min
t Accuracy: ± 1 min per month
t Reserve power: > 6 h
t Switching times: max. 4 (in 2 blocks: Mo ... Fr / Sa ... Su)
t Factory preset switching times for faster commissioning
t Possible reset to factory settings
t Manual operation possible at any time
Comfort shutter/blind controls
t For controlling a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic
limit switches and comprehensive functionality (see product features)
t Menu-controlled operation by means of 4 control buttons
Note
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1521 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1523 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC1525 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
t The sun sensor must be ordered Accessories and spare 2/37 5TC1526 1 1 unit
5TC1521 separately, see ... parts
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/53
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Comfort shutter/blind
controls
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1521/all
Product features
t Flush-mounting device without an extension unit input
t 230 V AC, 50 Hz (N conductor required)
t For screw and claw mYing
t Type of connection: screw terminals
t 2 relays which are electrically interlocked against each other with a
minimum switchover time of approx. 1 s
t Bridging of voltage interruptions < 0.2 s
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 W
t Pulse duration: 2 min factory setting, may be changed to
as much as 12 min by programming
t Accuracy: ± 1 min per month
t Reserve power: approx. 24 h
t Switching times: max. 18 (can be split up in three memories)
t Factory preset switching times for faster commissioning
t Possible reset to factory settings
t Random generator ± 15 min
t Astro program (can be delayed by ± 1 h 59 min)
t Easy changeover to daylight savings
t Twilight and sun protection function is possible with an optional sun
sensor
t The random and astro functions can be combined
t Manual operation possible at any time

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/22 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Shutter/blind controls
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating relays 5TC1270 1 1 unit
t Double, with individual control
t Relay for the control of several shutters or blinds
t Two motors can be controlled per isolating relay, even if further isolat-
ing relays are connected downstream
t Option for individual control of connected motors over shutter/blind
pushbutton (e.g. 5TA2 114)
t The isolating relay is to be installed into a surface-mounting or nush-
mounting box (nush-mounting box from 70 mm ’ or surface-mounting
boxes from 100 mm x 100 mm)
t Only for in-phase operation
t 8 A (AC-1) or 3 A (ind.), 230 V AC, 50 Hz
5TC1270 t 58 mm x 59 mm x 22 mm
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/57
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind control
nush-mounting isolating
relays
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1270/all
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating relays, compact 5TC1271 1 1 unit
t Relay for the control of several shutters or blinds
t A maximum of two motors can be connected per compact isolating
relay, whereby the drive connected to the marked motor terminals can
also be individually controlled over a shutter/blind pushbutton
t If cascaded, a motor can be connected to each compact isolating
relay, which can also be individually controlled over a shutter/blind
pushbutton
t The isolating relay is to be installed into a surface-mounting or nush-
mounting box (nush-mounting box from 60 mm ’, 40 mm deep or
surface-mounting boxes from 75 mm x 75 mm)
t Only for in-phase operation
5TC1271 t 8 A (AC-1) or 3 A (ind.), 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t 50 mm x 53 mm x 22 mm
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/58
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind control
nush-mounting isolating
relays, compact
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1271/all

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/23
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Lighting controls

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For stand-alone devices and combinations
t For screw and claw mxing
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
Note Section Page
t All cover plates for dimmers shown here Design / DELTA line 3/5
can be combined with frames of the
DELTA line product range, see ...
t All cover plates for dimmers shown here Design / DELTA miro 4/6
can be combined with frames of the
DELTA miro product range, see ...
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/17738210/133300
Rotary dimmers
Cover plates with rotary button, for dimmers
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC8900 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TC8901 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC8902 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC8903 1 1/10 units
Symbol Inserts Section Page
Incandescent lamp dimmers, Functions / Switch- 11/11 5TC8256 1 1 unit
R 50 ... 400 W ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming
5TC8900

Incandescent lamp dimmers, dto. 11/11 5TC8257 1 1 unit


R 50 ... 600 W,
for two-way switching

Low-voltage dimmers, dto. 11/12 5TC8283 1 1 unit


R, L for magnetic transformers,
50 ... 600 W,

25 ... 500 VA,


for two-way switching

Low-voltage dimmers, dto. 11/12 5TC8262 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
20 ... 315 W,

20 ... 315 VA,


~
~ for two-way switching

Low-voltage dimmers, dto. 11/13 5TC8284 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
20 ... 600 W,

20 ... 525 VA,


~
~ for two-way switching

Low-voltage dimmers, dto. 11/13 5TC8258 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
60 ... 800 W,

60 ... 800 VA,


~
~ for two-way switching

Electronic potentiometers, dto. 11/14 5TC8424 1 1 unit


switch
x

Electronic potentiometers, dto. 11/15 5TC8425 1 1 unit


pushbutton
x

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/24 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Lighting controls
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Touch dimmers
sys pushbuttons
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1301 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1303 1 1 unit
t Chilly (similar to RAL 3020) 5TC1302-2 1 1 unit
Symbol Power Inserts Section Page
Universal dim- Functions / Switch- 11/14 5TC1230 1 1 unit
R, L, C mer sys inserts ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming
50 ... 420 W
5TC1301
50 ... 420 VA
~ 70 ... 420 VA
~

Note Section Page


t For Technical specimDations, see ... Technical Information / 18/16
Dimmers /
sys pushbuttons

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/25
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Motion detectors

Selection and ordering data

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of tops: 55 mm x 55 mm
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/17738210/133300
Motion detector tops
t The motion detector top responds to heat motions and initiates a switching
operation
t The lighting remains switched on as long as the motion detector top detects
movement, otherwise it is switched off after the mxed delay time of approx.
2 min
t The lighting is only switched on again after a locking time of 3 s
t Depending on technical requirements (relay, triac or extension unit insert),
the motion detector top is operated in combination with a motion detector
insert
t The sensing range can be extended if combined with a motion detector
extension unit insert
5TC1503 (front view)
t 2 different versions are available, depending on the required mounting
height (1.10 or 2.20 m)
t Thanks to their modular design, tops and inserts can be freely combined
t The sensing range of a center unit can be extended by connecting a
maximum of 10 motion detector extension units
t The number of connectable passive extension units is unlimited (e.g. push-
button, 1 NO contact, 5TD2 120)
t The sensitivity is inmnitely adjustable between 20 and 100 %

Versions
t Mounting height 1.10 m
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1503 1 1 unit
5TC150 (rear view) - Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1507 1 1 unit
t Mounting height 2.20 m
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1504 1 1 unit
- Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1508 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Motion detector relay inserts Functions / Motion 12/2 5TC1500 1 1 unit
Detectors
t Motion detector triac inserts dto. 12/2 5TC1501 1 1 unit
t Motion detector extension unit inserts dto. 12/3 5TC1502 1 1 unit
Technical specimcations
t Sensing angle Approx. 180°
t Mounting height 1.10 m/2.20 m (depending on the
version)
t Sensing meld
- 1.10 m lens approx. 12 m x 12 m
- 2.20 m lens approx. 12 m x 12 m
t Number of lenses/ lens levels
- 1.10 m lens 18 / 2
- 2.20 m lens 26 / 3
t Rated voltage nush-mounting inserts 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Operating temperature Approx. –20 ... +45 °C
t Delay time, permanently set Approx. 2 min
t Locking time after switch-off Approx. 3 s
t Brightness threshold value Approx. 0 ... 80 lux / day mode
t Sensitivity Approx. 20 … 100 %
t Number of extension units at the
nush-mounting insert
- Motion detector extension units Max. 10
- Mechanical pushbuttons Unlimited
(without glow lamps)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/26 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Motion detectors
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Comfort motion detector tops
same as motion detector top, plus:
t The Comfort motion detector top can also be set to short-time duty
t This way it is possible, for example, to control acoustic signal transducers
(bells) for the monitoring of an entry door
t The operating mode (continuous OFF/automatic/continuous ON) can be
selected by means of a slide switch which can also be secured in the auto-
matic position
t The delay time can be inmnitely adjusted between 10 s and 30 min

5TC1505 (front view) Versions


t Mounting height 1.10 m
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1505 1 1 unit
- Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1510 1 1 unit
t Mounting height 2.20 m
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1506 1 1 unit
- Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1511 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Motion detector relay inserts Functions / Motion 12/2 5TC1500 1 1 unit
Detectors
t Motion detector triac inserts dto. 12/2 5TC1501 1 1 unit
t Motion detector extension unit inserts dto. 12/3 5TC1502 1 1 unit
5TC150. (rear view) Technical specimcations
t Sensing angle Approx. 180°
t Mounting height 1.10 m / 2.20 m (depending on the
version)
t Sensing meld
- 1.10 m lens approx. 12 m x 12 m
- 2.20 m lens approx. 12 m x 12 m
t Number of lenses/ lens levels
- 1.10 m lens 18 / 2
- 2.20 m lens 26 / 3
t Rated voltage nush-mounting inserts 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Operating temperature Approx. –20 … +45 °C
t Delay time Approx. 10 s ... 30 min
t Locking time after switch-off Approx. 3 s
t Brightness threshold value Approx. 0 ... 80 lux / day mode
t Sensitivity Approx. 20 … 100 %
t Number of extension units at the
nush-mounting insert
- Motion detector extension units Max. 10
- Mechanical pushbuttons Unlimited
(without glow lamps)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/27
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Room temperature controllers

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For stand-alone devices and combinations
t For screw mxing
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/17738210/133300
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, NC/CO
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC9221 1 1/25 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) Discontinued model 5TC9220 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC9250 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC9251 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Room temperature controllers, 1 NC Functions / Room 14/2 5TC9200 1 1 unit
contact Temperature Controllers
5TC9221 t Room temperature controllers, 1 CO dto. 14/2 5TC9201 1 1/100 units
contact
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, 3-position switch
Possible positions:
t Automatic timing
t Constant day temperature
t Constant nighttime reduction
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC9223 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) Discontinued model 5TC9222 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC9252 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) Discontinued model 5TC9253 1 1 unit
5TC9223 Inserts Section Page
Room temperature controllers, Functions / Room 14/2 5TC9202 1 1 unit
3-position switch Temperature Controllers
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, direct floor heating
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC9225 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) Discontinued model 5TC9224 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC9254 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) Discontinued model 5TC9255 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
Room temperature controllers, Functions / Room 14/3 5TC9203 1 1 unit
direct noor heating Temperature Controllers
5TC9225

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/28 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Communication
2
Selection and ordering data
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
Cover plates for TAE outlet boxes and loudspeaker
outlet boxes
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2563-2 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2593-2 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1256-2 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1226-2 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t TAE 6F+N, black1) Functions / Data and 15/2 5TG2853 1 1/10 units
5TG2563-2 Communication Systems
t TAE 3x 6NFN, black1) dto. 15/2 5TG2480 1 1/10 units
1)
t TAE 2x 6/6NFF, black dto. 15/3 5TG2854 1 1/10 units
t Loudspeaker outlet boxes, single dto. 15/7 5TG2467-2 1 1/10 units
t Loudspeaker outlet boxes, double dto. 15/7 5TG2468-2 1 1 unit
Footnote
1) Version for Austria on request.
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3, single
t For Ackermann inserts, (without central plate)
t With 45° inclined outlet
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1210 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG1207 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1260 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1230 1 1/10 units

5TG1210
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3, double
t For Ackermann inserts, (without central plate)
t With 45° inclined outlet
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1211 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG1208 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1261 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1231 1 1/10 units

5TG1211
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes
t For inserts from Rutenbeck (Cat.3, Cat.5 and Cat.6)
t For Cat.6 inserts from BTR (E-DAT)
t With 45° inclined outlet
t For single and double
t Inclined outlet can be knocked out for 2 × 8 inserts
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2545 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2543 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1257 1 1/10 units
5TG2545 t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1227 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3,
Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole Functions / Data and 15/3 5TG2417 1 1 unit
Communication Systems
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2406 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.5e,
Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2418 1 1 unit
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2407 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, real Cat.6,
Rutenbeck
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2448 1 1 unit
Note
The cover plate for the UAE outlet box can be combined with inserts
AMJ45 and UMJ45 Up 0 (without central plate) from Telegärtner

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/29
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Communication

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes, with labeling field
t For inserts from Rutenbeck (Cat.3, Cat.5 and Cat.6)
t For Cat.6 inserts from BTR (E-DAT)
t With 45° inclined outlet
t For single and double
t Inclined outlet can be knocked out for 2 × 8 inserts
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2546 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2544 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1258 1 1/10 units
5TG2546 t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1228 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3,
Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole Functions / Data and 15/3 5TG2417 1 1 unit
Communication Systems
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2406 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.5e,
Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2418 1 1 unit
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2407 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, real Cat.6,
Rutenbeck
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2448 1 1 unit
Note
t The cover plate for the UAE outlet box can be combined with inserts AMJ45
and UMJ45 Up 0 (without central plate) from Telegärtner
t Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels. Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Cover plates, for Modular Jack support plate
t Cover plates with shutter
t For Modular Jack support plates
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2056 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2057 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG2124 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG2125 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
5TG2056 Modular Jack support plates
t Red inserts Functions / Data and 15/4 5TG2078 1 1 unit
Communication Systems
t Black inserts dto. 15/4 5TG2080 1 1/10 units
t Yellow inserts dto. 15/4 5TG2081 1 1 unit
t Orange inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2082 1 1 unit
t Blue inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2083 1 1 unit
t Brown inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2084 1 1 unit
t Green inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2058 1 1 unit
t beigefarbener
Beige inserts Einsatz dto. 15/6 5TG2098 1 1 unit
Cover plates with BNC connection, double
t With socket contacts
t 75 1
t For screw and claw mYing
t Crimp connection
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2068 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2067 1 1 unit

5TG2068

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/30 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

TV / RF / SAT
2

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
Cover plates for TV/RF/SAT connection, 2-hole version
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2561 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2591 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1253 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1223 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Aerial branch-circuit boxes Functions / Data and 15/2 5TG2485 1 1/10 units
Communication Systems
t Aerial through-way boxes/terminal dto. 15/2 5TG2484 1 1/10 units
5TG2561
boxes
Cover plates for TV/RF/SAT connection, 3-hole version
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2548-2 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2528-2 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1252-2 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1222-2 1 1/10 units

5TG2548-2
Cover plate, for TV/RF/SAT connection, 4-hole version,
symmetrical
t With double SAT connection
t For 4-hole antenna sockets, such as those from Hirschman
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2565 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2595 1 1/10 units

Cover plate, for TV/RF/SAT connection, 4-hole version, On request


unsymmetrical
t With double SAT connection
t For 4-hole antenna sockets, such as those from Ankaro or Astro

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/31
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Equipotential bonding

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Socket outlets for equipotential bonding, double
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
t For screw mYing to DIN 42801
t For cables 1 x 6 mm2 and 4 x 2.5 mm2
t Screw terminals
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2564 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2594 1 1/10 units
Note
With angled connector according to DIN 42801.
5TG2564

Module carriers for DELTA line and DELTA miro

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Module carriers, 1M
t For holding one m-system module
t For screw mxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2008 1 1/20 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG2094 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG2096 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
(ff.)
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
5TG2008 Modules for commu-
nication
Design / m-system / 8/7
Other modules
Module carriers, 2M
t For holding two m-system modules
t For screw mxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2010 1 1/20 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG2095 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG2097 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
(ff.)
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
5TG2010 Modules for commu-
nication
Design / m-system / 8/7
Other modules

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/32 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

School program
2
Selection and ordering data
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of rockers: 55 mm x 55 mm
t Screw-on rockers, tools required for dismantling
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note
All the screw-on cover plates of the DELTA i-system product range can also
be used with the school program
Rockers, neutral, with fixing screw
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6261 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6291 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches, for school pro- Functions / Switch- 11/3 5TA2131 1 1/10 units
gram ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches, for school pro- dto. 11/4 5TA2132 1 1/10 units
gram
5TG6261 t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/8 5TD2125 1 1/10 units

Rockers with fixing screw and window


Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6260 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6290 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF Functions / Switch- 11/6 5TA2130 1 1/10 units
switching, for school program ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming
t Universal switches, for school dto. 11/3 5TA2131 1 1/10 units
program
5TG6260 t Intermediate switches, for school dto. 11/4 5TA2132 1 1/10 units
program
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/8 5TD2125 1 1/10 units

Rockers, double, neutral, with fixing screws


Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6265 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6295 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
Two-circuit switches for school pro- Functions / Switch- 11/7 5TA2128 1 1/10 units
gram ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming

5TG6265
Rockers with fixing screw, "Light" symbol and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG6266 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG6296 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, Functions / Switch- 11/8 5TD2125 1 1/10 units
for school program ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF dto. 11/6 5TA2130 1 1/10 units
switching, for school program
5TG6266 t Universal switches, for school dto. 11/3 5TA2131 1 1/10 units
program
t Intermediate switches, for school dto. 11/4 5TA2132 1 1/10 units
program

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/33
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Add-on devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and clawmxing
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
Blanking cover plates
Including supporting frame
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG2558 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2588 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1250 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1220 1 1/10 units

5TG2558
Outlet plates
Including supporting frame with strain relief
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG2566 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2596 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1251 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1221 1 1/10 units

5TG2566
LED light signals
t Supply voltage 90 ... 240 V AC, 50/60Hz
t Power consumption: 1 W
t CBOCFmUUFEIPrizontally or vertically
t Opaque-white
Versions
t White, illuminated 5TG9880-3 1 1 unit
t Blue, illuminated 5TG9880-4 1 1 unit
t Red, illuminated 5TG9880-5 1 1 unit
t Green, illuminated 5TG9880-6 1 1 unit
5TG9880-3 Notes Abschnitt Seite
t For module carriers for DELTA line Design / m-system / Mod- 8/4
and DELTA miro, see ... ule carriers for DELTA line
and DELTA miro
t Module carriers for DELTA proml, Design / m-system / Mod- 8/5
see ... ule carriers for the DELTA
proml
t For module carriers for DELTA style, Design / m-system / Mod- 8/5
see ... ule carriers for DELTA
style
t For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical information / 18/66
m-system / LED light sig-
nals
Cover plates for flush-mounting control devices
For screwmxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- For 18.5mm Ø 5TG2567 1 1/10 units
- For 22.5 mm Ø (DIN 43696) 5TG2568 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013)
- For 18.5mm Ø 5TG2597 1 1/10 units
- For 22.5 mm Ø (DIN 43696) 5TG2598 1 1/10 units
t Yellow (similar to RAL 1018)
5TG2567 - For 18.5mm Ø On request
- For 22.5 mm Ø (DIN 43696) On request
Note Section Page
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton, Automation Technology / --
see ... Industrial Switchgear /
Control and Signaling
Devices / Pushbuttons
and LEDs

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/34 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Add-on devices
2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Cover plates for subminiature connectors
t Acc. to DIN 41524/41529
t Acc. to DIN 45322/45325/45326/45327/45328/45329
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG2577 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2547 1 1/10 units

5TG2577
Time switches
t 250 V AC/16 A
t 2-pole switched
t For screw mxing
t Runtime: 15 min
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TT1011 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TT1012 1 1 unit

5TT1011
Volume control
t 3 W, 27 1, mono
t For loudspeaker systems
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG4815 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG4823 1 1 unit

5TG4815
Cover plates for speed regulating rheostats
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC8924 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TC8925 1 1/10 units
Symbol Inserts Section Page
Speed regulating rheostats, Functions / Switching/ 11/16 5TC8604 1 1 unit
0.1 to 2.6 A Pushbutton Control/
Dimming

5TC8924

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/35
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Accessories and spare parts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories for rockers
Sheets of pictographs, for single rockers with labeling field 5TG1136 1 1 unit

5TG1136
Sheets of pictographs, for double rockers with labeling field 5TG1137 1 1 unit

5TG1137
Labeling field inserts "Heating Emergency Switch" 5TG1138 1 1 unit
(inscription in German) for rockers with labeling meld

5TG1138
IP44 sets of seals for rockers 5TG4324 1 1/10 sets
t For single or double rockers
t One set contains four insert seals

5TG4324
LED light inserts, for switch and pushbutton inserts
For all rockers with windows
Fluorescent color Rated voltage Power consumption in mA
t Red 1.5 V DC 2 5TG7318 1 1/10 units
8 V AC 2 5TG7315 1 1/10 units
5TG7315 12 V AC 2 5TG7316 1 1/10 units
24 V AC 2 5TG7317 1 1/10 units
230 V AC 1 5TG7353 1 1/10 units
t Orange
- Normal 230 V AC 0.9 5TG7333 1 1/10 units
- Strong 230 V AC 1.0 5TG7343 1 1/10 units
t White 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7354 1 1/10 units
t Blue 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7355 1 1/10 units
Note
t The LED light inserts cannot be used in all rocker color versions, since the
rocker might be mtted with a colored window already.
t If using the LED light inserts together with energy-saving lamps or lights
with conventional primary switching device, the LED may nicker slightly.
Glow lamps for switch and pushbutton inserts
230 V AC
Luminosity Power consumption Base
color
Weak 0.18 mA White 5TG7321 1 1/10 units
5TG7321

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/36 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system

Accessories and spare parts


2
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories for socket outlets
IP44 seals, for socket outlets 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
t For SCHUKO® socket outlet with hinge switch
t 1 set contains a single seal

5TG4318
Label sheets "SV" 5UH1084 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1084
Label sheets "ZSV" 5UH1085 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1085
Label sheets "WSV" 5UH1086 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1086
Accessories for dimmers
Spare fuses
250 V
Versions
5TG8302 t T 1.6 H 250 V 5TG8302 1 1/10 units
- For incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 400 W (5TC8256)
- For sensor dimmers, with/without memory function, 20 ... 400 W
(5TC8240/5TC8232)
t T 2.5 H 250 V 5TG8305 1 1/10 units
- For incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 600 W (5TC8257)
t T 4 H 250 V 5TG8330 1 1/10 units
- For low-voltage dimmers for magnetic transformers (5TC8283)
- For electronic potentiometers (5TC8424 and 5TC8 420)
- For speed regulating rheostats (5TC8604)
Accessories for shutter/blind controls
Sun sensors 5TC1526 1 1 unit
t With 2-m connecting cable (extendable to 10 m with J-Y(St)Y
2 x 2 x 0.6 mm)
t In combination with the Comfort shutter/blind control, the sun sensor can be
used for sun protection and twilight functions
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/53
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Comfort shutter/blind con-
trols
5TC1526

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 2/37
© Siemens AG 2014

i-system
2 Accessories and spare parts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Spare parts
Spare glow lamps for light signals 5TG7301 1 1/10 units
250 V AC

5TG7301
Spare glow lamps for SCHUKO ® socket outlets with status display 5TG7304 1 1/10 units
1.5 mA, 230 V AC/50 Hz

5TG7304
Spare overvoltage protection modules 5UH1300 1 1 unit
For SCHUKO® socket outlets with overvoltage protection
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/13
Socket Outlets /
®
SCHUKO socket outlets,
with overvoltage protection

5UH1300
Spare window sets for light signals and for switch and pushbutton 5TG4200 1 1/10 sets
inserts
1 set contains two glass clear, two red and two white spare windows

5TG4200

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


2/38 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
3
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

3/2 Introduction 3
3/5 Frames

3/7 Socket outlets

3/8 Surface-mounting enclosures

3/9 Accessories and spare parts

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Introduction

Overview
3 Colors and designs of the DELTA line product range

Titanium white Electrical white

Aluminum metallic Carbon metallic

3/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Introduction
Modular components of the i-system with DELTA line and DELTA miro
3

Frame Design cover


DELTA line DELTA line

Rocker i-system

I201_10727h
Frame Design cover
DELTA miro DELTA miro

Technical design of the DELTA line product range


Note: The frames of the DELTA line product range can be com-
bined with all central inserts and cover plates of the i-system
product range.

DELTA Device insert (independent of the product range)

Frame from the


DELTA line product range

Rocker from the


i-system product range
I201_10728b

Bearing block

Modular components of the i-system with DELTA line

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 3/3


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Introduction

3
Bottom part of 1M module carrier
from the m-system product range

Module from the


m-system product range (e.g. buzzer)

Frame from the


DELTA line product range

Top part of 1M module carrier


from the m-system product range,
suitable for DELTA line
and DELTA miro

I2_10728a

I201_13394b

Modular components of m-system (one module) with DELTA line

Bottom part of 2M module carrier


from the m-system product range

Modules from the


m-system product range (e.g. UAE outlet box)

Frame from the


DELTA line product range

Top part of 2M module carrier


from the m-system product range,
suitable for DELTA line
and DELTA miro
I201_13395a

Modular components of m-system (two modules) with DELTA line

3/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Frames

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
3
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
t All components of the i-system prod- Design / i-system 2/2
uct range can be used as central in-
serts and cover plates, see ...
t Degree of protection IP44 for rockers Design / i-system / Acces- 2/36 5TG4324 1 1/10 sets
can be achieved with the IP44 set of sories and spare parts
seals, for rockers, see ...
Frames, 80 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG2551-0 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 5 1 m m x 8 0 m m 5TG2552-0 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm 5TG2553-0 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm 5TG2554-0 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 364 mm x 80 mm 5TG2555-0 1 1/5 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013)
5TG2551-0 - Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG2581-0 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 5 1 m m x 8 0 m m 5TG2582-0 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm 5TG2583-0 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm 5TG2584-0 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 364 mm x 80 mm 5TG2585-0 1 1/5 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG2551-3 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 5 1 m m x 8 0 m m 5TG2552-3 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm 5TG2553-3 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm 5TG2554-3 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 364 mm x 80 mm 5TG2555-3 1 1/5 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG2551-6 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 5 1 m m x 8 0 m m 5TG2552-6 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm 5TG2553-6 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm 5TG2554-6 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 364 mm x 80 mm 5TG2555-6 1 1/5 units
Frames, 80 mm, with labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG2551-1 1 1/10 units
- Double, 151 mm x 80 mm, horizontal 5TG2552-1 1 1/10 units
- Double, 151 mm x 80 mm, vertical 5TG2552-2 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm, horizontal 5TG2553-1 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm, vertical 5TG2553-2 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm, horizontal 5TG2554-1 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm, vertical 5TG2554-2 1 1/10 units
5TG2551-1
t Electrical white (RAL 1013)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG2581-1 1 1/10 units
- Double, 151 mm x 80 mm, horizontal 5TG2582-1 1 1/10 units
- Double, 151 mm x 80 mm, vertical 5TG2582-2 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm, horizontal 5TG2583-1 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm, vertical 5TG2583-2 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm, horizontal 5TG2584-1 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm, vertical 5TG2584-2 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG2551-4 1 1/10 units
- Double, 151 mm x 80 mm, horizontal 5TG2552-4 1 1/10 units
- Double, 151 mm x 80 mm, vertical 5TG2552-5 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG2551-7 1 1/10 units
- Double, 151 mm x 80 mm, horizontal 5TG2552-7 1 1/10 units
- Double, 151 mm x 80 mm, vertical 5TG2552-8 1 1/10 units
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds. Down-
load at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 3/5
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Frames

Version Order No. PU PS*/


3 (UNIT,
SET,
P.unit

M)
Intermediate frames
For installation of devices with cover plates
51 mm x 51 mm according to DIN 49075
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2557 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2587 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1160 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1150 1 1/10 units

5TG2557

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


3/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Socket outlets

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
3
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mxing
t SCHUKO® socket outlets: 16 A, 250 V AC; 10 A, 250 V AC
t Live parts of inserts covered by molded plastic
t Self-retracting claws
t The screwless terminals are connecting terminals for
Cu and aluminum conductors up to 2.5 mm2
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
For extension claws, see ... Functions / Switching/ 11/18
Pushbutton Control/
Dimming / Accessories
and spare parts
SCHUKO® socket outlets, 80 mm x 80 mm
Complete assembly, therefore no additional frame necessary
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1580 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1581 1 1/10 units

5UB1580
SCHUKO® socket outlets, 80 mm x 80 mm, with child protection
Complete assembly, therefore no additional frame necessary
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1582 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5UB1583 1 1/10 units

5UB1582

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 3/7
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Surface-mounting enclosures

Selection and ordering data


3 Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
t Degree of protection IP44 for rockers can Design / i-system / 2/36 5TG4324 1 1/10 sets
be achieved with the IP44 set of seals, for Accessories and
rockers, see ... spare parts
t Degree of protection IP44 for SCHUKO® Design / i-system / 2/37 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
socket outlets with hinged lid can be Accessories and
achieved using an IP44 seal, for socket spare parts
outlets, see ...
Surface-mounting enclosures
Flame-resistant base plate
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Single, 84 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2901 1 1/ 5 units
- Double, 155 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2902 1 1/ 3 units
- Triple, 226 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2903 1 1/ 2 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013)
- Single, 84 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2861 1 1/ 5 units
- Double, 155 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2862 1 1/ 3 units
5TG2901 - Triple, 226 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2863 1 1/ 2 units
Note
The PE conductor can be looped through by inserting a WAGO 2-conductor
junction box terminal (WAGO order number: 273-252) in the pocket provided
for this purpose in the base plate.
Included in delivery (in the relevant color):
Type Dummy nipple Slide nipple Slide nipple
cable entry channel entry
Single 2 unit 1 unit 1 unit
Double 4 unit 1 unit 1 unit
Triple 4 unit 1 unit 1 unit
Accessories Section Page
t Slide nipples cable entry
(one set contains 10 units)
- Titanium white (similar to Accessories and 3/9 5TG2905 1 1 set
RAL 9010) spare parts
- Electrical white (RAL 1013) dto. 3/9 5TG2865 1 1 set
t Slide nipples channel entry
(one set contains 10 units)
- Titanium white (similar to dto. 3/9 5TG2904 1 1 set
RAL 9010)
- Electrical white (RAL 1013) dto. 3/9 5TG2864 1 1 set

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


3/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Accessories and spare parts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
3
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories for surface-mounting enclosures
Slide nipples cable entry
One set contains 10 units
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2905 1 1 set
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2865 1 1 set

5TG2905
Slide nipples channel entry
t For 15 mm x 15 mm to 19 mm x 19 mm
t One set contains 10 units
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2904 1 1 set
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2864 1 1 set

5TG2904

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 3/9
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA line

Notes

3/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


4
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

4/2 Introduction

4/6 Frames

4/9 Complete assemblies 4


in a gift box

4/10 Flush-mounting radios

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Introduction

Overview
Colors and designs of the DELTA miro product range

Titanium white Carbon metallic Amber


DELTA miro Artist, Tom’s Drag design
Hand-painted artist collection

The exclusive artist collection DELTA miro artist is the new highlight in
the design program DELTA miro. The artist collection "Tom's Drag" was
developed by the popular pop-art artist Tom Hoffmann. Every single
handmade object was created with loving care and has a unique cha-
risma of it's own. That makes every switch a piece of art. The program
can be completed with classy switches in the same design made of
glass, wood, aluminum or plastic.

www.tomscompany.com
Piano black Chilly
DELTA miro glass
Real glass

Crystal green/aluminum White/titanium white Black/aluminum Orient/carbon metallic Arena/electrical white


metallic metallic
DELTA miro aluminum
Real aluminum

Natural/aluminum Titanium/carbon Graphite/titanium white Yellow oxide/electrical


metallic metallic white

4/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Materials made of real wood


Introduction

4
DELTA miro wood

Maple red/aluminum Maple/titanium white Beech1)/ Cherry 1)/ Wenge 1) /


metallic carbon metallic aluminum metallic aluminum metallic
DELTA miro color
Plastic

Titanium white/ Electrical white/ Aluminum metallic/ Carbon metallic/


titanium white electrical white aluminum metallic carbon metallic

1)
Color achieved through staining.

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 4/3


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Introduction
Modular components of the i-system with DELTA line and DELTA miro

Frame Design cover


DELTA line DELTA line

Rocker i-system

I201_10727h
Frame Design cover
DELTA miro DELTA miro
DELTA miro

Technical design of the DELTA miro product range


Note: The frames of the DELTA miro product range can be com-
bined with all central inserts and cover plates of the i-system
product range.

DELTA Device insert (independent of the product range)

Frame from the


DELTA miro product range

Rocker from the


i-system product range
I201_10751b

Bearing block

Modular components of the i-system with DELTA miro

4/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Introduction

Bottom part of 1M module carrier


from the m-system product range

Module from the


m-system product range (e.g. buzzer)
4
Frame from the
DELTA miro product range

Top part of 1M module carrier


from the m-system product range,
suitable for DELTA line
and DELTA miro

I201_13398b

Modular components of m-system (one module) with DELTA miro

Bottom part of 2M module carrier


from the m-system product range

Modules from the


m-system product range (e.g. UAE outlet box)

Frame from the


DELTA miro product range

Top part of 2M module carrier


from the m-system product range,
suitable for DELTA line
and DELTA miro
I201_13399b

Modular components of m-system (two modules) with DELTA miro

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 4/5


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Frames

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
4 General information
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
t All components of the i-system prod- Design / i-system 2/2
uct range can be used as central in-
serts and cover plates, see ...
t Degree of protection IP44 for rockers Design / i-system / Acces- 2/36 5TG4324 1 1/10 sets
can be achieved with the IP44 set of sories and spare parts
seals, for rockers, see ...
t Degree of protection IP44 for Design / i-system / Acces- 2/37 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged sories and spare parts
lid can be achieved using an IP44
seal, for socket outlets, see ...
Frames, 90 mm, Artist, hand-painted
Versions
t Tom's Drag design
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1131-0 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1132-0 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1133-0 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1134-0 1 1 unit

5TG1131-0
Frames, 90 mm, real glass
Versions
t Crystal green
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1201 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1202 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1203 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1204 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1205 1 1 unit
t White
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1201-1 1 1 unit
5TG1201 - Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1202-1 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1203-1 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1204-1 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1205-1 1 1 unit
t Black
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1201-2 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1202-2 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1203-2 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1204-2 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1205-2 1 1 unit
t Orient
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1201-3 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1202-3 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1203-3 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1204-3 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1205-3 1 1 unit
t Arena
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1201-4 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1202-4 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1203-4 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1204-4 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1205-4 1 1 unit
Frames, 90 mm, real glass, without Siemens logo On request

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


4/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Frames

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Frames, 90 mm, real aluminum
Versions
t Natural
4
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1121-0 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1122-0 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1123-0 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1124-0 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1125-0 1 1 unit
t Titanium
5TG1121-0 - Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1121-1 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1122-1 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1123-1 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1124-1 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1125-1 1 1 unit
t Graphite
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1121-2 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1122-2 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1123-2 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1124-2 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1125-2 1 1 unit
t Yellow oxide
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1121-3 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1122-3 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1123-3 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1124-3 1 1 unit
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1125-3 1 1 unit
Frames, 90 mm, real wood
Versions
t Maple red
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1101-2 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1102-2 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1103-2 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1104-2 1 1 unit
t Maple
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1101-3 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1102-3 1 1 unit
5TG1101-2 - Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1103-3 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1104-3 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining)
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1101-4 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1102-4 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1103-4 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1104-4 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining)
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1101-1 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1102-1 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1103-1 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1104-1 1 1 unit
t Wenge
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1101-0 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1102-0 1 1 unit
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1103-0 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1104-0 1 1 unit
Note
Variations in the color of the wood are typical for this natural product.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 4/7
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Frames

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Frames, 90 mm, plastic

4 Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1111-0 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1112-0 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1113-0 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1114-0 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1115-0 1 1/3 units
t Electrical white (similar to RAL 1013)
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1111-3 1 1/10 units
5TG1111-0
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1112-3 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1113-3 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1114-3 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1115-3 1 1/3 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1111-1 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1112-1 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1113-1 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1114-1 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1115-1 1 1/3 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016)
- Single, 90 mm x 90 mm 5TG1111-2 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 6 1 m m x 9 0 m m 5TG1112-2 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 232 mm x 90 mm 5TG1113-2 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 303 mm x 90 mm 5TG1114-2 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 374 mm x 90 mm 5TG1115-2 1 1/3 units
Intermediate frames
t For installation of devices with cover plates
t 51 mm x 51 mm according to DIN 49075
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2557 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2587 1 1/10 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1160 1 1/10 units
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1150 1 1/10 units

5TG2557

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


4/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Complete assemblies in a gift box

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Tom's Drag universal switches 4
Hand-painted frame
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA2316-3 1 1 unit
t Amber (similar to RAL 1036) 5TA2316-0 1 1 unit
t Piano black (similar to RAL 9005) 5TA2316-1 1 1 unit
t Chilly (similar to RAL 3020) 5TA2316-2 1 1 unit
Note
The gift box comes with a rocker switch, frame and matching insert.
5TA2316-0
Tom's Drag 2-part combination, switch/socket outlet
Hand-painted frame
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA2326-3 1 1 unit
t Amber (similar to RAL 1036) 5TA2326-0 1 1 unit
t Piano black (similar to RAL 9005) 5TA2326-1 1 1 unit
t Chilly (similar to RAL 3020) 5TA2326-2 1 1 unit
Note
The gift box comes with a rocker switch, socket outlet, frame and matching
insert.
5TA2326-1
Tom's Drag 2-part combination, switch/socket outlet, with grounding 5TA2327-3 1 1 unit
pin (French standard)
t Hand-painted frame
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note
The gift box comes with a rocker switch, socket outlet, frame and matching
insert.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 4/9
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA miro

Flush-mounting radios

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
4 Flush-mounting radios
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
t 230 V / 50 Hz
t Anti-slip terminals up to 2.5 mm²
t Not suitable for installation in multiple frames (triple to quintuple)
t For installation in a double nush-mounting box (i.e. instead of the original
double socket outlet)
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1060 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1061 1 1 unit
5TC1060 t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC1062 1 1 unit
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1060/all
Product features
t Can be mounted either horizontally or vertically due to rotating display
module
t Six freely programmable transmitter memories
t Illuminated display (can be adjusted separately for ON/OFF mode)
t Display of transmitter name over RDS signal
t Display of time
t Radio alarm clock with display of alarm time, if activated
t Sleep timer (automatic switch-off after user-demned time)
t Good sound quality due to high-quality loudspeaker
t Secondary mode possible over motion detector
t Secondary mode possible through use of pushbuttons or switches

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


4/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
5
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

5/2 Introduction

5/5 Frames

5/6 Switches and pushbuttons

5/10 Socket outlets

5/13 International plug-and-socket devices 5


5/14 Shutter/blind controls

5/18 Lighting controls

5/20 Motion detectors

5/22 Room temperature controllers

5/23 Communication

5/25 TV / RF / SAT

5/26 Equipotential bonding

5/26 Surface-mounting enclosures

5/26 Module carriers for the m-system

5/27 Add-on devices

5/29 Accessories and spare parts

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Introduction

Overview
Colors and designs of the DELTA profil product range

Titanium white Silver

Technical design of the DELTA profil product range

DELTA device insert


(independent of product range)

Frame from the


DELTA profil product range

Rocker from the


DELTA profil product range
I201_12131a

Lagerbock

5/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Introduction

Bottom part of 1M module carrier


from the m-system product range

Module from the


m-system product range (e.g. buzzer)

Frame from the


DELTA profil product range
5
Top part of 1M module carrier
from the m-system product range,
suitable for DELTA profi

I201_13400a

.PEVMBSDPNQPOFOUTPGNTZTUFN POFNPEVMF
XJUI%&-5"QSPmM

Bottom part of 2M module carrier


from the m-system product range

Modules from the


m-system product range (e.g. UAE outlet box)

Frame from the


DELTA profil product range

Top part of 2M module carrier


from the m-system product range,
suitable for DELTA profil
I201_13401a

.PEVMBSDPNQPOFOUTPGNTZTUFN UXPNPEVMFT
XJUI%&-5"QSPmM

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/3


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Introduction
Combination screws for Torx T10 and slotted screwdrivers

Since 11/2008, we have been successively equipping all our inserts for switches and pushbuttons, and all SCHUKO® socket outlets from the DELTA
product range, with the new combination screws.

Previously Now

I201_15408b

Pozidriv Slotted Torx


screwdriver screwdriver screwdriver
(size 1) (4.0 to 4.5 mm) (T10)

Use of different screwdrivers on the previously used and new combination screw.

5/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Frames

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note
The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system). 5
Frames, 80 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG1811 1 1/10 units
- Double,151 mm x 80 mm 5TG1812 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm 5TG1813 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm 5TG1814 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 364 mm x 80 mm 5TG1815 1 1/5 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006)
5TG1811 - Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG1771 1 1/10 units
- Double,151 mm x 80 mm 5TG1772 1 1 units
- Triple, 222 mm x 80 mm 5TG1773 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 293 mm x 80 mm 5TG1774 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 364 mm x 80 mm 5TG1775 1 1/5 units
Frames, 80 mm, cut out
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG1801 1 1/10 units
- Double,151 mm x 80 mm 5TG1802 1 1/10 units
- Double, with 1 cutout, 151 mm x 80 mm 5TG1803 1 1/10 units
- Triple, with 1 cutout, 222 mm x 80 mm 5TG1804 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006)
- Single, 80 mm x 80 mm 5TG1761 1 1/10 units
- Double, with 1 cutout, 151 mm x 80 mm 5TG1763 1 1/10 units
5TG1801 - Triple, with 1 cutout, 222 mm x 80 mm 5TG1764 1 1/10 units

5TG1803

5TG1804
Intermediate frames, for inserting devices with cover plate
51 mm x 51 mm
t complies with DIN 49075
t 65 mm x 65 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1806 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1766 1 1/10 units

5TG1806
Intermediate frame, for inserting devices with cover plate
55 mm x 55 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
t Silver or aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1762 1 1/10 units

5TG1893

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/5
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Switches and pushbuttons

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of rockers: 65 mm x 65 mm
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
5 For extension claws, see ... Functions/Switching/Push-
button Control/Dimming/
11/18

Accessoriesand spare parts


Note
The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system).
Rockers, neutral
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7801 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7921 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches Functions / Switching/ 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
5TG7801 t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Rockers with "Bell" symbol
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7807 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7927 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/ 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units

5TG7807
Rockers with "Door Opener" symbol
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7808 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7928 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/ 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
Pushbutton Control/
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units

5TG7808
Rockers with I/O symbols
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7802 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7922 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t ON/OFF switches, 2-pole, 10 AX Funktionen / Schalten/ 11/5 5TA2112 1 1/10 units
Tasten/Dimmen
t ON/OFF switches, 2-pole, 16 AX dto. 11/5 5TA2162 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 3-pole, 16 A dto. 11/5 5TA2153 1 1/10 units
5TG7802
Rockers with window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7800 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7920 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Switches with pilot lamp, for Functions / Switching/ 11/6 5TA2108 1 1/10 units
two-way switching Pushbutton Control/
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
5TG7800 t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with separate check- dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
back indication
t Universal switches dto. 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
t I ntermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/6 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF dto. 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers with "Light" symbol and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7806 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7926 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/3
button Control/Dimming
5TA2156 1 1/10 units
5
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
5TG7806 t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF dto. 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching
t Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way dto. 11/6 5TA2108 1 1/10 units
switching
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with separate check- dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
back indication
Rockers with labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7816 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7936 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
5TG7816 t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Rocker with "Bell" symbol and labeling field 5TG7804 1 1/10 units
Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/Push- 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds.
Download at:
5TG7804 www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/7
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Switches and pushbutton

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers with labeling field and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7815
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7935
Inserts Section Page

5 t Switches with pilot lamp, for two-


way switching
Functions/Switching/Push-
button Control/Dimming
11/6 5TA2108 1 1/10 units

t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2116 1 1/10 units


separate neutral terminal
5TG7815 t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with separate check- dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
back indication
t Universal switches dto. 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF dto. 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching
Note Section Page
5TA2150 switches with pilot lamp, for Accessories and spare 5/29 5TG1894 1 1 unit
ON/OFF switching can be used as parts
heating emergency switch. The
required 5TG1894 labeling meld
insert "Heating Emergency Switch"
must be ordered separately, see ...

Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
5TG1894
Rockers, double, neutral
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7805 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7925 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Double two-way switches Functions/Switching/Push- 11/7 5TA2118 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Two-circuit switches dto. 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, double, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/10 5TD2115 1 1/10 units
5TG7805 1 CO contact
t Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts dto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
Rockers, double, with window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7818 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7938 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Two-circuit switches Functions/Switching/Push- 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts dto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units

5TG7818
Rockers, double, with window and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7817 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7937 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Two-circuit switches Functions/Switching/Push- 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
Note
5TG7817
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Hotel card switches, with window and labeling field
t For cards up to 54 mm x 85 mm, 0.7 to 1.0 mm thick
t For screw and clawmxing
t Insertion of a card controls a mechanical contact
t Illuminated
t Including insert, pushbutton, 1 CO contact, with separate neutral ter-
minal (5TD2117)
t Incl. glow lamp (5TG7332)
Versions
5
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG4811 1 1 unit
5TG4811 t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG4814 1 1 unit
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/9
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Socket outlets

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mxing
t SCHUKO® socket outlets: 16 A, 250 V AC; 10 A, 250 V DC
t Live parts of inserts covered by molded plastic
t Self-retracting claws
5 t The screwless terminals are connecting terminals for Cu and aluminum
conductors up to 2.5 mm2
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 65 mm x 65 mm
Note Section Page
For extension claws, see ... Functions / Switching/ 11/18
Pushbutton Control/
Dimming / Accessories and
spare parts
Note
The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system).
SCHUKO® socket outlets
®

Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- With claws 5UB1403 1 1/10 units
- Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5UB1403-0KK 1 10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1467 1 1/10 units

5UB1403
SCHUKO® socket outlets with child protection
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- With claws 5UB1405 1 1/10 units
- Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5UB1405-0KK 1 10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1468 1 1/10 units

5UB1405
SCHUKO® socket outlets with child protection and black bezel 5UB1465 1 1/10 units
Silver (similar to RAL 9006)

5UB1465
SCHUKO® socket outlets, black bezel 5UB1463 1 1/10 units
Silver (similar to RAL 9006)

5UB1463
SCHUKO® socket outlets, green bezel 5UB1481 1 1/10 units
t Color of bezel similar to RAL 6032
t Blank
t For use with SV1)
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note Section Seite
Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Ersatzteile
Accessories and spare 5/29
see ... parts
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
5UB1481

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets, orange bezel 5UB1480 1 1/10 units
t Color of bezel similar to RAL 2004
t Blank
t For use with ZSV 1)
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note Section Seite
Label sheets for marking the inserts,
see ...
Accessories and spare
parts
5/29 5
Footnote
1)
5UB1480 ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1407 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) On request
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) On request
- Without labeling
- For use with ZSV 2)
t Red (similar to RAL 3003) 5UB1476 1 1/10 units
5UB1407 - Without labeling
- For use with WSV 3)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 5/29
see ... parts
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling mFMET%PXn-
load at
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2)
ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).
3) WSV: Another additional safety power supply (BEV).
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with status display and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1472 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1474 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1475 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with ZSV 2)
Note Section Page
5UB1472
t Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 5/29
see ... parts
t 5TG7304 spare glow lamps, see ... Accessories and spare 5/30 5TG7304 1 1/10 units
parts
t For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical Information /Socket 18/12
Outlets
SCHUKO®socket outlets, with
status display
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling mFMET%PXn-
load at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2)
ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with overvoltage protection, function
displays and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1486 1 1 unit
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1460 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
t 5UH1300 spare overvoltage Accessories and spare 5/30 5UH1300 1 1 unit
protection module, see ... parts
t For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical Information / 18/13
5UB1486 Socket Outlets / SCHUKO ®
socket outlets, with over-
voltage protection

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/11
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1404 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB1464 1 1/10 units

5
5UB1404
SCHUKO® socket outlets with child protection 5TC1014 1 1 unit
t 16 A, 230 V AC
t 45 ... 60 Hz
t With integrated residual current operated circuit breaker for increased protection level
t With interconnecting conductors (i.e. conventional SCHUKO® socket outlets con-
nected downstream can also be integrated into residual-current protection)
t With child protection
t For screw mxing (without claws)
t Rated residual current 30 mA
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note Section Page
5TC1014
t Cutout frames must be used, see ... Frames 5/5
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / Socket 18/13
Outlets / SCHUKO ®socket
outlet, with residualcurrent
protection
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1014/all
Shaver socket outlets 5UA6701 1 1 unit
t 20 VA, ~230 V, 50/60 Hz
t 80 mm x 80 mm
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note Section Page
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information /Interna- 18/66
tional Plug-and-Socket Devi-
ces / Shaversocket outlets

5UA6701
Molded-plastic wall enclosures for "shaver socket outlet" 5UH1111 1 1 unit
80 mm x 80 mm x 62 mm

5UH1111
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with hinged lid made of die-cast aluminum 5UB4650 1 1 unit
t 8JUInVTINPVOUJOHsocket
t IP41 drip-proof
t Base made of thermosetting plastic with two cable entries M20
t 95 mm x 95 mm x 56 mm
t Light gray (RAL 7035)

5UB4650

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

International plug-and-socket devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mxing
t Screw terminals
t Size of cover plates: 65 mm x 65 mm
Socket outlets with grounding pin and child protection
t 16 A, 250 V AC
5UB1315 1 1/10 units
5
t 2-pole according to CEE7
t French/Belgian standard
t With anti-slip terminals for 4 x 2.5 mm2
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)

5UB1315
Socket outlets with grounding pin 5UB1408 1 1/10 units
t 16 A, 250 V AC
t 2-pole according to CEE7
t French/Belgian standard
t With anti-slip terminals for 4 x 2.5 mm2
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)

5UB1408
Socket outlets, according to American standard C 73 5UB1311 1 1/10 units
t 15 A, 125 V AC
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)

5UB1311
NEMA socket outlets 5UB1534 1 1 unit
t In i-system design
t 2-pole (2P + E)
t NEMA 5-20R
t 20 A, 125 V AC
t For 58 series mounting boxes
t For screw mxing only
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note
The NEMA socket outlet, with hinged lid can only be used with the DELTA 5TG1806 1 1/10 units
5UB1534 proml product range if used together with an intermediate frame for inserting
devices with cover plate 55 mm x 55 mm, titanium white.
NEMA socket outlets with hinged lid 5UB1535 1 1 unit
t In i-system design
t 2-pole (2P + E)
t NEMA 5-20R
t 20 A, 125 V AC
t For 58 series mounting boxes
t For screw mxing only
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note
The socket outlet, NEMA, with hinged lid, can only be used with the DELTA 5TG1806 1 1/10 units
5UB1535 proml product range, if used together with an intermediate frame for inserting
devices with cover plate 55 mm x 55 mm, titanium white.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/13
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Shutter/blind controls

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Size of rockers: 65 mm x 65 mm
Note
The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system).
5 Rockers, double, with Up/Down symbols
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7814 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG7934 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Shutter/blind switches, with electri- Functions / Shutter/ 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
cal and mechanical interlock blind controls
t Shutter/blind pushbuttons, with dto. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
electrical interlock
5TG7814
Shutter/blind key-operated switches for master-key systems,
with Up/Down symbols
t 10 A, ~250 V
t Key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
t 5TG4225 promle semicylinder must be ordered separately
t 1-pole (changeover contact with neutral position)
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Versions
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7664 1 1 unit
t Maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7668 1 1 unit
5TA7664 t Momentary-contact position to left and right 5TA7666 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
t For Technical specimDations, see ... Technical Information/ 18/48
Shutter/ Blind Controls/
Shutter/blind keyoperated
switches, for masterkey
systems
t Intermediate frames, 55 mm x 55 mm, Rahmen 5/5 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
titanium white (similar to RAL 9010),
must be ordered separately:
Profile semicylinders 5TG4225 1 1/10 units
for "shutter/blind key-operated switches for
master-key systems with Up/Down symbols"
t CES product
t With three keys
t Identical key type

5TG4225

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Shutter/blind controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind controls
t In i-system design
t For controlling a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic
limit switches
t Operation is by means of 4 control buttons
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
t Silver or aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006)
5TC1520
5TC1522
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
5
Note Section Page
t Cutout frames must be ordered Frames 5/5
5TC1520 separately, see ...
t The following intermediate frames,
for inserting devices with cover plate
55 mm x 55 mm must be ordered
separately:
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Frames 5/5 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
- Silver or aluminum metallic dto. 5/5 5TG1762 1 1/10 units
(similar to RAL 9006)
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1520/all
Product features
t Flush-mounting device without an extension unit input
t 230 V AC, 50 Hz (N conductor required)
t For screw and claw mxing
t Type of connection: screw terminals
t 2 relays which are electrically interlocked against each other with a
minimum switchover time of approx. 1 s
t Bridging of voltage interruptions < 0.2 s
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 W
t Pulse duration: approx. 2 min
t Accuracy: ± 1 min per month
t Reserve power: > 6 h
t Switching times: max. 4 (in 2 blocks: Mo ... Fr / Sa ... Su)
t Factory preset switching times for faster commissioning
t Possible reset to factory settings
t Manual operation possible at any time

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/15
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Shutter/blind controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Comfort shutter/blind controls
t In i-system design
t For controlling a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic
limit switches
t With comprehensive functionality (see the product features)
t Menu-controlled operation by means of 4 control buttons

5 Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1521 1 1 unit
t Silver or aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1523 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
5TC1521
t The sun sensor must be ordered Accessories and spare 5/30 5TC1526 1 1 unit
separately, see ... parts
t Cutout frames must be ordered Frames 5/5
separately, see ...
t The following intermediate frames,
for inserting devices with cover plate
55 mm x 55 mm must be ordered
separately:
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Frames 5/5 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
- Silver or aluminum metallic dto. 5/5 5TG1762 1 1/10 units
(similar to RAL 9006)
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1521/all
Product features
t Flush-mounting device without an extension unit input
t 230 V AC, 50 Hz (N conductor required)
t For screw and claw mxing
t Type of connection: screw terminals
t 2 relays which are electrically interlocked against each other with a
minimum switchover time of approx. 1 s
t Bridging of voltage interruptions < 0.2 s
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 W
t Pulse duration: 2 min factory setting, may be changed to as much as
12 min by programming
t Accuracy: ± 1 min per month
t Reserve power: approx. 24 h
t Switching times: max. 18 (can be split up in three memories)
t Factory preset switching times for faster commissioning
t Possible reset to factory settings
t Random generator ± 15 min
t Astro program (can be delayed by ± 1 h 59 min)
t Easy changeover to daylight savings
t Twilight and sun protection function is possible with an optional sun
sensor
t The random and astro functions can be combined
t Manual operation possible at any time
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating relays 5TC1270 1 1 unit
t Double, with individual control
t Relay for the control of several shutters or blinds
t Two motors can be controlled per isolating relay, even if further isolat-
ing relays are connected downstream
t Option for individual control of connected motors over shutter/blind
pushbutton (e.g. 5TA2114)
t The isolating relay is to be installed into a surface-mounting or nush-
mounting box (nush-mounting box from 70 mm ’ or surface-mounting
boxes from 100 mm x 100 mm)
t Only for in-phase operation
5TC1270 t 8 A (AC-1) or 3 A (ind.), 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t 58 mm x 59 mm x 22 mm
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/57
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind control
nush-mounting isolating
relays
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1270/all

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Shutter/blind controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating relays, compact 5TC1271 1 1 unit
t Relay for the control of several shutters or blinds
t A maximum of two motors can be connected per compact isolating re-
lay, whereby the drive connected to the marked motor terminals can
also be individually controlled over a shutter/blind pushbutton
t If cascaded, a motor can be connected to each compact isolating re-
lay, which can also be individually controlled over a shutter/blind push-
button
t The isolating relay is to be installed into a surface-mounting or nush-
5
mounting box (nush-mounting box from 60 mm ’, 40 mm deep or sur-
face-mounting boxes from 75 mm x 75 mm)
t Only for in-phase operation
5TC1271 t 8 A (AC-1) or 3 A (ind.), 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t 50 mm x 53 mm x 22 mm
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/58
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind control
nush-mounting isolating
relays, compact
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1271/all

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/17
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Lighting controls

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Size of cover plates: 65 mm x 65 mm
Note
The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system).
5 Rotary dimmers
Cover plates with rotary button, for dimmers
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC8904 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC8906 1 1/10 units
Symbol Inserts Section Page
Incandescent lamp dimmers, Functions / Switch- 11/11 5TC8256 1 1 unit
50 ... 400 W ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming

5TC8904
Incandescent lamp dimmers, dto. 11/11 5TC8257 1 1 unit
50 ... 600 W,
for two-way switching

Low-voltage dimmers, dto. 11/12 5TC8283 1 1 unit


for magnetic transformers,
50 ... 600 W,

25 ... 500 VA,


for two-way switching
Low-voltage dimmers, dto. 11/12 5TC8262 1 1 unit
for electronic transformers,
20 ... 315 W,

20 ... 315 VA,


for two-way switching

Low-voltage dimmers, dto. 11/13 5TC8284 1 1 unit


for electronic transformers,
20 ... 600 W,

20 ... 525 VA,


for two-way switching
Low-voltage dimmers, dto. 11/13 5TC8258 1 1 unit
for electronic transformers,
60 ... 800 W,

60 ... 800 VA,


for two-way switching
Electronic potentiometers, dto. 11/14 5TC8424 1 1 unit
switch

Electronic potentiometers, dto. 11/15 5TC8425 1 1 unit


pushbutton

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Lighting controls
Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Touch dimmers
sys pushbuttons
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Discontinued model 5TC1310 1 1 unit
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) Discontinued model 5TC1313 1 1 unit
Symbol Power Inserts
Universal dimmer
Section
Functions / Switch-
Page
11/14 5TC1230 1 1 unit
5
R, L, C sys inserts ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming
50 ... 420 W
5TC1310
50 ... 420 VA
~ 70 ... 420 VA
~

Note Section Page


t Cutout frames must be ordered Frames 5/5
separately, see ...
t For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Functions / Remote 18/16
Control Systems
Technical Informa-
tion / Dimmers / sys
pushbuttons

Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1310/all

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/19
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Motion detectors

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of tops: 55 mm x 55 mm
t Degree of protection: IP20
Motion detector tops
5 t In i-system design
t The motion detector top responds to heat motions and initiates a switching
operation
t The lighting remains switched on as long as the motion detector top detects
movement, otherwise it is switched off after the mxed delay time of approx.
2 min
t The lighting is only switched on again after a locking time of 3 s
t Depending on technical requirements (relay, triac or extension unit insert),
the motion detector top is operated in combination with a motion detector
insert
5TC1503 (Vorderseite) t The sensing range can be extended if combined with a motion detector ex-
tension unit insert
t 2 different versions are available, depending on the required mounting
height (1.10 or 2.20 m)
t Thanks to their modular design, tops and inserts can be freely combined
t The sensing range of a center unit can be extended by connecting a max-
imum of 10 motion detector extension units
t The number of connectable passive extension units is unlimited (e.g. push-
button, 1 NO contact, 5TD2120)
t The sensitivity is inmnitely adjustable between 20 and 100 %
Versions
t Mounting height 1.10 m
5TC1503 (Rückseite) - Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Silver or aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1503 1 1 unit
5TC1507 1 1 unit
t Mounting height 2.20 m
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1504 1 1 unit
- Silver or aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1508 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Motion detector relay inserts Functions / Motion Detec- 12/2 5TC1500 1 1 unit
tors
t Motion detector triac inserts dto. 12/2 5TC1501 1 1 unit
t Motion detector extension unit dto. 12/3 5TC1502 1 1 unit
inserts
Note Section Page
t Cutout frames must be ordered Frames 5/5
separately, see ...
t The following intermediate frames,
55 mm x 55 mm, must be ordered Frames
separately:
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5/5 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
- Silver or aluminum metallic dto. 5/5 5TG1762 1 1/10 units
(similar to RAL 9006)
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1503/all
Technical specimcations
t Sensing angle Approx. 180°
t Mounting height 1.10 m / 2.20 m (depending on the
version)
t Sensing meld
- 1.10 m lens Approx. 12 m x 12 m
- 2.20 m lens Approx. 12 m x 12 m
t Number of lenses/ lens levels
- 1.10 m lens 18 / 2
- 2.20 m lens 26 / 3
t Rated voltage nush-mounting inserts 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Operating temperature Approx. -20 ... +45 °C
t Delay time, permanently set Approx. 2 min
t Locking time after switch-off Approx. 3 s
t Brightness threshold value Approx. 0 ... 80 lux / day mode
t Sensitivity Approx. 20 ... 100 %
t Number of extension units at the
nush-mounting insert
- Motion detector extension units Max. 10
- Mechanical pushbuttons Unlimited

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/20 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Motion detectors

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Comfort motion detector tops
same as motion detector top, plus:
t The Comfort motion detector top can also be set to short-time duty; this way
it is possible, for example, to control acoustic signal transducers (bells) for
the monitoring of an entry door
t The operating mode (continuous OFF/automatic/continuous ON) can be se-
lected by means of a slide switch which can also be secured in the auto-
matic position
t The delay time can be inmnitely adjusted between 10 s and 30 min
5
Versions
5TC1505 (Vorderseite)
t Mounting height 1.10 m
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1505 1 1 unit
- Silver or aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1510 1 1 unit
t Mounting height 2.20 m
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1506 1 1 unit
- Silver or aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1511 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Motion detector relay inserts Functions / Motion Detec- 12/2 5TC1500 1 1 unit
tors
t Motion detector triac inserts dto. 12/2 5TC1501 1 1 unit
t Motion detector extension unit in- dto. 12/3 5TC1502 1 1 unit
5TC1505 (Rückseite) serts
Note Section Page
t Cutout frames must be ordered Frames 5/5
separately, see ...
t The following intermediate frames,
55 mm x 55 mm, must be ordered
separately:
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Frames 5/5 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
- Silver or aluminum metallic dto. 5/5 5TG1762 1 1/10 units
(similar to RAL 9006)
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1505/all
Technical specimcations
t Sensing angle Approx. 180°
t Mounting height 1.10 m / 2.20 m (depending on the
version)
t Sensing meld
- 1.10 m lens Approx. 12 m x 12 m
- 2.20 m lens Approx. 12 m x 12 m
t Number of lenses/ lens levels
- 1.10 m lens 18 / 2
- 2.20 m lens 26 / 3
t Rated voltage nush-mounting inserts 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Operating temperature Approx. -20 ... +45 °C
t Delay time Approx. 10 s ... 30 min
t Locking time after switch-off Approx. 3 s
t Brightness threshold value Approx. 0 ... 80 lux / day mode
t Sensitivity Approx. 20 ... 100 %
t Number of extension units at the
nush-mounting insert
- Motion detector extension units Max. 10
- Mechanical pushbuttons Unlimited

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/21
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Room temperature controllers

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Size of cover plates: 65 mm x 65 mm
Note Section Page
Cutout frames must be used, see ... Frames 5/5
5 Note
t The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system).
t Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/17738094/133300
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, NC/CO
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Discontinued model 5TC9226 1 1/25 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) Discontinued model 5TC9228 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Room temperature controllers, 1 NC Functions / Room 14/2 5TC9200 1 1 unit
contact Temperature Controllers
t Room temperature controllers, 1 CO dto. 14/2 5TC9201 1 1/100 units
contact
5TC9226
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, 3-position switch
Possible positions:
automatic timing, constant day temperature, constant nighttime reduction
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Discontinued model 5TC9234 1 1 unit
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) Discontinued model 5TC9236 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
Room temperature controllers, Functions / Room 14/2 5TC9202 1 1 unit
3-position switch Temperature Controllers
5TC9234
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, direct floor heating
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Discontinued model 5TC9242 1 1 unit
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) Discontinued model 5TC9244 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
Room temperature controllers, Functions / Room 14/3 5TC9203 1 1 unit
EJSFDUnPPSIFBUJOg Temperature Controllers

5TC9242

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/22 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Communication

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Size of cover plates: 65 mm x 65 mm
Note
The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system).
Cover plates for TAE outlet boxes and loudspeaker outlet boxes 5
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1800-2 1 1/10 units
5TG1760-2 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t TAE 6F+N, black1) Functions / Data and 15/2 5TG2853 1 1 unit
Communication Systems
t TAE 3x 6NFN, black1) dto. 15/2 5TG2480 1 1 unit
1)
5TG1800-2 t TAE 2x 6/6NFF, black dto. 15/3 5TG2854 1 1 unit
t Loudspeaker outlet boxes
- Single dto. 15/7 5TG2467-2 1 1 unit
- Double dto. 15/7 5TG2468-2 1 1 unit
Footnote
1)
Version for Austria on request.
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes
t For inserts from Rutenbeck (Cat.3, Cat.5 and Cat.6)
t For Cat.6 inserts from BTR (E-DAT)
t With 45° inclined outlet
t For single and double
t Inclined outlet can be knocked out for 2 × 8 inserts
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1818 1 1 unit
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1765 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
5TG1818
UAE outlet boxes
t Cat.3, Rutenbeck, 1 x 8-pole Functions / Data and 15/3 5TG2417 1 1 unit
Communication Systems
t Cat.3, Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2406 1 1 unit
t Cat.5e, Rutenbeck, 1 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2418 1 1 unit
t Cat.5e, Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2407 1 1 unit
t Real Cat.6, Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2448 1 1 unit
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes, with labeling field
t For inserts from Rutenbeck (Cat.3, Cat.5 and Cat.6)
t For Cat.6 inserts from BTR (E-DAT)
t With 45° inclined outlet
t For single and double
t Inclined outlet can be knocked out for 2 × 8 inserts
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1821 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1767 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
5TG1821
UAE outlet boxes
t Cat.3, Rutenbeck, 1 x 8-pole Functions / Data and 15/3 5TG2417 1 1 unit
Communication Systems
t Cat.3, Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2406 1 1 unit
t Cat.5e, Rutenbeck, 1 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2418 1 1 unit
t Cat.5e, Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2407 1 1 unit
t Real Cat.6, Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2448 1 1 unit
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds. Down-
load at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/23
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Communication

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Cover plates, for Modular Jack support plate
t Cover plates with shutter
t For Modular Jack support plates
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2056 1 1/10 units
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2057 1 1/10 units
5 Inserts Section Page
Modular Jack support plates
t Red inserts Functions / Data and 15/4 5TG2078 1 1 unit
5TG2056 Communication Systems
t Black inserts dto. 15/4 5TG2080 1 1/10 units
t Yellow inserts dto. 15/4 5TG2081 1 1 unit
t Orange inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2082 1 1 unit
t Blue inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2083 1 1 unit
t Brown inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2084 1 1 unit
t Green inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2058 1 1 unit
t Beige inserts dto. 15/6 5TG2098 1 1 unit
Note
t Intermediate frame required for insertion in devices, 55 x 55 mm
(5TG1893)
t Cutout frames necessary
Cover plates, inclined outlet 5TG1916 1 1 unit
t FoSmCFr-optic mounting plates
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note Section Page
CVUPVUGSBNFTNVTUCFVTFE TFF.. Frames 5/5

5TG1916
Mounting plates for "cover plates, inclined outlet", 2 x "ST" AMP 5TG1913 1 1/10 units
'PSmCFSPQUJDJOTUBMMBUJPODPVQMJng

5TG1913
Mounting plates for "cover plates, inclined outlet", 2 x "SC" 5TG1914 1 1/10 units
'PSmCFSPQUJDJOTUBMMBUJPODPVQMJng

5TG1914
Mounting plates for "cover plates, inclined outlet", 2 x "SC Duplex" 5TG1915 1 1/10 units
AMP
'PSmCFSPQUJDJOTUBMMBUJPODPVQMJng

5TG1915

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/24 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

TV/RF/SAT

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 65 mm x 65 mm
Note
The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system). 5
Cover plates for TV/RF/SAT connection, 2-hole and 3-hole version
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1828-2 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1778-2 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Aerial branch-circuit boxes Functions / Data and 15/2 5TG2485 1 1/10 units
Communication Systems
t Aerial through-way boxes/ dto. 15/2 5TG2484 1 1/10 units
terminal boxes
5TG1828-2

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/25
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Equipotential bonding

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Socket outlets for equipotential bonding, double 5TG2564 1 1/10 units
t Size of cover plates: 55 mm x 55 mm
t For screwmYing to DIN 42801
t For cables 1 x 6 mm 2 and 4 x 2.5 mm 2
t Screw terminals
5 t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note
For angled connector according to DIN 42801.
Note Section Page
5TG2564 Intermediate frame, for inserting devices with cover Frames 5/5 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
plate 55 mm x 55 mm must be used, titanium white,
see ...

Surface-mounting enclosures

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,

Surface-mounting enclosures
Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Versions
t Single, 80 mm x 80 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG1825 1 1/10 units
t Double, 150 mm x 80 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG1826 1 1/5 units

5TG1825

Module carriers for the m-system

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,

Module carriers, 1M 5TG1911 1 1/20 units


t For holding one m-system module
t For screwmYing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1911 1 1/20 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1890 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system 8/6

5TG1911
Module carriers, 2M 5TG1912 1 1/20 units
t For holding one m-system module
t For screwmYing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1912 1 1/20 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1891 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system 8/6

5TG1912

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/26 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Add-on devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and clawmxing
t Size of cover plates: 65 mm x 65 mm
Note
The color silver is identical to aluminum metallic (i-system). 5
Blanking cover plates
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1810 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1770 1 1/10 units

5TG1810
Outlet plates
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1807 1 1/10 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1787 1 1/10 units

5TG1807
LED light signals
t Supply voltage 90 ... 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t Power consumption: 1 W
t CBOCFmUUFEIPrizontally or vertically
t Opaque-white
Versions
t White, illuminated 5TG9880-3 1 1 unit
t Blue, illuminated 5TG9880-4 1 1 unit
t Red, illuminated 5TG9880-5 1 1 unit
t Green, illuminated 5TG9880-6 1 1 unit
5TG9880-3 Note Section Page
t or module carriers for DELTA line Design / m-system / Module 8/4
and DELTA miro, see ... carriers for DELTA line
and DELTA miro
t Module carriers for DELTA prPml, see ... Design / m-system / Module 8/5
carriers for the DELTA proml
t For module carriers for DELTA style, Design/m-system/Module 8/5
see ... carriers for DELTA style
t For Technical specimDBtions, see ... Technical Information / m- 18/66
system / LED light signals
Cover plates for flush-mounting control devices
t For screwmxing
t 55 mm x 55 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- For 18,5 mm Ø 5TG2567 1 1/10 units
- For 22,5 mm Ø (DIN 43696) 5TG2568 1 1/10 units
t Yellow (similar to RAL 1018)
- For 18,5 mm Ø On request
- For 22,5 mm Ø (DIN 43696) On request
5TG2567
Note Section Page
t*OUFSNFEiate frames in matching col- Frames 5/5
ors must be ordered separately,
see ...
t EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton, Automation Technology / –
see ... Industrial Switchgear / Con-
trol and Signaling Devices /
Pushbuttons and LEDs

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/27
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Add-on devices

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Air conditioning switches 5TG4804 1 1 unit
t 3-step rotary switch with neutral position
t 20 A, 250 V AC
t For screwmxing
t With screw terminals
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)

5
5TG4804
Volume control 5TG4801 1 1 unit
t 3 W, 27 û, mono
t Axis diameter 4 mm
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)

5TG4801
Cover plates for speed regulating rheostats 5TC8926 1 1/10 units
Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Symbol Inserts Section Page
Speed regulating rheo- Functions / Switching/Push- 11/16 5TC8604 1 1 unit
M stats, 0.1 ... 2.6 A button Control/Dimming

5TC8926

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/28 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Accessories and spare parts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories for rockers
Labeling field inserts "Heating Emergency Switch" 5TG1894 1 1 ST
(inscription in German) for rockers with labFMJOHmFld

5TG1894
LED light inserts, for switch and pushbutton inserts
For all rockers with windows
Fluorescent color Rated voltage Power consumption
in mA
t Red 1,5 V DC 2 5TG7318 1 1/10 units
5TG7315 8 V AC 2 5TG7315 1 1/10 units
12 V AC 2 5TG7316 1 1/10 units
24 V AC 2 5TG7317 1 1/10 units
230 V AC 1 5TG7353 1 1/10 units
t Orange
- Normal 230 V AC 0,9 5TG7333 1 1/10 units
- Strong 230 V AC 1,0 5TG7343 1 1/10 units
t White 230 V AC 1,1 5TG7354 1 1/10 units
t Blue 230 V AC 1,1 5TG7355 1 1/10 units
Note
t The LED light inserts cannot be used in all rocker color versions, since the
SPDLFSNJHIUCFmUUFEXJUIBDPMPSFEXJOdow already.

t If using the LED light inserts together with energy-saving lamps or lights
with conventional primary switching device, the LED maZnicker slightly.

Glow lamps for switch and pushbutton inserts 5TG7321 1 1/10 units
t Protected against contact
t 230 V AC
t Reduced luminosity
t Power consumption 0.18 mA
5TG7321 t Base color: white
Accessories for socket outlets
Label sheets "SV" 5UH1084 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1084
Label sheets "ZSV" 5UH1085 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1085
Label sheets "WSV" 5UH1086 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1086

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 5/29
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA profil

Accessories and spare parts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories for dimmers
Spare fuses
250 V
Versions
5TG8302 t T 1,6 H 250 V 5TG8302 1 1/10 units
- For incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 400 W (5TC8256)
5 - For sensor dimmers, with/without memory function, 20 ... 400 W
(5TC8240/5TC8232)
t T 2,5 H 250 V 5TG8305 1 1/10 units
- For incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 600 W (5TC8257)
t T 4 H 250 V 5TG8330 1 1/10 units
- For low-voltage dimmers for magnetic transformers (5TC8283)
- For electronic potentiometers (5TC8424 and 5TC8 420)
- For speed regulating rheostats (5TC8 604)
Accessories for shutter/blind controls
Sun sensors 5TC1526 1 1 unit
t With 2-m connecting cable (extendable to 10 m)
t*n combination with the Comfort shutter/blind control, the sun sensor can be
used for sun protection and twilight functions
Note Section Page
For Technical specimDations, see ... Technical Information /Shutter/ 18/53
Blind Controls /Comfort shutter/
blind con-rols

5TC1526
Spare parts
Spare glow lamps for SCHUKO ® socket outlets with status display 5TG7304 1 1/10 units
1.5 mA, 230 V AC/50 Hz

5TG7304
Spare overvoltage protection modules 5UH1300 1 1 unit
For SCHUKO ® socket outlets with overvoltage protection
Note Section Page
For Technical specimDations, see ... Technical Information / Socket 18/13
Outlets / SCHUKO ® socket
outlets with overvolt-
age protection

5UH1300

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


5/30 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
6
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

6/2 Introduction

6/5 Frames

6/6 Switches and pushbuttons

6/10 Socket outlets

6/14 International plug-and-socket devices

6/15 Shutter/blind controls

6/18 Lighting controls


6
6/20 Motion detectors

6/22 Room temperature controllers

6/23 Communication

6/25 TV/RF/SAT

6/26 Surface-mounting enclosures

6/27 Module carriers for the m-system

6/28 Add-on devices

6/30 Accessories and spare parts

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Introduction

Overview
Colors and designs of the DELTA style product range

Titanium white Platinum metallic Basalt black

6/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Introduction
Technical design of the DELTA style product range

DELTA device insert


(independent of the product range)
Frame from the
DELTA style product range

Rocker from the


DELTA style product
range
6
I201_12132a
a

Bearing block

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/3


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Introduction
Combination screws for Torx T10 and slotted screwdrivers

Since 11/2008, we have been successively equipping all our inserts for switches and pushbuttons, and all SCHUKO® socket outlets from the
DELTA product range, with the new combination screws.

Previously Now

I201_15408b

Pozidriv Slotted Torx


screwdriver screwdriver screwdriver
(size 1) (4.0 to 4.5 mm) (T10)

Use of different screwdrivers on the previously used and new combination screw.

6/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Frames

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
t Degree of protection IP44 for rockers Accessories and spare 6/30 5TG4324 1 1/10 sets
can be achieved using the IP44 set of parts
seals, for rockers, see ...
t Degree of protection IP44 for dto. 6/31 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged
lid can be achieved using an IP44
seal, for socket outlets, see ...
6
Frames, 82 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Single, 82 mm x 82 mm 5TG1321 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 5 3 m m x 8 2 m m 5TG1322 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 224 mm x 82 mm 5TG1323 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 295 mm x 82 mm 5TG1324 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 366 mm x 82 mm 5TG1325 1 1/5 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
- Single, 82 mm x 82 mm 5TG1321-1 1 1/10 units
5TG1321 - Do u b l e , 1 5 3 m m x 8 2 m m 5TG1322-1 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 224 mm x 82 mm 5TG1323-1 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 295 mm x 82 mm 5TG1324-1 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 366 mm x 82 mm 5TG1325-1 1 1/5 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016)
- Single, 82 mm x 82 mm 5TG1361 1 1/10 units
- Do u b l e , 1 5 3 m m x 8 2 m m 5TG1362 1 1/10 units
- Triple, 224 mm x 82 mm 5TG1363 1 1/10 units
- Quadruple, 295 mm x 82 mm 5TG1364 1 1/10 units
- Quintuple, 366 mm x 82 mm 5TG1365 1 1/5 units
Intermediate frames, 68 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- For inserting devices with cover plate 51 mm x 51 mm 5TG1326 1 1/10 units
- For inserting devices with cover plate 55 mm x 55 mm 5TG1327 1 1/10 units
- For inserting devices with cover plate 65 mm x 65 mm 5TG1328 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
- For inserting devices with cover plate 51 mm x 51 mm 5TG1326-1 1 1/10 units
- For inserting devices with cover plate 55 mm x 55 mm 5TG1327-1 1 1/10 units
- For inserting devices with cover plate 65 mm x 65 mm 5TG1328-1 1 1/10 units
5TG1326 t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016)
- For inserting devices with cover plate 51 mm x 51 mm 5TG1366 1 1/10 units
- For inserting devices with cover plate 55 mm x 55 mm 5TG1367 1 1/10 units
- For inserting devices with cover plate 65 mm x 65 mm 5TG1368 1 1/10 units

5TG1327

5TG1328

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/5
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Switches and pushbuttons

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of rockers: 68 mm x 68 mm
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
t Degree of protection IP44 for rockers Accessories and spare 6/30 5TG4324 1 1/10 sets
can be achieved using the IP44 set of parts
seals, for rockers, see ...
t For extension claws, see ... Functions/Switching/Push- 11/18
button Control/Dimming
6 Rockers, neutral
/Accessories and spare parts

Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7141 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7141-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7181 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches Functions/Switching/Push- 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
5TG7141
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Rockers with "Bell" symbol
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7144 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7144-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7184 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions/Switching/Push- 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
5TG7144
Rockers with "Door Opener" symbol
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7148 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7148-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7188 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions/Switching/Push- 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
5TG7148
Rockers with I/O symbols
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7142 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7142-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7182 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t ON/OFF switches, 2-pole, 10 AX Functions/Switching/Push- 11/5 5TA2112 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t ON/OFF switches, 2-pole, 16 AX dto. 11/5 5TA2162 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 3-pole, 16 A dto. 11/5 5TA2153 1 1/10 units
5TG7142

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers with window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7140 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7140-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7180 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF Functions / Switching/Push- 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching button Control/Dimming
t Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way dto. 11/6 5TA2108 1 1/10 units
switching
5TG7140 t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact,
with separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact,
dto.

dto.
11/9

11/9
5TD2116

5TD2117
1

1
1/10 units

1/10 units
6
with separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with separate check- dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
back indication
t Universal switches dto. 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Rockers with "Light" symbol and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7146 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7146-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7186 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
5TG7146 t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF dto. 11/6
5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching
5TA2108 1 1/10 units
t Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way dto. 11/6
switching
5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/9 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
with separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
with separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with separate check- dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
back indication
Rockers with labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7156 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7156-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7196 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
5TG7156 t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
For the rocker, with labeling meld, the Accessories and spare 6/30 5TG1305 1 1 unit
5TG1305 sheet of pictographs for sin- parts
gle rocker must be ordered separately,
see ...
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds.
Download at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Rockers with "Bell" symbol, labeling field and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7150 1 1/10 ST
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7150-1 1 1/10 ST
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/Push- 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 ST
button Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 ST
5TG7150

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/7
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers with labeling field and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7155 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7155-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7195 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Universal switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF dto. 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching
5TG7155 t
6 t
t
Intermediate switches
ON/OFF switches, 1-pole
dto.
dto.
Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way dto.
11/4
11/4
11/6
5TA2117
5TA2151
5TA2108
1
1
1
1/10 units
1/10 units
1/10 units
switching
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/8 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
with separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, with separate check- dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
back indication
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
with separate neutral terminal
Note Section Page
t Switches with pilot lamp for ON/OFF Accessories and spare 6/30 5TG1316 1 1 unit
switching (5TA2150) can be used as parts
heating emergency switch. The re-
quired 5TG1316 labeling meld insert
"Heating Emergency Switch" must be
ordered separately, see ...

t For 5TT1210 delay timers and dto. 6/30 5TG1305 1 1 unit


5TT1200 timers, the 5TG1305 sheet
of pictographs for single rocker must
be ordered separately, see ...

Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds.
Download at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

5TG1316
Rockers, double, neutral
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7145 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7145-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7185 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Double two-way switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/7 5TA2118 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Two-circuit switches dto. 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
5TG7145 t Pushbuttons, double, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/10 5TD2115 1 1/10 units
1 CO contact
t Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts dto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
Rockers, double, with Up/Down symbols
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7143 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7143-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7183 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Shutter/blind switches, with electrical Functions / Shutter/blind 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
and mechanical interlock controls
t Shutter/blind pushbuttons, with elec- dto. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
trical interlock
5TG7143
Rockers, double, with window
Versions
V
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7158 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7158-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7198 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Two-circuit switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts dto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
5TG7158

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers, double, with labeling field and window
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7157 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7157-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG7197 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t Two-circuit switches Functions / Switching/ Push- 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
button Control/ Dimming
t Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts dto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
5TG7157 Note Section Page
For the rocker, double, with labeling
meld and window, the 5TG1306 sheet
Accessories and spare parts 6/30 5TG1306 1 1 unit 6
of pictographs for double rocker
must be ordered separately, see ...
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling mFMds.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Rockers with pull actuation
Cord approx. 2 m
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7151 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7151-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Inserts Section Page
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact Functions / Switching/ Push- 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
button Control/ Dimming
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units

5TG7151
Hotel card switches, with lighting
t Includes white LED light insert (5TG7354)
t For cards up to 54 mm x 85 mm, 0.7 to 1.0 mm thick
t For screw and claw mxing
t Insertion of a card controls a mechanical contact
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG4830 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG4830-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request

5TG4830
Service switches, double
t Mechanical interlocking
t Imprint in English: "DO NOT DISTURB" and "MAKE UP ROOM" 1 1 unit
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TD2863 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TD2863-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Note
The service switch can also be used as a supplement to the service dis-
play.
5TD2863
Service displays Section Page
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Accessories and spare parts 6/29 5TD2862 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) dto. 6/29 5TD2862-1 1 1 unit

5TD2862

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/9
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Socket outlets

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mYing
t SCHUKO® socket outlets: 16 A, 250 V AC; 10 A, 250 V DC
t Live parts of inserts are covered by molded plastic,
with self-retracting claws
t The screwless terminals are connecting terminals for Cu and aluminum
conductors up to 2.5 mm2
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 68 mm Y 68 mm

6 Note
For eYtension claws, see ...
Section Page
Functions / Switching/Push- 11/18
button Control/Dimming /
Accessories and spare parts
SCHUKO® socket outlets
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- With claws 5UB1853 1 1/10 units
- Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5UB1853-0KK 1 10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1853-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1863 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1851 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
5UB1853 t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1850 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with ZSV2)
t Red (similar to RAL 3003) 5UB1828 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with WSV3)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 6/31
see ... parts
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2) ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV)
3)
WSV: Another additional safety power supply (BEV).
SCHUKO® socket outlets with child protection
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- With claws 5UB1855 1 1/10 units
- Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5UB1855-0KK 1 10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1855-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1865 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1835 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
5UB1855
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1836 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with ZSV2)
t Red (similar to RAL 3003) 5UB1837 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with WSV3)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 6/31
see ... parts
Footnote
1) SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2)
ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV)
3)
WSV: Another additional safety power supply (BEV).
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with "EDV" imprint
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1825 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1825-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 6/31
see ... parts

5UB1825

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets with "SV" imprint1) 5UB1826 1 1/10 units
Green (similar to RAL 6018)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 6/31
see ... parts
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).

5UB1826
SCHUKO® socket outlets with "ZSV" imprint1)
Orange (similar to RAL 2004)
5UB1827 1 1/10 units 6
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 6/31
see ... parts
Footnote
1)
ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV).

5UB1827
SCHUKO® socket outlets with status display
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1844 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1844-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) (SV)1) 5UB1845 1 1/10 units
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) (ZSV)2) 5UB1846 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
t 5TG7304 spare glow lamp, for Accessories and spare 6/32
5UB1844 SCHUKO® socket outlet with status parts
display, see ...
t Label sheets, for marking the inserts, dto. 6/31
see ...
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/12
Socket Outlets / SCHUKO®
socket outlet with status dis-
play
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds. Down-
load at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2) ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV)
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with child protection and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1857 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1857-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1867 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1815 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1816 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
5UB1857 - For use with ZSV2)
t Red (similar to RAL 3003) 5UB1856 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with WSV3)
Note Section Page
Label sheets for marking the inserts, Accessories and spare 6/31
see ... parts
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds. Down-
load at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2) ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV)
3)
WSV: Another additional safety power supply (BEV).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/11
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets, with ichild protection , status display
and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1854 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1854-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1864 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
t 5TG7304 spare glow lamps, Accessories and spare 6/32 5TG7304 1 1/10 units
see ... parts
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/12
5UB1854 Socket Outlets / SCHUKO®
6 socket outlets with status
display
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds. Down-
load at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
SCHUKO® socket outlets with child protection, overvoltage protection,
function indication and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1858 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1858-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1868 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
t 5UH1300 spare overvoltage protec- Accessories and spare 6/32 5UH1300 1 1 unit
tion module, see ... parts
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/13
5UB1858 Socket Outlets / SCHUKO®
socket outlets, with overvolt-
age protection
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds. Down-
load at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1852 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1852-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1862 1 1/10 units
t Green (similar to RAL 6018) 5UB1838 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with SV1)
t Orange (similar to RAL 2004) 5UB1840 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
5UB1852 - For use with ZSV2)
t Red (similar to RAL 3003) 5UB1841 1 1/10 units
- Without labeling
- For use with WSV3)
Note Section Page
Degree of protection IP44 for Accessories and spare 6/31 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged parts
lid can be achieved using an IP44
seal, for socket outlets, see ...
Footnote
1)
SV: Safety power supply (AEV).
2)
ZSV: Additional safety power supply (BEV)
3) WSV: Another additional safety power supply (BEV).
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid and child protection
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1842 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1842-1 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
Degree of protection IP44 for Accessories and spare 6/31 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged parts
lid can be achieved using an IP44
seal, for socket outlets, see ...
5UB1842

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid and child protection
and labeling field
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1843 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1843-1 1 1/10 units
Note Section Page
IP44 protection for SCHUKO® socket Accessories and spare 6/31 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
outlets with a hinged lid can be parts
achieved with the 5TG4318 seal,
see ...
5UB1843
SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid, improved touch protection,
status display and labeling field
6
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1847 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5UB1847-1 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
IP44 protection for SCHUKO® socket Accessories and spare 6/31 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
outlets with a hinged lid can be parts
achieved with the 5TG4318 seal,
see ...
5UB1847
Cover plates with hinged lid
For modimcation of SCHUKO® socket outlets
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1340 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1340-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1380 1 1/10 units

5TG1340

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/13
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

International plug-and-socket devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t With screw and claw mxing
t Size of cover plates: 68 mm x 68 mm
Socket outlets with grounding pin and child protection
t 16 A, 250 V AC, live parts of the inserts are covered by molded plastic
t 2-pole according to CEE7
t French/Belgian standard
t With anti-slip terminals, up to 4 x 2.5 mm2
Versions
6 t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
5UB1367
5UB1367-1
1
1
1/10 units
1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1370 1 1/10 units

5UB1367
Socket outlets, according to American standard C 73
t 15 A, 125 V AC
t With central plate 51 mm x 51 mm and intermediate frame
t Screw terminals
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5UB1368 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5UB1371 1 1/10 units

5UB1368
NEMA socket outlets 5UB1534 1 1 unit
t In i-system design
t 2-pole (2P + E)
t NEMA 5-20R
t 20 A, 125 V AC
t For 58 series mounting boxes
t For screw mYJng only
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note
The NEMA socket outlet can only be used with the DELTA style product 5TG1327 1 1/10 units
range if used together with an intermediate frame, 68 mm, for inserting
5UB1534 devices with cover plate 55 mm x 55 mm, titanium white.
NEMA socket outlets with hinged lid 5UB1535 1 1 unit
t In i-system design
t 2-pole (2P + E)
t NEMA 5-20R
t 20 A, 125 V AC
t For 58 series mounting boxes
t For screw mYJng only
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Note
The NEMA socket outlet with hinged lid can only be used with the DELTA 5TG1327 1 1/10 units
style product range if used together with an intermediate frame, 68 mm, for
5UB1535 inserting devices with cover plate 55 mm x 55 mm, titanium white.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Shutter/blind controls

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mxing
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of rockers: 68 mm x 68 mm
Rockers, double, with Up/Down symbols
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG7143 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG7143-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016)
Inserts Section Page
5TG7183 1 1/10 units
6
t Shutter/blind switches, with electri- Functions / Shutter/blind 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
cal and mechanical interlock controls
t Shutter/blind pushbuttons, with elec- dto. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
trical interlock
5TG7143
Cover plates, with Up/Down symbols, for shutter/blind knob-
operated switch
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1360 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1360-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Inserts Section Page
Shutter/blind knob-operated switches
t 1-pole Functions / Shutter/blind 13/2 5TA7692 1 1 unit
controls
t 2-pole dto. 13/2 5TA7693 1 1 unit
5TG1360
Shutter/blind key-operated switches for master-key systems, with
Up/Down symbols
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t Key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
t 5TG4225 promle semicylinder must be ordered separately
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Versions
t 1-pole, changeover contact with neutral position
- Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7664 1 1 unit
- Momentary-contact position to left and right 5TA7666 1 1 unit
5TA7664 - Maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7668 1 1 unit
t 2-pole, changeover contact with neutral position
- Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7665 1 1 unit
- Momentary-contact position on both sides, key can only be removed 5TA7667 1 1 unit
when in "OFF" position
t 2-pole, changeover contact without neutral position
- Momentary-contact position to left and right, key can be withdrawn in 5TA7670 1 1 unit
both switch positions
Note Section Page
t The following intermediate frames Frames 6/5 5TG1327 1 1/10 units
must be ordered separately, in order
to achieve the outer dimensions
55 mm x 55 mm:
- Titanium white (similar to
RAL 9010)
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/48
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind key-oper-
ated switches, for mas-
ter-key systems
Profile semicylinders for "shutter/blind key-operated switches for 5TG4225 1 1/10 units
master-key systems with Up/Down symbols"
t CES product
t With three keys
t Identical key type

5TG4225

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/15
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Shutter/blind controls

Version DT Order No. PU PS*/ PG


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind controls
t For controlling a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic
limit switches
t Operation is by means of 4 control buttons
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) A 5TC1555 1 1 unit 146
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) A 5TC1555-1 1 1 unit 146
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Product features
t Flush-mounting device without an extension unit input
5TC1555 t
6 t
t
230 V AC, 50 Hz (N conductor required)
For screw and claw mYing
Type of connection: screw terminals
t 2 relays which are electrically interlocked against each other with a
minimum switchover time of approx. 1 s
t Bridging of voltage interruptions < 0.2 s
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 W
t Pulse duration: approx. 2 min
t Accuracy: ± 1 min per month
t Reserve power: > 6 h
t Switching times: max. 4 (in 2 blocks: Mo ... Fr / Sa ... Su)
t Factory preset switching times for faster commissioning
t Possible reset to factory settings
t Manual operation possible at any time

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Shutter/blind controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Comfort shutter/blind controls
t For controlling a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic
limit switches and comprehensive functionality
(see product features)
t Menu-controlled operation by means of 4 control buttons
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1560 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TC1560-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Note Section Page
5TC1560 The sun sensor must be ordered
separately, see ...
Accessories and spare
parts
6/31 5TC1526 1 1 unit
6
Product features
t Flush-mounting device without an extension unit input
t 230 V AC, 50 Hz (N conductor required)
t For screw and claw mYing
t Type of connection: screw terminals
t 2 relays which are electrically interlocked against each other with a
minimum switchover time of approx. 1 s
t Bridging of voltage interruptions < 0.2 s
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 W
t Pulse duration: 2 min factory setting, may be changed to as much as
12 min by programming
t Accuracy: ± 1 min per month
t Reserve power: approx. 24 h
t Switching times: max. 18 (can be split up in three memories)
t Factory preset switching times for faster commissioning
t Possible reset to factory settings
t Random generator ± 15 min
t Astro program (can be delayed by ± 1 h 59 min)
t Easy changeover to daylight savings
t Twilight and sun protection function is possible with an optional sun
sensor
t The random and astro functions can be combined
t Manual operation possible at any time
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating relays 5TC1270 1 1 unit
t Double, with individual control
t Relay for the control of several shutters or blinds
t Two motors can be controlled per isolating relay, even if further isolat-
ing relays are connected downstream
t Option for individual control of connected motors over shutter/blind
pushbutton (e.g. 5TA2114)
t The isolating relay is to be installed into a surface-mounting or nush-
mounting box (nush-mounting box from 70 mm ’ or surface-mounting
boxes from 100 mm x 100 mm)
t Only for in-phase operation
t 8 A (AC-1) or 3 A (ind.), 230 V AC, 50 Hz
5TC1270 t 58 mm x 59 mm x 22 mm
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/57
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind control
nush-mounting isolating
relays
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating relays, compact 5TC1271 1 1 unit
t Relay for the control of several shutters or blinds
t A maximum of two motors can be connected per compact isolating re-
lay, whereby the drive connected to the marked motor terminals can
also be individually controlled over a shutter/blind pushbutton
t If cascaded, a motor can be connected to each compact isolating re-
lay, which can also be individually controlled over a shutter/blind push-
button
t The isolating relay is to be installed into a surface-mounting or nush-
mounting box (nush-mounting box from 60 mm ’, 40 mm deep or sur-
face-mounting boxes from 75 mm x 75 mm)
t Only for in-phase operation
5TC1271 t 8 A (AC-1) or 3 A (ind.), 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t 50 mm x 53 mm x 22 mm
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/58
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind control
nush-mounting isolating
relays, compact

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/17
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Lighting controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mxing
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 68 mm x 68 mm
Rotary dimmers
Cover plates with rotary button, for dimmers
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC8912 1 1/10 units
6 t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016)
5TC8912-1
5TC8913
1
1
1/10 units
1/10 units
Symbol Inserts Section Page
Incandescent lamp dimmers, Functions / Switch- 11/11 5TC8256 1 1 unit
R 50 ... 400 W ing/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming

5TC8912
Incandescent lamp dimmers, dto. 11/11 5TC8257 1 1 unit
R 50 ... 600 W,
for two-way switching

LV dimmers, dto. 11/12 5TC8283 1 1 unit


R, L for solenoid transformers,
50 ... 600 W,
25 ... 500 VA,
for two-way switching

LV dimmers, dto. 11/12 5TC8262 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
20 ... 315 W,

20 ... 315 VA,


~
~ for two-way switching

LV dimmers, dto. 11/13 5TC8284 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
20 ... 600 W,
20 ... 525 VA,
for two-way switching
~
~

LV dimmers, dto. 11/13 5TC8258 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
60 ... 800 W,
60 ... 800 VA,
for two-way switching
~
~

Electronic potentiometers, dto. 11/14 5TC8424 1 1 unit


switch
x

Electronic potentiometers, dto. 11/15 5TC8425 1 1 unit


pushbutton
x

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Lighting controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Speed regulating rheostats
Cover plates for speed regulating rheostats
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC8927 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TC8927-1 1 1 unit
Symbol Inserts Section Page
Speed regulating rheostats Switching/Pushbut- 11/16 5TC8604 1 1 unit
M 0,1 ... 2,6 A ton Control/ Dimming

5TC8927 6

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/19
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Motion detectors

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of tops: 68 mm x 68 mm
t Degree of protection: IP20
Motion detector tops
t The motion detector top responds to heat motions and initiates a switching
operation
t The lighting remains switched on as long as the motion detector top detects
movement, otherwise it is switched off after the mxed delay time of approx.
2 min
t The lighting is only switched on again after a locking time of 3 s
6 t Depending on technical requirements (relay, triac or extension unit insert),
the motion detector top is operated in combination with a motion detector
insert which must be ordered separately
t The sensing range can be extended if combined with a motion detector
extension unit insert
5TC1537 t 2 different versions are available, depending on the required mounting
height (1.10 or 2.20 m)
t Thanks to their modular design, tops and inserts can be freely combined
t The sensing range of a center unit can be extended by connecting a
maximum of 10 motion detector extension units
t The number of connectable passive extension units is unlimited (e.g. push-
button, 1 NO contact, 5TD2120)
t The sensitivity is inmnitely adjustable between 20 and 100 %
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Mounting height 1.10 m 5TC1537 1 1 unit
- Mounting height 2.20 m 5TC1542 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
- Mounting height 1.10 m 5TC1537-1 1 1 unit
- Mounting height 2.20 m 5TC1542-1 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Motion detector relay inserts Functions / Motion 12/2 5TC1500 1 1 unit
Detectors
t Motion detector triac inserts dto. 12/2 5TC1501 1 1 unit
t Motion detector extension unit inserts dto. 12/3 5TC1502 1 1 unit
Technical specimcations
t Sensing angle Approx. 180°
t Mounting height 1.10 m / 2.20 m (depending on the
version)
t Sensing meld
- 1.10 m lens Approx. 12 m x 12 m
- 2.20 m lens Approx. 12 m x 12 m
t Number of lenses/ lens levels
- 1.10 m lens 18 / 2
- 2.20 m lens 26 / 3
t Rated voltage nush-mounting inserts 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Operating temperature Approx. –20 ... +45 °C
t Delay time, permanently set Approx. 2 min
t Locking time after switch-off Approx. 3 s
t Brightness threshold value Approx. 0 ... 80 lux / day mode
t Sensitivity Approx. 20 ... 100 %
t Number of extension units at the
nush-mounting insert
- Motion detector extension units Max. 10
- Mechanical pushbuttons Unlimited

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/20 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Motion detectors

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Comfort motion detector tops
same as motion detector top, plus:
t The Comfort motion detector top can also be set to short-time duty
t This way it is possible, for example, to control acoustic signal transducers
(bells) for the monitoring of an entry door
t The operating mode (continuous OFF/automatic/continuous ON) can be se-
lected by means of a slide switch which can also be secured in the auto-
matic position
t The delay time can be inmnitely adjusted between 10 s and 30 min
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
5TC1546 - Mounting height 1.10 m
- Mounting height 2.20 m
5TC1546
5TC1551
1
1
1 unit
1 unit 6
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
- Mounting height 1.10 m 5TC1546-1 1 1 unit
- Mounting height 2.20 m 5TC1551-1 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t Motion detector relay inserts Functions / Motion 12/2 5TC1500 1 1 unit
Detectors
t Motion detector triac inserts dto. 12/2 5TC1501 1 1 unit
t Motion detector extension unit inserts dto. 12/3 5TC1502 1 1 unit
Technical specimcations
t Sensing angle Approx. 180°
t Mounting height 1.10 m / 2.20 m (depending on the
version)
t Sensing meld
- 1.10 m lens Approx. 12 m x 12 m
- 2.20 m lens Approx. 12 m x 12 m
t Number of lenses/ lens levels
- 1.10 m lens 18 / 2
- 2.20 m lens 26 / 3
t Rated voltage nush-mounting inserts 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Operating temperature Approx. -20 ... +45 °C
t Delay time Approx. 10 s ... 30 min
t Locking time after switch-off Approx. 3 s
t Brightness threshold value Approx. 0 ... 80 lux / day mode
t Sensitivity Approx. 20 ... 100 %
t Number of extension units at the
nush-mounting insert
- Motion detector extension units Max. 10
- Mechanical pushbuttons Unlimited

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/21
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Room temperature controllers

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw mxing
t Degree of protection: IP20
t Size of cover plates: 65 mm x 65 mm, supplied with intermediate frames:
68 mm x 68 mm
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, NC/CO
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC9256 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
6 Inserts Section Page
5TC9256-1 1 1 unit

t Room temperature controllers, 1 NC Functions / Room 14/2 5TC9200 1 1 unit


contact Temperature Controllers
t Room temperature controllers, 1 CO dto. 14/2 5TC9201 1 1/100 units
contact

5TC9256
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, 3-position switch
Possible positions:
automatic timing, constant day temperature, constant nighttime reduction
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC9258 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TC9258-1 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
Room temperature controllers, Functions / Room 14/2 5TC9202 1 1 unit
3-position switch Temperature Controllers
5TC9258
Cover plates for room temperature controllers, direct floor heating
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC9261 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TC9261-1 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
Room temperature controllers, Functions / Room 14/3 5TC9203 1 1 unit
direct noor heating Temperature Controllers

5TC9261

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/22 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Communication

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Size of cover plates: 68 mm x 68 mm
Cover plates for TAE outlet boxes and loudspeaker outlet boxes
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1342 1 1/10 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1342-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1382 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t TAE 6F+N, black1) Data and Communication
Systems
15/2 5TG2853 1 1 unit 6
t TAE 3x 6NFN, black1) dto. 15/2 5TG2480 1 1 unit
t TAE 2x 6/6NFF, black1) dto. 15/3 5TG2854 1 1 unit
5TG1342
t Loudspeaker outlet boxes, single dto. 15/7 5TG2467-2 1 1 unit
t Loudspeaker outlet boxes, double dto. 15/7 5TG2468-2 1 1 unit
Footnote
1)
Version for Austria on request.
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes, knock-out
t For inserts from Rutenbeck (Cat.3, Cat.5 and Cat.6)
t For Cat.6 inserts from BTR (E-DAT)
t With 45° inclined outlet
t For single and double
t Inclined outlet can be knocked out for 2 × 8 inserts
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1394 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1394-1 1 1/10 units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
5TG1394 Inserts Section Page
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3, Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole Data and Communication 15/3 5TG2417 1 1 unit
Systems
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2406 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.5e, Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2418 1 1 unit
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2407 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, real Cat.6, dto. 15/3 5TG2448 1 1 unit
Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole (8/8)
Note
The UAE cover plate can be combined with
t AMJ45 and UMJ45 Up 0 inserts (without central plate) from Telegärtner,
t AMP-TWIST-6S Plannar Up 0 inserts from Tyco electronics and
t Cat.5e UP 0 inserts from Tyco electronics.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/23
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Communication

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes, knock-out, with labeling plate
t For inserts from Rutenbeck (Cat.3, Cat.5 and Cat.6)
t For Cat.6 inserts from BTR (E-DAT)
t With 45° inclined outlet
t For single and double
t Inclined outlet can be knocked out for 2 × 8 inserts
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1395 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1395-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
5TG1395 Inserts Section Page
6 t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3, Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole Data and Communication 15/3 5TG2417 1 1 unit
Systems
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2406 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.5e, Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2418 1 1 unit
- 2 x 8-pole (8/8) dto. 15/3 5TG2407 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, real Cat.6, dto. 15/3 5TG2448 1 1 unit
Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole (8/8)
Note
The UAE cover plate can be combined with
t AMJ45 and UMJ45 Up 0 inserts (without central plate) from Telegärtner,
t AMP-TWIST-6S Plannar Up 0 inserts from Tyco electronics and
t Cat.5e UP 0 inserts from Tyco electronics.
Cover plates, for Modular Jack support plate, with labeling field
Cover plates with shutter
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1343 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1343-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Inserts Section Page
Modular Jack support plates
t Red inserts Functions / Data and 15/4 5TG2078 1 1 unit
Communication Systems
5TG1343 t Black inserts dto. 15/4 5TG2080 1 1/10 units
t Yellow inserts dto. 15/4 5TG2081 1 1 unit
t Orange inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2082 1 1 unit
t Blue inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2083 1 1 unit
t Brown inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2084 1 1 unit
t Green inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2058 1 1 unit
t Beige inserts dto. 15/5 5TG2098 1 1 unit
Cover plates, inclined outlet, with labeling field
t For mCer-optic mounting plates
t For screw mxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1358 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1358-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1398 1 1 unit
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labeling melds. Down-
load at: www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
5TG1358
Mounting plates for "cover plates, inclined outlet", 2 x "ST" AMP 5TG1913 1 1/10 units
For mber-optic installation coupling

5TG1913
Mounting plates for "cover plates, inclined outlet", 2 x "SC" AMP 5TG1914 1 1/10 units
For mber-optic installation coupling

5TG1914

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/24 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Communication

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Mounting plates for "cover plates, inclined outlet", 2 x "SC Duplex" AMP 5TG1915 1 1/10 units
'PSmCFSPQUJDJOTUBMMBUJPODPVQMJng

5TG1915

6
TV/RF/SAT

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Si[FPGDPWFSQMBUFTNNYmm
Cover plates for TV/RF/SAT connection, 2-hole and 3-hole version
Versions
t TitBnium white (simJMBSUo RAL 9010) 5TG1338 1 1/10 units
t 1MBUJOVNNFUBMMJD TJNJMBSUP3"-
5TG1338-1 1 1/10 units
t #BTBMUCMBDL TJNJMBSUP3"-) 5TG1378 1 1/10 units
Inserts 4FDUJon 1Bge
t Aerial branch-circuit boxes unctions / Data and 15/2 5TG2485 1 1/10 units
Communication Systems
t Aerial through-way boxes/terminal boxes dto. 15/2 5TG2484 1 1/10 units
5TG133 Note
3rd hole can be knocked out.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/25
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Surface-mounting enclosures

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
t Degree of protection IP44 for rockers can Accessories and 6/30 5TG4324 1 1/10 sets
be achieved with the 5TG4324 set of spare parts
seals, see ...
®
t Degree of protection IP44 for SCHUKO dto. 6/31 5TG4318 1 1/10 sets
socket outlets with hinged lids can be
6 achieved with the 5TG4 318 set of seals,
see ...
Surface-mounting enclosures
Flame-resistant base plate
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Single, 84 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2901 1 1/5 units
- Double, 155 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2902 1 1/3 units
- Triple, 226 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2903 1 1/2 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007)
- Single, 84 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2901-1 1 1 unit
- Double, 155 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2902-1 1 1 unit
5TG2901 - Triple, 226 mm x 84 mm x 42.5 mm 5TG2903-1 1 1 unit
Note
The PE conductor can be looped through by inserting a WAGO 2-conductor
junction box terminal (WAGO order number: 273-252) in the pocket provided
for this purpose in the base plate.
Included in delivery:
Type Dummy nipple Slide nipple Slide nipple
cable entry channel entry
t Single 2 unit 1 unit 1 unit
t Double 4 unit 1 unit 1 unit
t Triple 4 unit 1 unit 1 unit
Accessories Section Page
t Slide nipples cable entry Accessories and spare 6/32 5TG2905 1 1 set
titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) parts
(one set contains 10 units)
t Slide nipples channel entry dto. 6/32 5TG2904 1 1 set
titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
(one set contains 10 units)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/26 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Module carriers for the m-system

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Module carriers, 1M
t For holding one m-system module
t For screw mxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1391 1 1/20 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1391-1 1 1/20 units
Note Section Page
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6

5TG1391
Modules for communication
Design / m-system / Other 8/7
6
modules

Module carriers, 2M
t For holding two m-system modules
t For screw mxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1392 1 1/20 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1392-1 1 1/20 units
Note Section Page
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
Modules for communication
5TG1392 Design / m-system / Other 8/7
modules

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/27
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Add-on devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of cover plates: 68 mm x 68 mm
t For screw and clawmxing
Blanking cover plates
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG1330 1 1/10units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1330-1 1 1/10units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1370 1 1/10units

6
5TG1330
Outlet plates
With strain relief
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG1335 1 1/10units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1335-1 1 1/10units
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG1375 1 1/10units

5TG1335
Cover plates for flush-mounting control devices
t For screwmxing
t Including intermediate frame
t For 22.5 mm Ø (DIN 43696)
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG1333 1 1/10units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1333-1 1 1/10units
Note Section Page
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton, Automation Technology / --
see ... Industrial Controls / Com-
5TG1333 manding and Signaling
Devices / Pushbuttons
and Indicator Lights
Volume controls
3 W, 27 û, mono
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TG4812 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG4812-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG4813 1 1 unit

5TG4812
Cover plates for time switches
t Runtime: 15 min
t With inscription
Versions
t Titanium white (RAL 9010) 5TC8932 1 1/10units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TC8932-1 1 1 unit
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request
Inserts Section Page
Time switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/16 5TC1250 1 1 unit
button Control/Dimming /
5TC8932 Inserts

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/28 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Add-on devices

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Service displays
t Labeling in English
t Including module carrier
t Red/Green, illuminated
t 90 ... 240 V AC / 50 ... 60 Hz
t Power consumption per module approx. 1 W
t Approx. 1 Lux at 0.5 m and 230 V
t Screw terminals
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TD2862 1 1 unit
5TD2862 t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TD2862-1 1 1 unit
Note
The service switch can also be used as a supplement to the service display.
6
Service switches, double Section Page
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) Switches and Pushbuttons 6/9 5TD2863 1 1 unit
t Platinum metallic (similar to dto. 6/9 5TD2863-1 1 1 unit
RAL 9007)
t Basalt black (similar to RAL 7016) On request

5TD2863

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/29
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Accessories and spare parts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories for rockers
Sheets of pictographs
With labels for rockers with labeling meld(s)
Versions
t For single rockers 5TG1305 1 1 unit
t For double rockers 5TG1306 1 1 unit

5TG1305
Labeling field inserts "Heating Emergency Switch" 5TG1316 1 1 unit
For rockers with labeling meld

5TG1316
IP44 sets of seals for rockers 5TG4324 1 1/10 set
t For single or double rockers
t 1 set contains 4 individual seals

5TG4324
LED light inserts, for switch and pushbutton inserts
For all rockers with windows
Fluorescent color Rated voltage Power consumption
in mA
t Red 1.5 V DC 2 5TG7318 1 1/10 units
5TG7315
8 V AC 2 5TG7315 1 1/10 units
12 V AC 2 5TG7316 1 1/10 units
24 V AC 2 5TG7317 1 1/10 units
230 V AC 1 5TG7353 1 1/10 units
t Orange
- normal 230 V AC 0.9 5TG7333 1 1/10 units
- Strong 230 V AC 1.0 5TG7343 1 1/10 units
t White 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7354 1 1/10 units
t Blue 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7355 1 1/10 units
Note
t The LED light inserts cannot be used in all rocker color versions, since the
rocker might be mtted with a colored window already.
t If using the LED light inserts together with energy-saving lamps or lights
with conventional primary switching device, the LED may nicker slightly.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/30 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Accessories and spare parts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Glow lamps for switch and pushbutton inserts 5TG7321 1 1/10 units
t Protected against contact
t 230 V AC
t Reduced luminosity
t Power consumption 0.18 mA
t Base color: white
5TG7321
Accessories for socket outlets
IP44 seals, for socket outlets 5TG4318 1 1/10 set
t For SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid
t 1 set contains a single individual seal

5TG4318
Label sheets "SV" 5UH1084 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1084
Label sheets "ZSV" 5UH1085 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1085
Label sheets "WSV" 5UH1086 1 1 unit
t For marking the inserts
t 1 sheet contains 20 self-adhesive labels

5UH1086
Accessories for dimmers
Spare fuses
250 V
Versions
5TG8302 t T 1.6 H 250 V 5TG8302 1 1/10 units
- For incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 400 W (5TC8256)
- For sensor dimmers, with/without memory function, 20 ... 400 W
(5TC8240 / 5TC8232)
t T 2.5 H 250 V 5TG8305 1 1/10 units
- For incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 600 W (5TC8 257)
t T 4 H 250 V 5TG8330 1 1/10 units
- For low-voltage dimmers for magnetic transformers (5TC8283)
- For electronic potentiometers (5TC8424 and 5TC8420)
- For speed regulating rheostats (5TC8604)
Accessories for shutter/blind controls
Sun sensors 5TC1526 1 1 unit
t With 2-m connecting cable (extendable to 10 m)
t In combination with the Comfort shutter/blind control, the sun sensor can be
used for sun protection and twilight functions
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Informa- 18/53
tion / Shutter/Blind
Controls / Comfort
shutter/blind controls

5TC1526

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 6/31
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA style

Accessories and spare parts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories for surface-mounting enclosures
Slide nipples cable entry 5TG2905 1 1 set
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
t One set contains 10 units

6 5TG2905
Slide nipples channel entry 5TG2904 1 1 set
t For 15 mm x 15 mm to 19 mm x 19 mm
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
t One set contains 10 units

5TG2904
Spare parts
Spare glow lamps for SCHUKO ® socket outlets with status display 5TG7304 1 1/10 units
1.5 mA, 230 V AC/50 Hz

5TG7304
Spare overvoltage protection modules 5UH1300 1 1 unit
For SCHUKO ® socket outlets with overvoltage protection
Note Section Page
For Technical specimDBUions, see ... Technical Information / 18/13
Socket Outlets /
SCHUKO ® socket
outlets, with overvoltage
protection

5UH1300

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


6/32 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
7
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

7/2 Introduction

7/5 Frames

7/6 Switches and pushbuttons

7/8 Socket outlets

7/9 Shutter/blind controls

7/10 Lighting controls

7/11 Communication

7/12 TV/RF/SAT

7/13 Add-on devices


7
7/13 Accessories and spare parts

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Introduction

Overview
Colors and designs of the DELTA natur product range

7
Light oak Dark oak Maple red

Maple Beech1) Cherry 1)

1) Color achieved through staining.

7/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Introduction
Technical design of the DELTA natur product range

DELTA device insert (independent


of the product range) Frame from the
DELTA natur product range

Rocker from the


DELTA natur product range

7
I201_13767

Bearing block

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 7/3


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Introduction
Combination screws for Torx T10 and slotted screwdrivers

7
Since 11/2008, we have been successively equipping all our inserts for switches and pushbuttons, and all SCHUKO® socket outlets from the DELTA
product range, with the new combination screws.

Previously Now

I201_15408b

Pozidriv Slotted Torx


screwdriver screwdriver screwdriver
(size 1) (4.0 to 4.5 mm) (T10)

Use of different screwdrivers on the previously used and new combination screw.

7/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Frames

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Frames made of solid wood
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
Frames, 81 mm
Versions
t Light oak
- Single, 81 mm x 81 mm 5TG1601 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 5 2 m m x 8 1 m m 5TG1602 1 1 unit
- Triple, 223 mm x 81 mm 5TG1603 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 294 mm x 81 mm 5TG1604 1 1 unit
t Dark oak
- Single, 81 mm x 81 mm 5TG1611 1 1 unit

5TG1601
- Do u b l e , 1 5 2 m m x 8 1 m m
- Triple, 223 mm x 81 mm
5TG1612
5TG1613
1
1
1 unit
1 unit 7
- Quadruple, 294 mm x 81 mm 5TG1614 1 1 unit
t Maple red
- Single, 81 mm x 81 mm 5TG1621 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 5 2 m m x 8 1 m m 5TG1622 1 1 unit
- Triple, 223 mm x 81 mm 5TG1623 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 294 mm x 81 mm 5TG1624 1 1 unit
t Maple
- Single, 81 mm x 81 mm 5TG1651 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 5 2 m m x 8 1 m m 5TG1652 1 1 unit
- Triple, 223 mm x 81 mm 5TG1653 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 294 mm x 81 mm 5TG1654 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining)
- Single, 81 mm x 81 mm 5TG1681 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 5 2 m m x 8 1 m m 5TG1682 1 1 unit
- Triple, 223 mm x 81 mm 5TG1683 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 294 mm x 81 mm 5TG1684 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining)
- Single, 81 mm x 81 mm 5TG1671 1 1 unit
- Do u b l e , 1 5 2 m m x 8 1 m m 5TG1672 1 1 unit
- Triple, 223 mm x 81 mm 5TG1673 1 1 unit
- Quadruple, 294 mm x 81 mm 5TG1674 1 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 7/5
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Switches and pushbuttons

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of rockers: 62 mm x 62 mm
t Rockers made of solid wood
t Degree of protection: IP20
Note Section Page
For extension claws, see ... Functions / Switching/ 11/18
Pushbutton Control/
Dimming / Accessories
and spare parts
Rockers, neutral
Versions
t Light oak 5TG7641 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG7651 1 1 unit
7 t Maple red
t M a pl e
5TG7681
5TG7686
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG7691 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG7672 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
5TG7641 t Universal switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
Rockers with window
Versions
t Light oak 5TG7640 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG7650 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG7680 1 1 unit
t M a pl e 5TG7687 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG7692 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG7673 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
5TG7640 t Universal switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/3 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Intermediate switches dto. 11/4 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t ON/OFF switches, 1-pole dto. 11/4 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact dto. 11/8 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact dto. 11/9 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
t Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF dto. 11/6 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
switching
t Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way dto. 11/6 5TA2108 1 1/10 units
switching
t Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, with dto. 11/9 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
separate neutral terminal
t Pushbuttons, with separate check- dto. 11/10 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
back indication
Rockers, double, neutral
Versions
t Light oak 5TG7645 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG7655 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG7685 1 1 unit
t M a pl e 5TG7688 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG7693 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG7674 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
5TG7645 t Double two-way switches Functions / Switching/Push- 11/7 5TA2118 1 1/10 units
button Control/Dimming
t Two-circuit switches dto. 11/7 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
t Pushbuttons, double, 1 NO contact, dto. 11/10 5TD2115 1 1/10 units
1 CO contact
t Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts dto. 11/10 5TD2111 1 1/10 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


7/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rockers, double, with Up/Down symbols
Versions
t Light oak 5TG7644 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG7654 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG7684 1 1 unit
t Maple 5TG7690 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG7694 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG7677 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
5TG7644 t Shutter/blind switches, with electrical Functions / Shutter/ 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
and mechanical interlock blind controls
t Shutter/blind pushbuttons, with dto. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
electrical interlock

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 7/7
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Socket outlets

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mxing
t Live parts of inserts are covered by molded plastic
t With self-retracting claws
t The terminals are connecting terminals for Cu and aluminum conductors up
to 2.5 mm2
t Cover plates made of solid wood
t Size of cover plates: 62 mm x 62 mm
Note Section Page
For extension claws, see ... Functions / Switching/ 11/18
Pushbutton Control/
Dimming / Accessories
and spare parts
SCHUKO® socket outlets
7 With screwless terminals
Versions
t Light oak (plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1630 1 1 unit
t Dark oak (plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1640 1 1 unit
t Maple red (plastic part similar to RAL 9011) 5UB1650 1 1 unit
t Maple (plastic part similar to RAL 9001) 5UB1613 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining, plastic part similar to RAL 9001) 5UB1663 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining, plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1673 1 1 unit

5UB1630
SCHUKO® socket outlets with child protection
With screwless terminals
Versions
t Light oak (plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1631 1 1 unit
t Dark oak (plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1641 1 1 unit
t Maple red (plastic part similar to RAL 9011) 5UB1651 1 1 unit
t Maple (plastic part similar to RAL 9001) 5UB1614 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining, plastic part similar to RAL 9001) 5UB1664 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining, plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1674 1 1 unit

5UB1631
Socket outlets with grounding pin
t 16 A, 250 V AC
t 2-pole according to CEE7
t French/Belgian standard
t With anti-slip terminals, up to 4 x 2.5 mm²
Versions
t Light oak (plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1638 1 1 unit
t Dark oak (plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1648 1 1 unit
t Maple red (plastic part similar to RAL 9011) 5UB1658 1 1 unit
t Maple (plastic part similar to RAL 9001) 5UB1615 1 1 unit
5UB1638 t Beech (color achieved through staining, plastic part similar to RAL 9001) 5UB1665 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining, plastic part similar to RAL 8028) 5UB1675 1 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


7/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Shutter/blind controls

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Rockers made of solid wood
t Size of rockers: 62 mm x 62 mm
Rockers, double, with Up/Down symbols
Versions
t Light oak 5TG7644 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG7654 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG7684 1 1 unit
t Maple 5TG7690 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG7694 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG7677 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t4IVUUFSCMJOETXJUDIFT XJUIFMFDUSJDBM 'VODUJPOT4IVUUFS 13/2 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
5TG7644
BOENFDIBOJDBMJOUFSMPDk
t4IVUUFSCMJOEQVTICVUUPOT XJUI
CMJOEDPOUSPMT
EUP. 13/2 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
7
FMFDUSJDBMJOUFSMPDk

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 7/9
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Lighting controls

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Cover plates and rotary buttons made of solid wood
t Size of cover plates: 62 mm x 62 mm
Cover plates with rotary button, for dimmers
Versions
t Light oak 5TC8914 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TC8915 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TC8916 1 1 unit
t Maple 5TC8917 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TC8918 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TC8920 1 1 unit
Symbol Inserts Section Page
Incandescent lamp dimmers, Functions / Switching/ 11/11 5TC8256 1 1 unit
7 5TC8914
R 50 ... 400 W Pushbutton Control/
Dimming

Incandescent lamp dimmers, dto. 11/11 5TC8257 1 1 unit


R 50 ... 600 W,
für Wechselschaltung

LV dimmers, dto. 11/12 5TC8283 1 1 unit


R, L for solenoid transformers,
50 ... 600 W,
25 ... 500 VA,
for two-way switching

LV dimmers, dto. 11/12 5TC8262 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
20 ... 315 W,
20 ... 315 VA,
for two-way switching
~
~

LV dimmers, dto. 11/13 5TC8284 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
20 ... 600 W,
20 ... 525 VA,
for two-way switching
~
~

LV dimmers, dto. 11/13 5TC8258 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
60 ... 800 W,
60 ... 800 VA,
for two-way switching
~
~

Electronic potentiometers, dto. 11/14 5TC8424 1 1 unit


switch
x

Electronic potentiometers, dto. 11/15 5TC8425 1 1 unit


pushbutton
x

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


7/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Communication

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Cover plates made of solid wood
t Size of cover plates: 62 mm x 62 mm
Cover plates for TAE outlet boxes and loudspeaker outlet boxes
Versions
t Light oak 5TG1607 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG1617 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG1627 1 1 unit
t M a pl e 5TG1657 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG1687 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG1677 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t TAE 6F+N, black1) Functions / Data and 15/2 5TG2853 1 1 unit
5TG1607
t TAE 3x 6NFN, black1)
Communication Systems
dto. 15/2 5TG2480 1 1 unit
7
t TAE 2x 6/6NFF, black1) dto. 15/3 5TG2854 1 1 unit
t Loudspeaker outlet boxes, single dto. 15/3 5TG2467-2 1 1 unit
t Loudspeaker outlet boxes, double dto. 15/3 5TG2468-2 1 1 unit
Footnote
1)
Version for Austria on request.
Cover plates for UAE outlet boxes
t For inserts from Rutenbeck (Cat.3, Cat.5 and Cat.6)
t For Cat.6 inserts from BTR (E-DAT)
t With 45° inclined outlet
t For single and double
Versions
t Light oak 5TG1630 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG1631 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG1632 1 1 unit
t M a pl e 5TG1633 1 1 unit
5TG1630 t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG1634 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG1635 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3, Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole Functions / Data and 15/3 5TG2417 1 1 unit
Communication Systems
- 2 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2406 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, Cat.5e, Rutenbeck
- 1 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2418 1 1 unit
- 2 x 8-pole dto. 15/3 5TG2407 1 1 unit
t UAE outlet boxes, real Cat.6, dto. 15/3 5TG2448 1 1 unit
Rutenbeck, 2 x 8-pole
Note
The UAE cover plate can be combined with
t AMJ45 and UMJ45 Up 0 inserts (without central plate) from Telegärtner,
t AMP-TWIST-6S Plannar Up 0 inserts from Tyco electronics and
t Cat.5e UP 0 inserts from Tyco electronics.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 7/11
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

TV/RF/SAT

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Cover plates made of solid wood
t Size of cover plates: 62 mm x 62 mm
Cover plates for TV/RF/SAT connection, 2-hole version
Versions
t Light oak 5TG1605 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG1615 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG1625 1 1 unit
t M a pl e 5TG1655 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG1685 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG1675 1 1 unit
Inserts Section Page
Seite
t Aerial branch-circuit boxes Functions / Data and 15/2 5TG2485 1 1/10 units
7 5TG1605

t Aerial through-way boxes/terminal


Communication Systems
dto. 15/2 1 1/10 units
boxes 5TG2484
Cover plates for TV/RF/SAT connection, 3-hole version
Versions
t Light oak 5TG1638 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG1648 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG1658 1 1 unit
t M a pl e 5TG1647 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG1690 1 1 unit
t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG1668 1 1 unit

5TG1638

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


7/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Add-on devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Blanking cover plates
t Cover plates made of solid wood
t Size of cover plates: 62 mm x 62 mm
t For screw and claw mYJng
Versions
t Light oak 5TG1600 1 1 unit
t Dark oak 5TG1610 1 1 unit
t Maple red 5TG1620 1 1 unit
t Maple 5TG1650 1 1 unit
t Beech (color achieved through staining) 5TG1680 1 1 unit
5TG1600 t Cherry (color achieved through staining) 5TG1670 1 1 unit

7
Accessories and spare parts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories for rockers
LED light inserts, for switch and pushbutton inserts
For all rockers with windows
Fluorescent color Rated voltage Power consumption
in mA
t Red 1.5 V DC 2 5TG7318 1 1/10 units
5TG7315 8 V AC 2 5TG7315 1 1/10 units
12 V AC 2 5TG7316 1 1/10 units
24 V AC 2 5TG7317 1 1/10 units
230 V AC 1 5TG7353 1 1/10 units
t Orange
- Normal 230 V AC 0.9 5TG7333 1 1/10 units
- Strong 230 V AC 1.0 5TG7343 1 1/10 units
t White 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7354 1 1/10 units
t Blue 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7355 1 1/10 units
Note
t The LED light inserts cannot be used in all rocker color versions, since the
rocker might be mtted with a colored window already.
t If using the LED light inserts together with energy-saving lamps or lights
with conventional primary switching device, the LED may nicker slightly.
Glow lamps for switch and pushbutton inserts 5TG7321 1 1/10 units
t Protected against contact
t 230 V AC
t Reduced luminosity
t Power consumption 0.18 mA
t Base color: white
5TG7321
Accessories for dimmers
Spare fuses
250 V
Versions
5TG8302 t T 1.6 H 250 V 5TG8302 1 1/10 units
- For incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 400 W (5TC8 256)
- For sensor dimmers, with/without memory function, 20 ... 400 W
(5TC8 240 / 5TC8 232)
t T 2.5 H 250 V 5TG8305 1 1/10 units
- For incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 600 W (5TC8 257)
t T 4 H 250 V 5TG8330 1 1/10 units
- For low-voltage dimmers for magnetic transformers (5TC8 283)
- For electronic potentiometers (5TC8 424 and 5TC8 420)
- For speed regulating rheostats (5TC8 604)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 7/13
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA natur

Notes

7/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


8
© Siemens AG 2014

m-system

8/2 Introduction

8/4 Module carriers for DELTA line and


DELTA miro

8/5 Module carriers for DELTA profil

8/5 Module carriers for DELTA style

8/6 Modules for communication

8/7 Other modules

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

m-system

Introduction

Overview
Colors and designs of the m-system
DELTA line

Titanium white Aluminum metallic Carbon metallic

8
DELTA miro

Titanium white Aluminum metallic Carbon metallic


DELTA profil

Titanium white Silver Anthracite


DELTA style

Titanium white Platinum metallic

8/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

m-system

Introduction
Technical design of the m-system with DELTA line as example

Bottom part of 1M module carrier


from the m-system product range

Module from the


m-system product range (e.g. buzzer)

Frame from the


DELTA line product range

Top part of 1M module carrier


from the m-system product range,
suitable for DELTA line and
DELTA miro

I2_10728a

I201_13394a
8

Modular components of m-system (one module) with, for example, DELTA line

Bottom part of 2M module carrier


from the m-system product range

Modules from the


m-system product range (e.g. UAE outlet box)

Frame from the


DELTA line product range

Top part of 2M module carrier


from the m-system product range,
suitable for DELTA line and
DELTA miro
I201_13395

Modular components of m-system (two modules) with, for example, DELTA line

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 8/3


© Siemens AG 2014

m-system

Module carriers for DELTA line and DELTA miro

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Module carriers, 1M
t For holding one m-system module
t For screw mxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2008 1 1/20 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG2094 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG2096 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
(ff.)
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
5TG2008 Modules for
communication
Design / m-system / 8/7
Other modules
Module carriers, 2M
t For holding two m-system modules
t For screw mxing

8 Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2010 1 1/20 units
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG2095 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG2097 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
(ff.)
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
5TG2010 Modules for
communication
Design / m-system / 8/7
Other modules

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


8/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

m-system

Module carriers for DELTA profil

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Module carriers, 1M
t For holding one m-system module
t For screw mxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1911 1 1/20 units
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG1890 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
(ff.)
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
Modules for
5TG1911 communication
Design / m-system / 8/7
Other modules
Module carriers, 2M
t For holding two m-system modules
t For screw mxing
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
t Silver (similar to RAL 9006)
5TG1912
5TG1891
1
1
1/20 units
1 unit
8
Note Section Page
(ff.)
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
Modules for
5TG1912 communication
Design / m-system / 8/7
Other modules

Module carriers for DELTA style

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Module carriers, 1M
t For holding one m-system module
t For screw mxing
t Including intermediate frame
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1391 1 1/20 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1391-1 1 1/20 units
Note Section Page
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
Modules for communication
5TG1391
Design / m-system / Other 8/7
modules

Module carriers, 2M
t For holding two m-system modules
t For screw mxing
t Including intermediate frame
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG1392 1 1/20 units
t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG1392-1 1 1/20 units
Note Section Page
For module inserts, see ... Design / m-system / 8/6
Modules for communication
5TG1392
Design / m-system / Other 8/7
modules

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 8/5
© Siemens AG 2014

m-system

Modules for communication

Selection and ordering data


Version Orde rNo. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Note
All the modules shown here can be combined with the module carriers of
the DELTA line, DELTA miro, DELTA proml product ranges.
UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3
t Telephone socket outlet for modular system
t Cat.3 RJ11/12 with shutter
t LSA connection method
t Can only be used with module carrier, 1M or 2M
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG9874-1TW 1 1/60 units
t Aluminum metallic/silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG9874-1AM 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic/anthracite (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG9874-1CM 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
5TG9874-1TW t For module carriers for DELTA line Design / m-system / 8/4
and DELTA miro, see ... Module carriers for
DELTA line and

8 t Module carriers for DELTA proml, see ...


DELTA miro
Design / m-system /
Module carriers for
8/5

DELTA proml
t For module carriers for DELTA style, Design / m-system / 8/5
see ... Module carriers for
DELTA style
UAE outlet boxes, Cat.5
t PC socket outlet for modular system
t Cat.5 RJ45 with shutter
t LSA connection method
t Can only be used with module carrier, 1M or 2M
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG9874-2TW 1 1/60 units
t Aluminum metallic/silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG9874-2AM 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic/anthracite (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG9874-2CM 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
5TG9874-2TW t For module carriers for DELTA line Design / m-system / 8/4
and DELTA miro, see ... Module carriers for
DELTA line and
DELTA miro
t Module carriers for DELTA proml, see ... Design / m-system / 8/5
Module carriers for
DELTA proml
t For module carriers for DELTA style, Design / m-system / 8/5
see ... Module carriers for
DELTA style

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


8/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

m-system

Other modules

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Note
All the modules shown here can be combined with the module carriers of
the DELTA line, DELTA miro, DELTA proml product ranges.
Buzzers
t 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 80 dB(A)
t Adjustable volume
t 100 % duty ratio
t screw terminals
t Can only be used with module carrier, 1M or 2M
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG9875-8TW 1 1/35 units
t Aluminum metallic/silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG9875-8AM 1 1/35 units
t Carbon metallic/anthracite (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG9875-8CM 1 1/35 units
5TG9875-8TW t Platinum metallic (similar to RAL 9007) 5TG9875-8PM 1 1/35 units
Note Section Page
t For module carriers for DELTA line, Design / m-system / Module 8/4
and DELTA miro, see ...

t Module carriers for DELTA proml,


carriers for DELTA line and
DELTA miro
Design / m-system / Module 8/5
8
see ... carriers for the DELTA proml
t For module carriers for DELTA Design / m-system / Module 8/5
style, see ... carriers for DELTA style
LED light signals
t Supply voltage 90 ... 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t Power consumption: 1 W
t Can be mtted horizontally or vertically
t Opaque-white
Versions
t White, illuminated 5TG9880-3 1 1 unit
t Blue, illuminated 5TG9880-4 1 1 unit
t Red, illuminated 5TG9880-5 1 1 unit
t Green, illuminated 5TG9880-6 1 1 unit
5TG9880-3 Note Section Page
t For module carriers for DELTA line Design / m-system / Module 8/4
DELTA miro, see ... carriers for DELTA line and
DELTA miro
t Module carriers for DELTA proml, Design / m-system / Module 8/5
see ... carriers for the DELTA proml
t For module carriers for DELTA Design / m-system / Module 8/5
style, see ... carriers for DELTA style
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/66
m-system / LED light
signals

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 8/7
© Siemens AG 2014

m-system

Notes

8/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


9
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product
Ranges

9/2 Introduction

DELTA fläche IP44


9/3 Introduction
9/5 Switches and pushbuttons
9/9 Socket outlets
9/12 Combinations of switch/pushbutton
and socket outlet
9/14 Shutter/blind controls
9/15 Accessories and spare parts

DELTA fläche IP68


9/17 Plug-and-socket devices

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges

Introduction

Overview
Colors and designs of the surface-mounting product ranges
DELTA fläche IP44

Two-circuit switches Switches with pilot lamp SCHUKO ® socket outlets


and window

9
DELTA fläche IP68

SCHUKO ® socket outlets with lid

9/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Introduction

Overview

Light signals SCHUKO® socket outlets

Two-circuit switches

Garages, laundry rooms, laboratories and workshops are often Simple operation
exposed to a lot of heavy-duty activity, which includes the odd
splash here and there. This means that it's essential to ensure Easy-to-use nat rockers – now available in the splash-proof
that the electrical installation gets the right degree of protection. DELTA näche product range.
That's when you need the splash-proof, surface-mounting t Durable, high-impact thermoplastic enclosure.
DELTA näche IP44 product range with the large operator inter- t Screwless terminals for switch and socket outlet inserts.
face that takes rough treatment in its stride. t Insulated reset levers ensure touch protection.
t Easy conductor releases at a press of a button, no tools re-
DELTA näche IP44 – keeping electrical installations "high and quired.
dry".
All terminals are double terminals.
Attractive design
Generous switch rockers, contrasting switch plates, useful com-
binations: the DELTA product range has an extremely attractive
design. This was also conmrmed by the jury for the special exhi-
bition "Die gute Industrieform".
Increased safety
The switch enclosures are made of durable, high-impact molded
plastic, which is also able to withstand high mechanical loads.
The terminals are insulated against voltage contact. Molded-
plastic pressure plates serve to release the conductor. All the
edges of the inserts are rounded off – thus preventing damage
to the conductor insulation.
SCHUKO® socket outlets aremtted with hinged lids to prevent
moisture entering. The socket outlet inserts are equipped with
connecting terminals according to DIN VDE 0620, which have
proven themselves in the meld for many years.

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 9/3


© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Introduction

Simple installation DIN VDE and DIN-compliant technology


The DELTA näche product range has been thought through The switches and pushbuttons in the splash-proof DELTA näche
down to the very last detail: the cover on the SCHUKO® socket range are built to DIN VDE 0632 and DIN 49200, while the socket
outlet and the switch and pushbutton are screwed to the base outlets are built to DIN VDE 0620 and DIN 49440, and carry the
with two rustproof screws. At the back of the switches, pushbut- VDE mark. The devices offer degree of protection IP44 and are
tons and socket outlets are two diagonal 4.5 mm drill holes for splash-proof. The switches and pushbuttons can be used with
slot mounting. Slide nipples facilitate cable entry. All switches up to 10 A and 250 V AC, and the SCHUKO® socket outlets with
and pushbuttons can be equipped with glow lamps in three 16 A, 250 V AC and 10 A, 250 V DC.
brightness levels. Multiple combinations of SCHUKO® socket
outlets are supplied fully wired. We continue to produce com-
bined device applications for SCHUKO® switches and socket
outlets.
A full product range for two-way switches, switches with pilot
lamp, pushbuttons, light signals, SCHUKO® socket outlets, and
combined double and triple device applications is provided.

9/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Switches and pushbuttons

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t IP44 splash-proof
t 10 A, 250 V AC according to DIN 49200
t Enclosures made of high-impact molded plastic
t Contact material: cadmium and nickel-free
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm
t Mounting holes: 4,5 mm Ø
t Cable entry: slide nipples for cables with 8 ... 13.5 mm Ø
t Special versions on request
t Colors:
- Similar to RAL 7035 (enclosure base parts and rockers)
- Similar to RAL 7042 (between enclosure base parts and rockers)
Universal switches 5TA4706 1 1/10 units
For ON/OFF and two-way switching

5TA4706
Intermediate switches 5TA4707 1 1/10 units
9

5TA4707
ON/OFF switches, 1-pole 5TA4701 1 1/10 units

5TA4701
Switches with pilot lamp for ON/OFF switching, with window 5TA4700 1 1/10 units
with LED insert 5TG7333

5TA4700
Switches with pilot lamp for two-way switching, with window 5TA4710 1 1/10 units
with LED insert 5TG7333

5TA4710

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 9/5
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Heating emergency switches with window, 1-pole 5TA4741 1 1/10 units
t With LED insert 5TG7333
t According to DIN VDE 0116/3.79
t Two cables for wet/damp areas can be fed into the enclosure from under-
neath

5TA4741
Heating emergency switches with window, 2-pole 5TA4742 1 1/10 units
t With LED insert 5TG7333
t According to DIN VDE 0116/3.79
t Two cables for wet/damp areas can be fed into the enclosure from under-
neath

5TA4742
Two-way switches, with window and labeling field 5TA4726 1 1/10 units
with LED insert 5TG7333
9 Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels.
Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-toolstool

5TA4726
ON/OFF switches, with I/O symbols, 2-pole 5TA4702 1 1/10 units
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t Two cables for wet/damp areas can be fed into the enclosure from under-
neath

5TA4702
ON/OFF switches, with I/O symbols, 3-pole 5TA4753 1 1/10 units
16 A, 400 V AC

5TA4753
Two-circuit switches 5TA4705 1 1/10 units

5TA4705

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


9/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Double two-way switches, double 5TA4708 1 1/10 units

5TA4708
Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact 5TD4707 1 1/10 units
Can also be used as NC contact

5TD4707
Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, with window 5TD4701 1 1/10 units
tWith window set (comprising one window each with 1 "Light" symbol, 1 "Bell"
symbol and 1 "Door Opener" symbol respectively, plus 1 neutral window)
t Without glow lamp 9

5TD4701
Pushbuttons with separate check-back indication, with window 5TD4706 1 1/10 units
with LED insert 5TG7333

5TD4706
Light signals 5TD4780 1 1/10 units
t With glow lamp 250 V AC
t 75 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm

5TD4780
ON/OFF switches, comply with workplace regulations 5TA4711 1 1/10 units
t Supplied with clear windows
t Neutral and with "Light" symbol
t With LED insert 5TG7333

5TA4711

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 9/7
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Switches and pushbuttons

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Two-way switches, comply with workplace regulations 5TA4716 1 1/10 units
t Supplied with clear windows
t Neutral and with "Light" symbol
t With LED insert 5TG7333

5TA4716
Pushbuttons, comply with workplace regulations 5TD4705 1 1/10 units
t Supplied with clear windows
t Neutral and with "Light" symbol
t With LED insert 5TG7333
t 1-pole (NO contact)

5TD4705
Shutter/blind key-operated switches with "Key" symbol
t With hinged lid
9 t With Up/Down symbols under the hinged lid
t 1-pole
t With two keys
t Identical key type (different locking systems on request)
t With screw terminals
Versions
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7650 1 1 unit
t Momentary-contact position to left and right 5TA7651 1 1 unit
5TA7650 Note Section Page
For Technical SpecimDations, see ... Technical Information / Shutter/ 18/47
Blind Controls / Shutter/
blind key-operated
switches
Shutter/blind pushbuttons, with electrical interlock, with Up/Down symbols 5TD4708 1 1/10 units
t Screwless terminals
t Terminal assignment same as for 5TA2114 nush-mounting insert
Versions Section Page
For Technical SpecimDations, see ... Technical Information / 18/46
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind pushbuttons,
with electrical interlock

5TD4708
Heating emergency switches, 3-pole 5TB6231 1 1/10 units
t With pilot lamp
t 25 A, 400 V AC
t 80 mm x 64 mm x 60 mm

5TB6231

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


9/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Socket outlets

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t IP44 splash-proof
t 16 A, 250 V AC; 10 A, 250 V DC
t Complies with DIN 49440
t The terminals are connecting terminals for Cu and aluminum conductors up
to 2.5 mm2
t Enclosures made of high-impact molded plastic
t Mounting holes: 4,5 mm Ø
t Cable entry: slide nipples for cables with 8 ... 13.5 mm Ø
t With hinged lid
t With screwless terminals
t Special versions on request
t Colors:
- Similar to RAL 7035 (enclosure base parts and hinged lid)
- Similar to RAL 7042 (between enclosure base parts and hinged lid)
SCHUKO® socket outlets, single 5UB4711 1 1/10 units
Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm

5UB4711
9
® 5UB4717
SCHUKO socket outlets, single, with child protection 1 1/10 units
Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm

5UB4717
SCHUKO® socket outlets, single, with labeling field 5UB4713 1 1/10 units
Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels. Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

5UB4713
SCHUKO® socket outlets, single, with labeling field and child protection 5UB4718 1 1 unit
Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm
Note
Our free labeling tool can help you create individual labels. Download at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool

5UB4718

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 9/9
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets, double, for vertical installation 5UB4723 1 1/5 units
t Size of cover: 151 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm
t SCHUKO® socket outlet with labeling meld on request
t Pre-wired

5UB4723
SCHUKO® socket outlets, double, for vertical installation, with 5UB4724 1 1 unit
child protection
t Size of cover: 151 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm
t SCHUKO® socket outlet with labeling meld on request
t Pre-wired

5UB4724
SCHUKO® socket outlets, double, for horizontal installation 5UB4722 1 1/5 units
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 134 mm x 54 mm
t SCHUKO® socket outlet with labeling meld on request
9 t Pre-wired

5UB4722
SCHUKO® socket outlets, double, for horizontal installation, with 5UB4725 1 1 unit
child protection
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 134 mm x 54 mm
t SCHUKO® socket outlet with labeling meld on request
t Pre-wired

5UB4725
SCHUKO® socket outlets, triple, for horizontal installation 5UB4731 1 1 unit
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 201 mm x 54 mm
t SCHUKO® socket outlet with labeling meld on request
t Pre-wired

5UB4731
SCHUKO® socket outlets, triple, for horizontal installation, with 5UB4732 1 1 unit
child protection
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 201 mm x 54 mm
t SCHUKO® socket outlet with labeling meld on request
t Pre-wired
5UB4732
SCHUKO® socket outlets, lockable
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 66 mm
t With two keys
Versions
t Identical key type (sorted) 5UB4714 1 1 unit
t Close differently with a max. of 180 different locks 5UB4715 1 1 unit

5UB4714
SCHUKO® socket outlets, lockable, with child protection 5UB4705 1 1 unit
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 66 mm
t With two keys
t Identical key type (sorted)

5UB4705

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


9/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO® socket outlets, lockable, double pack 5UB4716 1 1 unit
t Two lockable SCHUKO® socket outlets
t With two identical safety locks
t With two keys each
t In pairs, up to 180 different locking options (not sorted)
t For use with washing machines and spin driers
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 66 mm
5UB4716
Socket outlets with grounding pin 5UB4741 1 1/10 units
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm
t 2-pole according to CEE7
t Screw terminals

5UB4741

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 9/11
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Combinations of switch/push
button and socket outlet

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t IP44 splash-proof
t Socket outlets:16 A, 250 V AC; 10 A, 250 V DC
t Complies with DIN 49440
t Switches: 10 A, 250 V AC
t The terminals are connecting terminals for Cu and aluminum conductors up
to 2.5 mm2
t Enclosures made of high-impact molded plastic
t Mounting holes: 4,5 mm Ø
t Cable entry: slide nipples for cables with 8 ... 13.5 mm Ø
t With screwless terminals
t SCHUKO® socket outlets with hinged lid
t For vertical mounting
t 151 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm
t Colors:
- Similar to RAL 7035 (enclosure base parts and rockers/hinged lid)
- Similar to RAL 7042 (between enclosure base parts and rockers/hinged
lid)
Combination of two-way switch and SCHUKO® socket outlet 5TA4816 1 1/5 units

9
5TA4816
Combination of two-way switch and SCHUKO® socket outlet, with 5TA4826 1 1 unit
child protection

5TA4826
Combination of two-circuit switch and SCHUKO® socket outlet 5TA4815 1 1/5 units

5TA4815
Combination of two-circuit switch and SCHUKO® socket outlet, with 5TA4825 1 1 unit
child protection

5TA4825
Combination of pushbutton and SCHUKO® socket outlet 5TD4811 1 1/5 units

5TD4811

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


9/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Combinations of switch/push
button and socket outlet

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Combination of pushbutton and SCHUKO® socket outlet, with child 5TD4821 1 1 unit
protection

5TD4821

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 9/13
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Shutter/blind controls

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t IP44 splash-proof
t 10 A, 250 V AC according to DIN 49200
t Enclosures made of high-impact molded plastic
t Size of cover: 75 mm x 66 mm x 54 mm
t Mounting holes: 4,5 mm Ø
t Cable entry: Slide nipples for cables from 8 ... 13.5 mm Ø
t Colors:
- Similar to RAL 7035 (enclosure base parts and rockers/hinged lid)
- Similar to RAL 7042 (between enclosure base parts and rockers/hinged
lid)
Shutter/blind key-operated switches with "Key" symbol
t With hinged lid
t With Up/Down symbols under the hinged lid
t 1-pole
t With two keys
t Identical key type (different locking systems on request)
t With screw terminals
Versions
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7650 1 1 unit
t Momentary-contact position to left and right 5TA7651 1 1 unit
5TA7650 Note Section Page
For Technical Specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/47

9 Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind key-operated
switches
Shutter/blind pushbuttons, with electrical interlock, with Up/Down 5TD4708 1 1/10 units
symbols
t Screwless terminals
t Terminal assignment same as for 5TA2114 nush-mounting insert
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/46
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind pushbuttons,
with electrical interlock

5TD4708

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


9/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Accessories and spare parts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories
Connecting elements 5TG4205 1 1/10 units
For coupling of stand-alone devices

5TG4205
Slide nipples, without hole 5TG4204 1 1/10 units

5TG4204
Channel entry glands 5TG4212 1 1/10 units
9
For channels 15 mm x 15 mm and 17 mm x 17 mm

5TG4212
LED light inserts, for switch and pushbutton inserts
For all rockers with windows
Fluorescent color Rated voltage Power consumption
in mA
t Red 1.5 V DC 2 5TG7318 1 1/10 units
5TG7315 8 V AC 2 5TG7315 1 1/10 units
12 V AC 2 5TG7316 1 1/10 units
24 V AC 2 5TG7317 1 1/10 units
230 V AC 1 5TG7353 1 1/10 units
t Orange
- Normal 230 V AC 0.9 5TG7333 1 1/10 units
- Strong 230 V AC 1.0 5TG7343 1 1/10 units
t White 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7354 1 1/10 units
t Blue 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7355 1 1/10 units
Note
t The LED light inserts cannot be used in all rocker color versions, since the
rocker might be mtted with a colored window already.
t If using the LED light inserts together with energy-saving lamps or lights
with conventional primary switching device, the LED may nicker slightly.
Glow lamps for switch and pushbutton inserts 5TG7321 1 1/10 units
t Protected against contact
t 230 V AC
t Reduced luminosity
t Power consumption 0.18 mA
5TG7321 t Base color: white

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 9/15
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP44
Accessories and spare parts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Spare parts
Spare windows for light signals
Versions
t Red 5TG4206 1 1/10 units

5TG4206
t Green 5TG4208 1 1/10 units

5TG4208
t White 5TG4207 1 1/10 units

5TG4207
t Yellow 5TG4210 1 1/10 units

9
5TG4210
Spare glow lamps for light signals 5TG7301 1 1/10 units
250 V AC

5TG7301
Spare window sets for light signals and for switch and pushbutton 5TG4200 1 1/10 sets
inserts
One set contains 2 x red, 2 x clear and 2 x white

5TG4200

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


9/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges


DELTA fläche IP68
Plug-and-socket devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Degree of protection: IP68 (pressure-water-tight)
t 16 A, 250 V AC, 10 A, 250 V DC
t The terminals are connecting terminals for conductors up to 2.5 mm 2
t Enclosures made of PBT, high-impact
t Screw terminals
t Lid and cover with screw plug
SCHUKO® wall socket outlets with lid 5UB4686 1 1 unit
t Enclosure size: 105 mm x 87 mm x 68 mm
t Mounting holes: 5.5 mm Ø
t Pg 22 cable entry on both sides for cables from 8 to 13.5 mm

5UB4686
SCHUKO® plugs with cover 5UH1150 1 1/5 units

5UH1150
9

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 9/17
© Siemens AG 2014

Surface-Mounting Product Ranges

Notes

9/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


10
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

10/2 Introduction

10/4 Frames

10/5 Switches and push buttons

10/8 Socket outlets

10/10 Blind controls

10/11 Lighting controls

10/12 Motion detectors

10/13 Room temperature controllers

10/14 Communication

10/17 TV/RF/SAT

10/18 Supplementary devices

10/20 Inserts

10/30 Accessories

10/32 Technical information

10

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Introduction

Overview
Colours and shapes of the DELTA iris range

Polar white Mercury aluminium

10

Neptune steel Odyssey gold

10/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Introduction
Technical design of the DELTA iris range

DELTA insert
from the DELTA iris range

Frame from the


DELTA iris range

Rocker from the


DELTA iris range

I201_18478

10

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/3


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Frames

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Protection class: IP20
Frame, single
85 mm x 84 mm
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5534-0WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5534-0MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5534-0NS 1 1 unit
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5534-0DG 1 1 unit

5TG5534-0WH
Frame, horizontal
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016)
- 2 x 85 mm x 155 mm 5TG5534-1WH 1 1 unit
- 3 x 85 mm x 226 mm 5TG5534-2WH 1 1/5 units
5TG5534-1WH - 4 x 85 mm x 298 mm 5TG5534-3WH 1 1/5 units
- 5 x 85 mm x 370 mm 5TG5532-5WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006)
- 2 x 85 mm x 155 mm 5TG5534-1MA 1 1 unit
- 3 x 85 mm x 226 mm 5TG5534-2MA 1 1/5 units
- 4 x 85 mm x 298 mm 5TG5534-3MA 1 1/5 units
- 5 x 85 mm x 370 mm 5TG5532-5MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015)
- 2 x 85 mm x 155 mm 5TG5534-1NS 1 1 unit
10 - 3 x 85 mm x 226 mm
- 4 x 85 mm x 298 mm
5TG5534-2NS
5TG5534-3NS
1
1
1/5 units
1/5 units
- 5 x 85 mm x 370 mm 5TG5532-5NS 1 1 unit
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036)
- 2 x 85 mm x 155 mm 5TG5534-1DG 1 1 unit
- 3 x 85 mm x 226 mm 5TG5534-2DG 1 1/5 units
- 4 x 85 mm x 298 mm 5TG5534-3DG 1 1/5 units
- 5 x 85 mm x 370 mm 5TG5532-5DG 1 1 unit
Frame, vertical
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016)
- 2 x 156 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-5WH 1 1 unit
- 3 x 228 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-6WH 1 1/5 units
- 4 x 299 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-7WH 1 1/5 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006)
- 2 x 156 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-5MA 1 1 unit
- 3 x 228 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-6MA 1 1/5 units
- 4 x 299 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-7MA 1 1/5 units
5TG5534-5WH
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015)
- 2 x 156 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-5NS 1 1 unit
- 3 x 228 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-6NS 1 1/5 units
- 4 x 299 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-7NS 1 1/5 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036)
- 2 x 156 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-5DG 1 1 unit
- 3 x 228 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-6DG 1 1/5 units
- 4 x 299 mm x 84 mm 5TG5534-7DG 1 1/5 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Switch and push button

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of the rockers: 64 mm x 53 mm
t Protection class: IP20
Note Page
Extension claws. see... 10/31
Rocker, neutral
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5530-0WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5530-0MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5530-0NS 1 1 unit
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5530-0DG 1 1 unit
Inserts Page
t Universal switch with claws 10/20 5TA5501-0KK 1 1 unit
5TG5530-0WH t Universal switch without claws 10/20 5TA5501-7KK 1 1/10 units
t Intermediate switch with claws 10/20 5TA5501-1KK 1 1 unit
t Intermediate switch without claws 10/20 5TA5502-4KK 1 1/10 units
t Circuit breaker. 1-pin with claws 10/20 5TA5500-8KK 1 1 unit
t Circuit breaker. 1-pin without claws 10/20 5TA5502-3KK 1 1/10 units
t Circuit breaker. 2-pin with claws 10/20 5TA5502-8KK 1 1/10 units
t Circuit breaker. 2-pin without claws 10/20 5TA5503-1KK 1 1/10 units
t Push button, one open contact, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-6KK 1 1 unit
t Push button, one open contact, without claws 10/21 5TD5500-8KK 1 1/10 units
Rocker, with window
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5530-1WH 1 1 unit
t
t
t
Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006)
Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015)
Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036)
5TG5530-1MA
5TG5530-1NS
5TG5530-1DG
1
1
1
1/10 units
1/10 units
1/10 units
10
Inserts Page
t Universal switch with claws 10/20 5TA5501-0KK 1 1 unit
5TG5530-1WH
t Universal switch without claws 10/20 5TA5501-7KK 1 1/10 units
t Intermediate switch with claws 10/20 5TA5501-1KK 1 1 unit
t Intermediate switch without claws 10/20 5TA5502-4KK 1 1/10 units
t Circuit breaker. 1-pin with claws 10/20 5TA5500-8KK 1 1 unit
t Circuit breaker. 1-pin without claws 10/20 5TA5502-3KK 1 1/10 units
t Push button, one open contact, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-6KK 1 1 unit
t Push button, one open contact, without claws 10/21 5TD5500-8KK 1 1/10 units
t Control switch, for disconnection, with claws 10/20 5TA5501-2KK 1 1 unit
t Control switch, for disconnection, without claws 10/20 5TA5502-7KK 1 1 unit
t Control switch, for two-way circuit, with claws 10/21 5TA5503-0KK 1 1/10 units
t Control switch, for two-way circuit, without claw 10/21 5TA5502-6KK 1 1/10 units
Rocker, with "Bell" symbol
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5531-3WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5531-3MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5531-3NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5531-3DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Push button, one open contact, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-6KK 1 1 unit
5TG5531-3WH t Push button, one open contact, without claws 10/21 5TD5500-8KK 1 1/10 units
Rocker, with "Bell" symbol and window
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5530-8WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5530-8MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5530-8NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5530-8DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Push button, one open contact, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-6KK 1 1 unit
5TG5530-8WH t Push button, one open contact, without claws 10/21 5TD5500-8KK 1 1/10 units
Rocker, with "Light" symbol
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5531-4WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5531-4MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5531-4NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5531-4DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Push button, one open contact, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-6KK 1 1 unit
5TG5531-4WH t Push button, one open contact, without claws 10/21 5TD5500-8KK 1 1/10 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/5
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Switch and push button

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rocker, with "Light" symbol and window
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5531-0WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5531-0MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5531-0NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5531-0DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Push button, one open contact, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-6KK 1 1 unit
5TG5531-0WH t Push button, one open contact, without claws 10/21 5TD5500-8KK 1 1/10 units
Rocker, with I/O symbols
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5532-6WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5532-6MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5532-6NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5532-6DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Circuit breaker. 2-pin with claws 10/20 5TA5502-8KK 1 1/10 units
5TG5532-6WH t Circuit breaker. 2-pin without claws 10/20 5TA5503-1KK 1 1/10 units
Rocker, with lettering field
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5531-7WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5531-7MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5531-7NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5531-7DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Universal switch with claws 10/20 5TA5501-0KK 1 1 unit
5TG5531-7WH t Universal switch without claws 10/20 5TA5501-7KK 1 1/10 units
10 t Intermediate switch with claws
t Intermediate switch without claws
10/20
10/20
5TA5501-1KK
5TA5502-4KK
1
1
1 unit
1/10 units
t Circuit breaker. 1-pin with claws 10/20 5TA5500-8KK 1 1 unit
t Circuit breaker. 1-pin without claws 10/20 5TA5502-3KK 1 1/10 units
t Push button, one open contact, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-6KK 1 1 unit
t Push button, one open contact, without claws 10/21 5TD5500-8KK 1 1/10 units
t Control switch, for disconnection, with claws 10/20 5TA5501-2KK 1 1 unit
t Control switch, for disconnection, without claws 10/20 5TA5502-7KK 1 1 unit
t Control switch, for two-way circuit, with claws 10/21 5TA5503-0KK 1 1/10 units
t Control switch, for two-way circuit, without claws 10/21 5TA5502-6KK 1 1/10 units
Rocker, x 2, neutral
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5530-4WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5530-4MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5530-4NS 1 1 unit
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5530-4DG 1 1 unit
Inserts Page
t Double two-way switch, with claws 10/21 5TA5501-5KK 1 1 unit
5TG5530-4WH t Double two-way switch, without claws 10/21 5TA5501-8KK 1 1/10 units
t Double one-way switch, with claws 10/21 5TA5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t Double one-way switch, without claws 10/21 5TA5502-5KK 1 1/10 units
t Push button, x 2 open contacts, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-5KK 1 1 unit
t Push button, x 2 open contacts, without claws 10/21 5TD5501-2KK 1 1/10 units
Rocker, x 2 with window
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5530-3WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5530-3MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5530-3NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5530-3DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Double two-way switch, with claws 10/21 5TA5501-5KK 1 1 unit
5TG5530-3WH t Double two-way switch, without claws 10/21 5TA5501-8KK 1 1/10 units
t Double one-way switch, with claws 10/21 5TA5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t Double one-way switch, without claws 10/21 5TA5502-5KK 1 1/10 units
t Push button, x 2 open contacts, with claws 10/21 5TD5500-5KK 1 1 unit
t Push button, x 2 open contacts, without claws 10/21 5TD5501-2KK 1 1/10 units

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Switch and push button

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Rocker, with pull cord actuation
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5531-8WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5531-8MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5531-8NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5531-8DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Push button, with pull cord actuation 10/22 5TA5500-5KK 1 1 unit
5TG5531-8WH
Hotel card switch, with illumination
t Two-way switch with display function
t Glow lamp included
t Only available with screw-fastening
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TA5501-8WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TA5501-8MA 1 1/20 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TA5501-8NS 1 1/20 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TA5501-8DG 1 1/20 units
Note Page
5TA5501-8WH
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/41

Hotel card switch, with illumination, time-lag function, with frame


Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5530-7WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5530-7MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5530-7NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5530-7DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
Hotel card temporized 10/21 5TG5500-6KK 1 1/10 units 10
5TG5530-7WH

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/7
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Socket outlets

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mxing
t SCHUKO ® socket outlets: 16 A, ~250 V; 10 A, ~250 V
t Live parts of the inserts covered with insulation material
t Self-actuating retracting claws
t The screw-free connection terminals are the connecting clamps
for copper and aluminium leads up to 2.5 mm 2
t Protection class: IP20
t Size of the cover plate: 64 mm x 53 mm
Note Page
Extension claws, see... 10/31
SCHUKO® socket outlet
Connecting clamps
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5UB5530-0WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB5530-0MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5UB5530-0NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5UB5530-0DG 1 1/10 units

5UB5530-0WH
SCHUKO® socket outlet, with hinged cap
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5UB5530-2WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB5530-2MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5UB5530-2NS 1 1 unit
10 t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5UB5530-2DG 1 1 unit

5UB5530-2WH
SCHUKO® socket outlet, with "EDV1) printing 5UB5530-6WH 1 1 unit
t Connecting clamps
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016)
Footnote
1)
EDV: Electronic data processing

5UB5530-6WH
SCHUKO® socket outlet, with operation display
Connecting clamps
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5UB5530-4WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB5530-4MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5UB5530-4NS 1 1 unit
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5UB5530-4DG 1 1 unit
Note
Including glow lamp 5TG7304
5UB5530-4WH Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 18/12
SCHUKO® socket outlet, with enhanced touch protection
Connecting clamps
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5UB5530-1WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB5530-1MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5UB5530-1NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5UB5530-1DG 1 1 unit
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 18/13
5UB5530-1WH

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Socket outlets

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
SCHUKO ® socket outlet, with hinged cap and enhanced
touch protection
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5UB5530-3WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB5530-3MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5UB5530-3NS 1 1 unit
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5UB5530-3DG 1 1 unit
Note Page
Technical specimDBtions, see ... 18/13
5UB5530-3WH
SCHUKO ® socket outlet, with "EDV"1) printing and enhanced 5UB5530-7WH 1 1 unit
touch protection
t Connecting clamps
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016)
Note Page
Technical specimDBtions, see ... 18/13
Footnote
1)
EDV: Electronic data processing

5UB5530-7WH
SCHUKO ® socket outlet, with operation display and enhanced
touch protection
Connecting clamps
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5UB5530-5WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5UB5530-5MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5UB5530-5NS 1 1 unit
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5UB5530-5DG 1 1 unit
10
5UB5530-5WH
SCHUKO ® socket outlet, with "SV" 1) printing 5UB5530-0GR 1 1 unit
t Connecting clamps
t Green
Footnote
1) SV: Back-up power supply (AEV)

5UB5530-0GR
SCHUKO ® socket outlet, with "ZSV"1) printing 5UB5530-0RE 1 1 unit
t Connecting clamps
t Orange
Footnote
1)
1) ZSV: supplementary back-up power supply (BEV)

5UB5530-0RE
Socket outlet, IP44 5UB5500-2KK 1 1 unit
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016)
t With frame
t Protection class IP44
t Frame 85 mm x 85 mm
t Screw clamp connection

5UB5500-2KK

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/9
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Blind controls

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of the rockers: 64 mm x 53 mm
Rocker x 2 , with on/off symbols
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5532-0WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5532-0MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5532-0NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5532-0DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Blinds switch, with electrical and mechanical 10/22 5TA5500-4KK 1 1 unit
5TG5532-0WH locking, with claws
t Blinds switch, with electrical and mechanical 10/22 5TA5502-2KK 1 1/10 units
locking, without claws
t Blinds switch, with electrical locking, with claws 10/22 5TD5500-1KK 1 1 unit
t Blinds switch, with electrical locking, without claws 10/22 5TD5501-0KK 1 1/10 units

10

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Lighting controls

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of the cover plates: 64 mm x 53 mm
Cover plates, with rotary knob for dimmer
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5532-8WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5532-8MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5532-8NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5532-8DG 1 1/10 units
Symbol Inserts Section Page
Glow lamps- dimmers, Inserts 10/22 5TC8256 1 1 unit
5TG5532-8WH R 50 up to 400 W

Glow lamps- dimmers, dto. 10/23 5TC8257 1 1 unit


R 50 up to 600 W,
for two-way circuit

LV dimmer, dto. 10/23 5TC8283 1 1 unit


R, L for magnetic transformers,
50 up to 600 W,
25 up to 500 VA,
for two-way circuit

LV dimmer, dto. 10/23 5TC8262 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
20 up to 315 W,
20 up to 315 VA, 10
for two-way circuit
~
~

LV dimmer, dto. 10/24 5TC8284 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
20 up to 600 W,
20 up to 525 VA,
for two-way circuit
~
~

LV dimmer, dto. 10/24 5TC8258 1 1 unit


R, C for electronic transformers,
60 up to 800 W,
60 up to 800 VA,
for two-way circuit
~
~

Electronic potentiometer, dto. 10/25 5TC8424 1 1 unit


switch
x

Electronic potentiometer, dto. 10/25 5TC8425 1 1 unit


push button
x

Accessories Page
LED insert, blue 10/22 5TG8393-0 1 1 unit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/11
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Motion detectors

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of the cover plates: 64 mm x 53 mm
Cover plate, for motion detector
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-5WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-5MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-5NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-5DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
Motion detector 10/25 5TG5900-2KK 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-5WH
Note
Cover plate also for use with loudspeaker connection socket,
emergency light, light signal, water detector and gas detector.

10

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Room temperature controllers

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of the cover plates: 64 mm x 53 mm
Room temperature controller, opener/changer 5TG5930-0WH 1 1 unit
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016)
t Voltage 230V
t Heating contact:
- Resistive load: max. 10 A, min. 10 mA
- inductive load (cos ф 0.6): max. 4 A, min. 10 mA
t Cooling contact:
- Resistive load: max. 5 A, min. 10 mA
- inductive load (cos ф 0.6): max. 2 A, min. 10 mA
t max. relative humidity: 95% (without condensation
t LED display for heating activation
5TG5930-0WH Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/38
Room temperature control, floor direct heating 5TG5930-1WH 1 1 unit
t polarweiß (ähnlich RAL 9016)
t 5FNQFSBUVSFBEKVTUNFOUSBOHFGPSnPPSUFNQFSature:
* ... 5 (= 10 up to 50 ºC)
t Red indicator lamp: control unit requests heat
t Green indicator lamp: reduced temperature
t 2-pin power switch
t Supply voltage: AC 230 V (195 up to 253 V) 50 Hz
t Output relay closer
t Switching current:
- 100 mA up to 16 A cos ф = 1
5TG5930-1WH - 100 mA up to 4 A cos ф = 0.6
t Control algorithm proportional control unit (always constant due to PWM)
t Switch temperature difference: ~1 ºC
t Temperature sensor type and length:
Type F 193 720 (extendible to max. 50 m) 10
t Temperature reduction: Adjustable at 3 ºC or 5 ºC
t Range restriction in the setting knob
t Housing protection class: IP30
t Protection class II
t Software class A
t Rated surge voltage: 2.5 kV
t Storage temperature: -25 up to 70 ºC
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see .. 10/38
Cover plate, for electronic room temperature control unit
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-7WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-7MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-7NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-7DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
Electronic room temperature control unit 10/26 5TG5502-2KK 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-7WH

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/13
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Communication

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of the cover plates: 64 mm x 53 mm
Cover plate, for TAE connection socket
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5535-5WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5535-5MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5535-5NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5535-5DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Section Page
t TAE 6F+N, black 1) Functions / data and 15/2 5TG2853 1 1 unit
5TG5535-5WH
communication technology
t TAE 3 x 6NFN, black 1) dto. 15/2 5TG2480 1 1 unit
1)
t TAE 3 x 6/6NFF, black dto. 15/3 5TG2854 1 1 unit
Footnote
1) Model for Austria on request.
Cover plate, for UAE connection socket, RJ 11 Cat.3
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-8WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-8MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-8NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-8DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
Supporting plate for modular jack RJ11, Cat.3 (UAE) 10/26 5TG5500-7KK 1 10 units
5TG5533-8WH
Cover plate, for RCA connection socket, single

10 Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-8WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-8MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-8NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-8DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
Loudspeaker connection socket, RCA, single 10/27 5TG5507-2KK 1 1 unit
5TG5533-8WH
Cover plate, for RCA connection socket, double
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5536-0WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5536-0MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5536-0NS 1 1 unit
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5536-0DG 1 1 unit
Inserts Page
Lautsprecheranschlussdose, RCA, 2fach 10/27 5TG5507-3KK 1 1 unit
5TG5536-0WH
Cover plate, for RCA video connection, single
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-8WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-8MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-8NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-8DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
Video connection, RCA 10/27 5TG5507-4KK 1 1 unit
5TG5533-8WH
Cover plate , for supporting plate modular jack, single
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-2WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-2MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-2NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-2DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Supporting plate for modular jack RJ45/RJ11, single 10/26 5TG5500-8KK 1 1 unit
5TG5533-2WH t Modular jack RJ11, Cat.3, 6 10/26 5TG5501-3KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ45, Cat.5E, 8 10/26 5TG5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ45, Cat.6, 8 10/26 5TG5501-7KK 1 1 unit
Note
Please order the supporting plate and a modular jack for the cover plate.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Communication

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Cover plate, for supporting plate modular jack, single,
with lettering field
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-3WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-3MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-3NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-3DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
5TG5533-3WH t Supporting plate for modular jack RJ45/RJ11, single 10/26 5TG5500-8KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ11, Cat.3, 6 10/26 5TG5501-3KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ45, Cat.5E, 8 10/26 5TG5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ45, Cat.6, 8 10/26 5TG5501-7KK 1 1 unit
Note
Please order the supporting plate and a modular jack for the cover plate.
Cover plate , for supporting plate modular jack, double
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-0WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-0MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-0NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-0DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Supporting plate for modular jack RJ45/RJ11, double 10/26 5TG5501-1KK 1 1 unit
5TG5533-0WH t Modular jack RJ11, Cat.3, 6 10/26 5TG5501-3KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ45, Cat.5E, 8 10/26 5TG5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ45, Cat.6, 8 10/26 5TG5501-7KK 1 1 unit
Note
Please order the supporting plate and a modular jack for the cover plate.
Cover plate, for supporting plate modular jack,double,
with lettering field 10
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-1WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-1MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-1NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-1DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
5TG5533-1WH t Supporting plate for modular jack RJ45/RJ11, double 10/26 5TG5501-1KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ11, Cat.3, 6 10/26 5TG5501-3KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ45, Cat.5E, 8 10/26 5TG5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t Modular jack RJ45, Cat.6, 8 10/26 5TG5501-7KK 1 1 unit
Note
Please order the supporting plate and a modular jack for the cover plate.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/15
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Communication

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Cover plate, for supporting plate modular jack, angled outlet,
with lettering field
InclVEFTmWe inserts for the following connections:
t Sub-D9-plug (D-Subminiatur) / VGA
t Blind insert
t DIN plug
t Sub-D15 plug (D-Subminiatur)
t Modular jack RJ
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5535-6WH 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-6WH t .FSDVSZBMVNJOJVN Timilar to RAL 9006) 5TG5535-6MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5535-6NS 1 1/10 units
t 0EZTTFZHPME TJNJMBSUP3"-
5TG5535-6DG 1 1/10 units

10
Cover plate, for loudspeaker connection socket
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-5WH 1 1 unit
t .FSDVSZBMVNJOJVN Timilar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-5MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-5NS 1 1/10 units
t 0EZTTFZHPME TJNJMBSUP3"-
5TG5533-5DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Loudspeaker connection socket, single 10/26 5TG5502-0KK 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-5WH t Loudspeaker connection socket, doubl 10/26 5TG5502-1KK 1 1/10 units
Note
$PWFSQMBUFVTFEBMTPGPSNPWFNFOUEFUFDUPS FNFSHFODZMJght
light signal, water detector and gas detector.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

TV/RF/SAT

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of the cover plates: 64 mm x 53 mm
Cover plate for TV/RF/SAT connection, 2-hole model
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5532-7WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5532-7MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5532-7NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5532-7DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
t Antenna stub line socket 10/27 5TG5900-4KK 1 1 unit
5TG5532-7WH t Antenna through-socket / terminal-socket 10/27 5TG5502-3KK 1 1 unit
Cover plate for TV/RF/SAT connection, 3-hole model
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5535-2WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5535-2MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5535-2NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5535-2DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
TV-FM-SAT antenna 10/28 5TG5507-1KK 1 1 unit
5TG5535-2WH
Cover plate for TV/RF/SAT connection, 4-hole model, asymetrical
t With double SAT connection
t for 4-hole antenna plug sockets, e,g, produced by Ankaro or Astro
Inserts
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5535-7WH 1 1/10 units
t
t
Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006)
Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015)
5TG5535-7MA
5TG5535-7NS
1
1
1/10 units
1/10 units
10
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5535-7DG 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-7WH

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/17
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Supplementary devices

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t Size of the cover plates: 64 mm x 53 mm
Cover plate for clock
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5535-4WH 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5535-4MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5535-4NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5535-4DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
Clock, with alarm function 10/28 5TG5900-7KK 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-4WH
Emergency light, with torch
t Voltage: 230 V 10 % / 50/60 Hz
t Battery operating time before recharging: 3 h. 15 min.
t Battery charging time: 12 h.
t Red LED: automatic connection-deactivation in event of power failure
t Green LED: automatic connection-activation in event of power failure
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5900-5KK 1 1/10 units
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5930-5MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5930-5NS 1 1 unit
5TG5900-5KK t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5930-5DG 1 1 unit
Note
Removal of the bulb can be prevented by tightening the screw at
the rear.
Cover plate, for volume control unit
10 Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-4WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-4MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-4NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-4DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
Volume control unit 10/28 5TG5503-6KK 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-4WH
Blind cover plate
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-6WH
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-6MA
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-6NS
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-6DG

5TG5533-6WH

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Supplementary devices

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Cover plate for water detector, gas detector, emergency light and
light signal
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5533-5WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5533-5MA 1 1/10 units
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5533-5NS 1 1/10 units
t Odyssey gold (similar to RAL 1036) 5TG5533-5DG 1 1/10 units
Inserts Page
5TG5533-5WH
Water detector
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 10/29 5TG5930-2WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 10/29 5TG5930-2MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 10/29 5TG5930-2NS 1 1 unit
Gas detector
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 10/29 5TG5930-3WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 10/29 5TG5930-3MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 10/29 5TG5930-3NS 1 1 unit
Emergency light 10/28 5TG5500-5KK 1 1 unit
Light signal 10/28 5TD5500-2KK 1 1 unit
Time switch 5TG5901-1KK 1 1 unit
t 230 V 50/60 Hz
t Glow lamp load: max. 1500 W
t Luminosity: max. 800 W
t Time adjustment: 20 s up to 20 min
t Connection for three leads
t For installation in junction boxes or distribution boxes
t For energy-saving bulbs and two-coloured bulbs up to max. 500 W
with electronic transformer
5TG5901-1KK Note Page
Technical specimcations, see ... 10/34
10

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/19
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Inserts for switches
General information
t ~250 V
t Contact material: cadmium and nickel-free
t live parts covered with insulation material
Note Page
Extension claws. see... 10/31
Universal switch
16 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TA5501-0KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TA5501-7KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDBtions, see ... 10/33

5TA5501-0KK
Intermediate switch
10 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TA5501-1KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TA5502-4KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDBtions, see ... 10/33

10 5TA5501-1KK
1-pin circuit breaker
16 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TA5500-8KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TA5502-3KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDBtions, see ... 10/33

5TA5500-8KK
2-pin circuit breaker
16 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TA5502-8KK 1 1/10 units
t Without claws 5TA5503-1KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDBtions, see ... 10/33

5TA5502-8KK
Control switch, for circuit breaking
t 16 AX
t with LED illuminated unit 5TG5504-5KK
Versions
t With claws 5TA5501-2KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TA5502-7KK 1 1 unit
Note Page
Technical specimDBtions, see ... 10/33

5TA5501-2KK

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/20 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Control switch, for two-way circuit
t 16 AX
t with LED illuminated unit 5TG5504-5KK
Versions
t With claws 5TA5503-0KK 1 1/10 units
t Without claws 5TA5502-6KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/34

5TA5503-0KK
Double two-way switch
16 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TA5501-5KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TA5501-8KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/35

5TA5501-5KK
Double one-way switch
16 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TA5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TA5502-5KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/35
10
5TA5501-4KK
Hotel card temporized 5TG5500-6KK 1 1/10 units
t Voltage: AC 125 V up to 230 V, 50 up to 60 Hz
t Maximum current:
- AC 10 A 230 V resistances
- DC 24 V 6 A resistances
- AC 230 V 8 A cos ф = 0.4
t Delay-timer on switch-off: 30 s.
t LED included
Note
Only available with screw-fastening
5TG5500-6KK Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/41

Inserts for switches


Push button, on open contact
10 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TD5500-6KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TD5500-8KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/35

5TD5500-6KK
Push button, x 2, two open contacts
10 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TD5500-5KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TD5501-2KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/35

5TD5500-5KK

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/21
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Push button, with pull cord actuation 5TA5500-5KK 1 1 unit
t 10 AX
t Without claws
Note
Only available with screw-fastening

5TA5500-5KK
Inserts for blinds control
Blinds switch, with electrical and mechanical locking
10 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TA5500-4KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TA5502-2KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
Technical specimDBtions, see ... 10/37

5TA5500-4KK
Blinds switch, with electrical locking
10 AX
Versions
t With claws 5TD5500-1KK 1 1 unit
t Without claws 5TD5501-0KK 1 1/10 units
Note Page
10 Technical specimDBtions, see ... 10/37

5TD5500-1KK
Inserts for lighting control
Glow lamps dimmer, 50 to 400 W 5TC8256 1 1 unit
t Phase angle technology
t ~230 V, 50/60 Hz
t with push button on-off / two way switch and rotary operation
t for claws and screw fastening
t Screw clamps with connecting member for single BOEmOFXJSFMeads
t for ~230 V glow and halogen bulbs 50 up to 400 W
t Micro-fuse T 1.6 H 250 V with spare fuse on fuse-holder
t Order number for spare fuse: 5TG8302
t VDE and KEMA-approved
Symbol From page ab
5TC8256 Page
Lighting controls 10/11
R

Note Abschnitt Page


Technical specimDations, see ... Technical information / 18/19
dimmers / glow lamp
dimmers 50 to 400 W

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/22 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Glow lamps dimmer, 50 to 600 W, for two-way circuit 5TC8257 1 1 unit
t Phase angle technology
t ~230 V, 50/60 Hz
t with push button on-off / two way switch and rotary operation
t for claws and screw fastening
t Screw clamps with connecting member for single and mne-wire leads
t for ~230 V glow and halogen bulbs 50 up to 600 W
t Micro-fuse T 2.5 H 250 V with spare fuse on fuse-holder
t Order number for spare fuse 5TG8305
t With temperature fuse non-resettable
t Trimming potentiometer for background brightness
t Rotating potentiometer with soft catch
5TC8257 t VDE and KEMA-approved
Symbol Attachment see section ab
Page
Lighting control 10/11
R

Note Section Page


Technical specimcations, see ... Technical information / 18/20
dimmers / glow lamp dimmers,
50 to 600 W
or two-way circuit
LV dimmer for magnetic transformers, 50 up to 600 W, 5TC8283 1 1 unit
25 up to 500 VA, for two-way circuit
t Phase angle technology ~230V, 50/60Hz
t with push button on-off / two way switch and rotary operation
t for claws and screw fastening
t Screw clamps with connecting member for single and mOFXJSF leads
t Micro-fuse T 4 H 250 V with spare fuse on fuse-holder
t Order number for spare fuse 5TG8330
t With temperature fuse non-resettable
t Trimming potentiometer for background brightness
t Rotating potentiometer with soft catch
10
t VDE and KEMA-approved
5TC8283
Rated load
t Glow lamps 50 up to 600 W
t High-voltage halogen bulbs 50 up to 600 W
t LV halogen bulbs with 25 up to 500 VA
magnetic transformer
Symbol Attachment see section ab
Page
Lighting control 10/11
R, L

Note Section Page


Technical specimcations, see ... Technical information / dimmers / 18/21
LV dimmers for magnetic
transformers, 50 up to 600 W,
25 up to 500 VA,
for two-way circuit
LV dimmer for electronic Trafos, 20 to 315 W 5TC8262 1 1 unit
t Two-way dimmer switch for incandescent (R), direct halogen (R)
20-315 W and halogen low voltage with electronic transformer (C)
25-500 VA.
t Fuse T 4 H 250 V
t Switch on/off by pressing
t Fixing with claws and screws
t VDE-approved
Symbol Note ab
Page
5TC8262 Design / i-system / Lighting control 2/24
R, C Design / DELTA iris / Lighting control 10/11
Design / DELTA natur / Lighting control 7/10
Design / DELTA proml / Lighting control 5/18
Design / DELTA style / Lighting control 6/18
Note Section Page
Technical specimcations, see ... Technical information / 18/22
dimmers / LV dimmers
for electronic transformers,
20 to 315 W

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/23
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
LV dimmer, for magnetic transformers, 20 up to 600 W, 5TC8284 1 1 unit
20 up to 525 VA, for two-way circuit
t Phase angle technology ~230 V, 50 Hz
t With push button on-off / two way switch and rotary operatio
t For claws and screw fastening
t Screw clamps with connecting member for single and mOFXJSF leads
t With electronic fuse, short circuit resistant
t With temperature fuse, self re-setting
t Trimming potentiometer for load adjustment
t Rotating potentiometer with soft catch
t VDE-approved
5TC8284 Rated load
t Glow lamps 50 up to 600 W
t High-voltage halogen bulbs 50 up to 600 W
t LV halogen bulbs with magnetic 25 up to 525 VA
transformer
Symbol Attachment see section ab
Page
Lighting control 10/11
R, C

Note Section Page


Technical specimcations, see ... Technical information / dimmers / 18/23
LV dimmers for electronic
transformers, 20 up to 600 W,
20 up to 525 VA,
for two-way circuit
LV dimmer, for magnetic transformers, 60 up to 800 W, 5TC8258 1 1 unit
60 up to 800 VA, for two-way circuit
t Phase angle technology ~230 V, 50 Hz
t With push button on-off / two way switch and rotary operation
10 t For claws and screw fastening
t Screw clamps with connecting member for single and mOFXJSF leads
t With electronic fuse, short circuit resistant
t With temperature fuse, self re-setting
t Trimming potentiometer for load adjustment
t Rotating potentiometer with soft catch
t VDE-approved
5TC8258 Rated load
t Glow lamps 60 up to 800 W
t High-voltage halogen bulbs 60 up to 800 W
t LV halogen bulbs 60 up to 800 VA
with electronic transformer
Symbol Attachment see section ab
Page
Lighting control 10/11
R, C

Note Section Page


Technical specimcations, see ... Technical information / dimmers / 18/24
dimmers for electronic
ransformers, 60 up to 800 W,
60 up to 800 VA,
for two-way circuit

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/24 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Electronic potentiometer, switch 5TC8424 1 1 unit
t $POUSPMEFWJDFGPSCSJHIUOFTTPGnVPSFTDFOUCVMbs
t Connection to electronic ballasts with control input 1 up to 10 V DC
t With on-off pressure switch and rotating operation
t For claws and screw fastening
t 4DSFXDMBNQTXJUIDPOOFDUJOHNFNCFSGPSTJOHMFBOEmOFXJSFMFBds
t Control voltage: 1 up to 10 V DC
t Max. control current: 50 mA
t Load connection: ~230 V / 4 A
t Trimming potentiometer for adjusting background brightness
t Rotating potentiometer with soft catch
t VDE and KEMA-approved
5TC8424
Switching capacity
t OSRAM Quicktronik dimmable Max. 6 pieces
1 x 58 W LL
t OSRAM Quicktronik dimmable Max. 9 pieces
1 x 36 W LL
Symbol Attachment see section ab
Page
x Lighting 10/11
10 V

Technical specimDations, see ... Technical information/ dimmer / 18/26


electronic potentiometer,
switch
Electronic potentiometer, push button 5TC8425 1 1 unit
t $POUSPMEFWJDFGPSCSJHIUOFTTPGnVPSFTDFOUCVMbs
t Connection to electronic ballasts with control input 1 up to 10 V DC
t With on-off push button switch and rotating operation
t For claws and screw fastening
t Screw clamps with elevator connecting member for single and
mOFXJSFMFBds
t Control voltage: 1 up to 10 V DC
t Max. control current: 50 mA
10
t Load contact: ~230 V / 2 A
t Trimming potentiometer for adjusting background brightness
5TC8425 t Rotating potentiometer with soft catch
t VDE-approved
Switching capacity
Dependent on the selection of remote switch or installation contactor
Symbol Attachment see section ab
Page
x Lighting control 10/11
10 V

Note Section Page


Technical specimDations, see ... Technical information/ dimmer / 18/27
electronic potentiometer,
push button

Inserts for movement detector


Motion detector 5TG5900-2KK 1 1 unit
t Voltage: AC 230 V
t Perspective angle: 180º horizontal / 60º vertical
t Twilight level: 5 up to 1000 lux
t Time adjustment of the switch-off: 4 s up to 10 min
t Degree of protection IP20
t Reach:
- Max 8 m for sideways movement
- Max 3 m for forward movement
t Type of exit: Triac / minimal load: 40 W
t Maximum current: 1.3 A resistance load
5TG5900-2KK (protected with fuse T1,25AL250V)
Note
Only available with screw-fastening
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/36

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/25
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Inserts for room temperature control unit
Electronic room temperature control unit 5TG5502-2KK 1 1/10 units
t Voltage: 230 V~ 50/60 Hz
t Resistance switching-off capacity (LV): 1900 W/230 V cos ф =1
t Inductive switching-off capacity (LV): 450 W/230 V cos ф =0.6
t Switching-off capacity (VLV): 12 up to 48 V and 10 mA up to 500 mA
t Operating temperature: +0 ºC up to +40 ºC
t Storage temperature: -5 ºC up to +60 ºC
t 4DSFXBOEDMBXmYing
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/38
5TG5502-2KK
Inserts for communication
Supporting plate for modular jack RJ11, Cat.3 (UAE) 5TG5500-7KK 1 10 units
t 4JYDPOOFDUJPOT
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmYing
Modular Jacks
t RJ11, Cat.3, 6-pin 5TG5501-3KK 1 1 unit
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/39

5TG5500-7KK
Supporting plate for modular jack RJ45/RJ11, single 5TG5500-8KK 1 1 unit
4DSFXPSDMBXmYing
Modular Jacks
t RJ11, Cat.3, 6-pin 5TG5501-3KK 1 1 unit
t RJ45, Cat.5E, 8-pin 5TG5501-4KK 1 1 unit
10 t RJ45, Cat.6, 8-pin 5TG5501-7KK 1 1 unit
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/39

5TG5500-8KK
Supporting plate for modular jack RJ45/RJ11, double 5TG5501-1KK 1 1 unit
Modular Jacks
t RJ11, Cat.3, 6-pin 5TG5501-3KK 1 1 unit
t RJ45, Cat.5E, 8-pin 5TG5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t RJ45, Cat.6, 8-pin 5TG5501-7KK 1 1 unit
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/39

5TG5501-1KK
Modular Jack
Versions
t RJ11, Cat.3, 6-pin 5TG5501-3KK 1 1 unit
t RJ45, Cat.5E, 8-pin 5TG5501-4KK 1 1 unit
t RJ45, Cat.6, 8-pin 5TG5501-7KK 1 1 unit

5TG5501-3KK
Loudspeaker connection socket, single 5TG5502-0KK 1 1/10 units
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmYJOH SFBSTJEFXJUITDSew clamps)
t 1PMBSJUZDPMPVSJEFOUJmFE
t .BYJNVNDBCMFDSPTTTFDUJPO0 mm 2

5TG5502-0KK

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/26 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Loudspeaker connection socket, double 5TG5502-1KK 1 1/10 units
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmYJOH SFBSTJEFXJUITDrew clamps)
t 1PMBSJUZDPMPVSJEFOUJmFE
t .BYJNVNDBCMFDSPTTTFDUJPO0 mm2

5TG5502-1KK
Loudspeaker connection socket, RCA, single 5TG5507-2KK 1 1 unit
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmYinH
t #PUIDPOOFDUJPOTFOBCMFDBCMFUPCFDPOOFDUFEXJUIPVU
TIJFMEJOH 651
CZNPWJOHUIFJOTVMBUJPO
t 0OMZGPSSJHJEDBCMFTPGCFUXFFO22 and 24 AWG (0.32 and 0.2 mm 2 )
Note
*UJTSFDPNNFOEFEUIBUUIFUXPDBCMFMFBETsIould OPUIBWFUIe CSaid
SFNPWFEGPSNPSFUIBOmm.

5TG5507-2KK
Loudspeaker connection socket, RCA, double 5TG5507-3KK 1 1 unit
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmYinH
t #PUIDPOOFDUJPOTFOBCMFDBCMFUPCFDPOOFDUFEXJUIPVU
TIJFMEJOH 651
CZNPWJOHUIFJOTVMBUJPO
t 0OMZGPSSJHJEDBCMFTPGCFUXFFO22 and 24 AWG (0.32 and 0.2 mm 2 )
Note
*UJTSFDPNNFOEFEUIBUUIFUXPDBCMFMFBETsIould OPUIBWFUIe CSaid
SFNPWFEGPSNPSFUIBOmm.
10
5TG5507-3KK
Video connection socket, RCA, single 5TG5507-4KK 1 1 unit
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmYinH
t 5IFDPOOFDUJPOFOBCMFTDBCMFTUPCe conneDUFEXJUIout
TIJFMEJOH 651
CZNPWJOHUIFJOTVMBUion
t 0OMZGPSSJHJEDBCMFTPGCFUXFFO22 and 24 AWG (0.32 and 0.2 mm 2 )
Note
*UJTSFDPNNFOEFEUIBUUIFUXPDBCMFMFBETsIould OPUIBWFUIe CSaid
SFNPWFEGPSNPSFUIBOmm.

5TG5507-4KK
Inserts for TV/RF/SAT
General information
t SuitaCle for all international TV standards: B/G, D/K, I, L,M,CCIR/OIRT,
PAL/SECAM/NTSC/DiHital-TV
t Uninterrupted transition areas on CoUI diffusers, i.e. any conmHVSation
is possiCle wiUIGorwBSEDIBOnel and feedCack cIannel
Antenna stub line socket 5TG5900-4KK 1 1 unit
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmYinH
t NVNCFSPGDPOOFctions per lead: 1
t -FBLBHe losses:
- MATV 5-862 MHz: 0.6 dB
- SAT-F 950-2150 MHz: 1.5 dB
Note PaHe
TecInical specimDations, see ... 10/40

5TG5900-4KK
Antenna through-socket / terminal-socket 5TG5502-3KK 1 1 unit
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmYinH
t NVNCFSPGDPOOFctions per lead: 5
t Insertion loss
- MATV 5-862 MHz: 1.2 dB
- SAT-F 950-2150 MHz: 2 dB
t -FBLBHe losses
- MATV 5-862 MHz: 13 dB
- SAT-F 950-2150 MHz: 14 dB
Note PaHe
5TG5502-3KK TecInical specimDations, see ... 10/40

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/27
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
TV-FM-SAT antenna 5TG5507-1KK 1 1 unit
4DSFXPSDMBXmxing
Note Page
Technical specimcations, see ... 10/40

5TG5507-1KK
Inserts for additional functions
Clock, with alarm function 5TG5900-7KK 1 1/10 units
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmxing
t Voltage: 230 V~ 50/60 Hz
t Time variation: ±20 s/month
t Alarm program: Choice of 10 tunes, 2 alarms
t Temperature gauge: Display in degrees Centigrade or Fahrenheit
t Temperature accuracy: ± 1 ºC
t Resolution: 1 ºC
t Measurement range: +0 ºC up to +50 ºC
t Auxiliary battery: Button-shape 3V-CR1025 (the battery must be
installed after the clock is switched -on and not before).
5TG5900-7KK t Stabilization time: 1 up to 3 h.
Note Page
Technical specimcations, see ... 10/41
Volume control unit 5TG5503-6KK 1 1/10 units
3 W - 27 û
Note
Only available with screw-fastening
10

5TG5503-6KK
Emergency light 5TG5500-5KK 1 1 unit
t Voltage: AC 230 V 50 up to 60 Hz
t Two Ni-Cd batteries, 12 V, 300 mAh
t Independent operation: for 3 hours
t Charging time: 16 h.
Note
Only available with screw-fastening
5TG5500-5KK
Light signal 5TD5500-2KK 1 1 unit
t 4DSFXPSDMBXmxing
t Including glow lamp E-10, 3 W, 230 V
Accessories Page
Lens for light signal 10/31 5TG5532-6CR 1 1 unit

5TD5500-2KK

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/28 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Water detector
t External power supply: AC /DC 9 up to 28 V (SELV essential)
t Consumption: 1 W
t Alarm output: one changeover contact
t Resistive load:
- AC 230 V 8 A
- DC 24 V 4 A
t Alarm display: LED and summer
t Operating temperature range: 0 up to 40 ºC
t Moisture range in operation: 30 up to 95 % RH
t %FMBZUJNFPGUIFBMBSNDPOmSNBUJPOT
5TG5930-2WH t Maximum length of the probe cable 50 m
t Maximum number of sensors: 3
t Probe connection: 2 cables x 0,75 mm 2
t Probe dimensions: 60 mm x 40 mm x 20 mm
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5930-2WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5930-2MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5930-2NS 1 1 unit
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/42
Gas detector
t External power supply: AC /DC 9 V up to 28 V
t Consumption: 5 W
t Alarm output: one changeover contact
t Resistive load:
- AC 230 V 8 A
- DC 24 V 4 A
t Alarm display: LED and summer
t Operating temperature range: 0 up to 40 ºC
t Moisture range in operation: 30 up to 95 % RH

5TG5930-3WH
t %FMBZUJNFPGUIFBMBSNDPOmSNBUJPOT
t Estimated working life: 5 years due to decalibration 10
t Detector classimDation: Class A
t Type of gas: Natural gas
t Protection class: IP 20
Versions
t Polar white (similar to RAL 9016) 5TG5930-3WH 1 1 unit
t Mercury aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG5930-3MA 1 1 unit
t Neptune steel (similar to RAL 7015) 5TG5930-3NS 1 1 unit
Note Page
Technical specimDations, see ... 10/42

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/29
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Accessories

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Glow lamp for "rocker, x 2 with window" 5TG5503-0KK 1 1 unit
for inserts:
t Double two-way switch, with claws (5TA5501-5KK)
t Double two-way switch, without claws (5TA5501-8KK)
t Double one-way switch with claws (5TA5501-4KK)
t Double one-way switch without claws (5TA5502-5KK)
t Push button, x 2, two open contacts, with claws (5TD5500-5KK)
t Push button, x 2, two open contacts, without claws (5TD5501-2KK)
5TG5503-0KK
LED lighting insert for "rocker, x 2 with window" 5TG5505-0KK 1 10 units
for inserts:
t Double two-way switch, with claws (5TA5501-5KK)
t Double two-way switch, without claws (5TA5501-8KK)
t Double one-way switch with claws (5TA5501-4KK)
t Double one-way switch without claws (5TA5502-5KK)
t Push button, x 2, two open contacts, with claws (5TD5500-5KK)
t Push button, x 2, two open contacts, without claws (5TD5501-2KK)
5TG5505-0KK
Glow lamp for "rocker, with window" 5TG5502-8KK 1 1 unit
for inserts:
t Universal switch, with claws (5TA5501-0KK)
t Universal switch, without claws (5TA5501-7KK)
t Intermediate switch with claws (5TA5501-1KK)
t Intermediate switch without claws (5TA5502-4KK)
t Circuit breaker 1-pin with claws (5TA5500-8KK)
t Circuit breaker 1-pin without claws (5TA5502-3KK)

5TG5502-8KK

10 LED lighting insert, blue, for "rocker, with window"


for inserts:
5TG5503-2KK 1 10 units

t Universal switch, with claws (5TA5501-0KK)


t Universal switch, without claws (5TA5501-7KK)
t Intermediate switch with claws (5TA5501-1KK)
t Intermediate switch without claws (5TA5502-4KK)
t Circuit breaker 1-pin with claws (5TA5500-8KK)
t Circuit breaker 1-pin without claws (5TA5502-3KK)

5TG5503-2KK
Glow lamps, for control switches and circuit breakers 5TG5502-7KK 1 1 unit
for inserts:
t Circuit breaker 2-pin with claws (5TA5502-8KK)
t Circuit breaker 2-pin without claws (5TA5503-1KK)
t Control switch for circuit breaking with claws (5TA5501-2KK)
t Control switch for circuit breaking without claws (5TA5502-7KK)
t Control switch, for two-way circuit, with claws (5TA5503-0KK)
t Control switch, for two-way circuit, without claws (5TA5502-6KK)
Note
For control switches: LED lighting insert included
5TG5502-7KK
LED glow lamps, for control switches and circuit breakers 5TG5504-5KK 1 10 units
for inserts:
t Circuit breaker 2-pin with claws (5TA5502-8KK)
t Circuit breaker 2-pin without claws (5TA5503-1KK)
t Control switch for circuit breaking with claws (5TA5501-2KK)
t Control switch for circuit breaking without claws (5TA5502-7KK)
t Control switch, for two-way circuit, with claws (5TA5503-0KK)
t Control switch, for two-way circuit, without claws (5TA5502-6KK)
Note
For control switches: LED lighting insert included
5TG5504-5KK
LED insert, blue, for dimmers 5TG8393-0 1 1 unit
for inserts:
t Glow lamps dimmer, 50 to 400 W (5TC8256)
t Glow lamps dimmer, 50 to 600 W (5TC8257)
t LV-Dimmer, for magnetic Trafos (5TC8283)
t LV-Dimmer, for magnetic Trafos, 20 to 315 W (5TC8262)
t LV-Dimmer, for magnetic Trafos, 20 to 600 W (5TC8284)
t LV-Dimmer, for magnetic Trafos, 60 to 800 W (5TC8258)

5TG8393-0

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


10/30 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris

Selection and ordering data

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Lens for light signal 5TG5532-6CR 1 1 unit
t 40 mm
t Crystal

5TG5532-6CR
Extension claws, for socket outlets 5TG2497 1 1 set
one set contains ten extension claws

5TG2497
Extension claws, for switches 5TG5504-0KK 1 1/5 units
one set contains ten extension claws
Note
Only for products from the DELTA iris range.

5TG5504-0KK

10

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/31
© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Dimensional drawings

Dimensional drawings
53,5

53,8

54
85

85
64,5
64,8 13,4 155,3
11 65
84
84

85
84

226,6

84
298,9

85
227,6

297,9
156,3

85
10

I201_18488
369,2

10/32 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Switch and push button

Overview
Universal switch (5TA5501-0KK, 5TA5501-7KK) Circuit breaker, 2-pin (5TA5502-8KK, 5TA5503-1KK)
Glow lamps / LED lighting inserts for orientation Glow lamps / LED lighting inserts for orientation

L
L N
N

Two way Two way

I201_06785
switch switch L

I201_06783
L L
L

Order numbers of inserts: Order numbers of inserts:


5TA5501-0KK / 5TA5501-7KK 5TA5502-8KK / 5TA5503-1KK
Order number for glow lamps: 5TG5502-8KK Order number for glow lamps: 5TG5502-8KK
Order number for LED lighting inserts: Order number for LED lighting inserts:
see accessories section (Page 10/30) see accessories section (Page 10/30)
Intermediate switch (5TA5501-1KK, 5TA5502-4KK) Glow lamps / LED lighting inserts for orientation
Glow lamps / LED lighting inserts for orientation

L
N
L
N
10

I201_06819
Two way Intermediate Two way L
I201_06786

switch switch switch

L L L

Order numbers of inserts:


5TA5502-8KK / 5TA5503-1KK
Order numbers of inserts:
5TA5501-0KK / 5TA5501-1KK / 5TA5501-0KK Order number for glow lamps: 5TG5502-8KK
5TA5501-7KK / 5TA5502-4KK / 5TA5501-7KK Order number for LED lighting inserts:
Order number for glow lamps: 5TG5502-8KK see accessories section (Page 10/30)
Order number for LED lighting inserts: Control switch, for circuit breaking
see accessories section (Page 10/30) (5TA5501-2KK, 5TA5502-7KK)
Circuit breaker, 1-pin (5TA5500-8KK, 5TA5502-3KK)
Glow lamp / LED lighting inserts for orientation L
N
I201_06787

L Kontroll-
N schalter "Aus"
L
I201_06782

Order numbers for inserts including illuminant:


5TA5501-2KK / 5TA5502-7KK

Order numbers of inserts:


5TA5500-8KK / 5TA5502-3KK
Order number for glow lamps: 5TG5502-8KK
Order number for LED lighting inserts:
see accessories section (Page 10/30)

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/33


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Switch and push button
Control switch, for two-way circuit Time switch (5TG5901-1KK)
(5TA5503-0KK, 5TA5502-6KK)
The electrical time switch must be used with a push button.
Control two-way circuit with a two way switch and a Control with parallel push buttons is possible.
two-way circuit switch and two-way circuit control switch Connection for neutral conductor (N) is required.
Operating voltage 230 V AC ± 10 %
L Network frequency 50/60 Hz
N Time adjustment: 20 s. up to 20 min.
Two way Two-way
control Glow lamp load 1500 W
switch
switch Ambient temperature –10 up to +45 °C
1

I201_06790c
L
L 2 230 V
1 50 Hz
2 N

5TD5500-6KK
Order numbers of inserts:
t 5TA5501-0KK / 5TA5501-7KK (two way switch)
t 5TA5503-0KK / 5TA5502-6KK (two-way control switch)

Brown

Black

Grey
Insert 5TA5503-0KK and 5TA5502-6KK including
illuminant
Two-way circuit control switch with two two-way control switches
654321

I201_18490a
L 20 minutes
N

20 seconds

10 2
L
1
L
1 2
I201_06791c

N N Glow lamp load: 1500 W


Two-way Two-way Luminosity: 800 W
control switch control switch

Order numbers for inserts including illuminant:


5TA5503-0KK / 5TA5502-6KK (two-way control switch)

10/34 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Switch and push button
Double two-way switch (5TA5501-5KK, 5TA5501-8KK) Push button, one open contact (5TD5500-6KK, 5TD5500-8KK)
Double two-way switch

L
N
L
N
Two way Two-way Two way
switch control switch
switch

I201_06788

I201_06792
L
L L

Order numbers of inserts:


5TD5500-6KK / 5TD5500-8KK
Order numbers of inserts:
5TA5501-0KK / 5TA5501-5KK / 5TA5501-0KK Order number for LED lighting inserts:
5TA55 01-7KK / 5TA5501-8KK / 5TA5501-7KK see accessories section (Page 10/30)
Double two-way circuit with two double two-way switches Push button, x 2, two open contacts (5TD5500-5KK, 5TD5501-2KK)

L L
N N
Double Double

I201_06793
two way two way L
switch switch
I201_06789

L L
2 1
L L

10
Order numbers for the inserts: Order numbers of inserts:
5TA5501-5KK / 5TA5501-5KK 5TD5500-5KK / 5TD5501-2KK
5TA5501-8KK / 5TA5501-8KK
Double one-way switch (5TA5501-4KK, 5TA5502-5KK)

L
N
I201_18537

Order numbers for the inserts:


5TA5501-4KK / 5TA5502-5KK
Order number for LED lighting inserts:
see accessories section (Page 10/30)

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/35


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Movement detector (5TG5900-2KK)

Overview
Installation
These detectors cannot be used as detectors against break-
1.2-2.2 m

max. 8 m

I201_18516
180º ins.

3m
In contrast to other movement detectors, which only react to
3m max. 8 m moving sources of heat, this detector is also activated by a
noise. That means that themSTUactivation should be triggered
max. 8 m
by movement, but after that the light is switched on and it is
Side view Top view not switched off if there are any further noises in the area.
Its senses animals as well and in particular dogs from a certain
Sideways movement size.
After the movement has stopped, it automatically switches off
Forward movement
after the preset time span has been reached. After the
requisite resetting time of 3 seconds, the detector is reactiva-
L ted again.
N More than 5 detectors should be switched on in parallel in
order to avoid any inadvertent switching on.
E1 The range cannot be electronically or manually adjusted.
S1
I201_18515
Otherwise any undesired detection areas can be eliminated by
using a strip of adhesive on the corresponding area of the
Optional S1 switch for
permanent illumination
lens.
L L Movement detectors are a lot more sensitive if movements
C1
pass through the detection areas, that is to say, if the aforesaid
movement occurs in a transversal form. If the movement is
made towards the detector, the sensitivity and the detection
area are signimDantly reduced.
Type of output: Triac / minimal load: 40 W If the LED is switched on, this means that a noise has been
10 Maximum current: 1.3 A resistance load
(protected with fuse T1,25AL250V)
detected and the automatic off-timer is being reset.

10/36 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Blinds control

Overview
Blinds switch, with electrical and mechanical locking Blinds switch, with electrical locking
(5TA5500-4KK, 5TA5502-2KK) (5TD5500-1KK, 5TD5501-0KK)
L
N
L
N
"Mechanical locking"
function is only guaranteed
Motor Motor
when there is a rocker with M
with with
frame installed.
terminal terminal
switch switch
M

I201_18510
1 L
L 1
I201_18509

2 2
Insert
5TD5500-1KK and
Insert 5TD5501-0KK
5TA5500-4KK and
5TA5502-2KK

10

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/37


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Room temperature controller

Overview
Electronic room temperature control unit (5TG5502-2KK) Room temperature control unit, opening/changing device
(5TG5930-0WH)
L N
L
1
TA

L N L N

I201_18520
2

L L RF
N N 3
N

Room temperature control unit, direct floor heating


(5TG5930-1WH)
I201_18527
L N
L
N 1 Timer
S1 2 Cold
N 3 Warm

Do not install: near to windows, doors or sources of heat,


fans or behind curtains or similar things.
Thermostat for temperature control in inside rooms:
for controlling electrical convector, hot water, pumps and
heating boilers.
Equipped with manual cut in switch1), manual temperature
10 1
control from between 1 ºC and 30 ºC and connection for
TA external time switch for reducing the nighttime temperature
I201_18526
(5 ºC).
1 Sensor 1)
LED display shows whether the heating is switched on.

Parameters for remote sensors


10 °C 66,8 kΩ
20 °C 41,3 kΩ
25°C 33,0 kΩ
30 °C 26,3 kΩ
40 °C 17,0 kΩ
50 °C 11,3 kΩ

10/38 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Communication

Overview
Supporting plate for modular jack RJ11, Cat.3 (UAE) Supporting plate for modular jack RJ45/RJ11, single
(5TG5500-7KK) (5TG5500-8KK) and double (5TG5501-1KK)

Number Label colours Colours used Analogue Digital


1 of telephone telephone
contacts

1 Green-white 2 Yellow

2 Orange-white TX Red
L1 L2
2 T 3 Blue L2 White
TS TX Pair Pair 1 Pair 2
4 Blue-white L1 Brown
I201_18529
5 Orange TS Green
1 Telephone connection Green T Blue
6 I201_18517

Number EIA/TIA 56BA EIA/TIA 56BB


Normal connection
of
contacts

1
1 Green-white Orange-white
Pair 3 Pair 3
2 Green Orange
3 Orange-white Green-white

L1 L2 4 Blue Blue
2 T Pair 1 Pair 2 Pair 1 Pair 2
TX
5 Blue-white Blue-white
TS
6 Orange Green
I201_18530

1 Telephone connection
7 Brown-white
Pair 4
Brown-white
Pair 4
10
8 Brown Brown I201_18518

Normal connection with knob for further control Both connections enable cable to be connected without
shielding (UTP) by moving the insulation Only permitted for
rigid cables of between 22 and 24 AWG (0.32 and 0.2 mm2 )
1 The pole pairs should not be unbraided for a length greater
than 13 mm.

L1 L2
2 T
TS TX

I201_18531

1 Telephone connection

Normal connection with replacement ringing current sensor with/without capacitor

L1 L2
2 T
TS TX

I201_18532

1 Telephone connection

Additional ringing currents sensor with capacitor

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/39


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
TV/RF/SAT

Circuit diagrams
Antenna stub cable sockets (5TG5900-4KK, 5TG5507-1KK) Antenna stub cable socket /terminal socket (5TG5502-3KK)

BK
2

I201_18511
1
1 1

With point for terminal connection 2


of terrestrial signals for example for
regional VHF/TV reception
3
1 1. Antenna stub cable sockets
(5TG5900-4KK and 5TG5507-1KK) 4
3
2 2. Point

I201_18512
SAT antenna installation with universal single LNB for analogue and
digital reception 4

1 Amplifier
2 Terminal block
3 Antenna stub cable socket /terminal socket (5TG5502-3KK)
4 Terminating resistor
BK

10 1
Antenna installation, terrestrial and/or BK in tree/star structure

4
BK
3 3

1
I201_18513

1 Amplifier
2 Terminal block
3 Antenna stub cable socket
(5TG5900-4KK und 5TG5507-1KK)
2
4 Terminating resistor

Antenna installation, terrestrial and/or BK in star structure


I201_18514

1 Amplifier
2 Antenna stub cable socket /terminal socket (5TG5502-3KK)
3 Terminating resistor

Antenna installation, terrestrial and/or BK in tree structure

10/40 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Supplementary devices

Overview
Clock alarm function (5TG5900-7KK) Hotel card temporized (5TG5500-6KK)
Programming the clock
L
t When the central push button E is pressed, the word N

"Uhrzeit"/"Clock-time" is displayed. When the push button E is


pressed again, the independent setting of the hours and
minutes via the push buttons "H" and "M" is enabled As soon as L N
the correct clock-time is adjusted, you can continue making the
next adjustments. I201_18521

t By pressing E, the Alarm 1 symbol "AL_1" is displayed and the 5TG5500-6KK


push buttons "H" or "M" change the On/Off function of this alarm.
5IFý0OýGVODUJPOJTTIPXOXJUIBmSTUQPJOUJOUIFVQQFS Hotel card switch with illumination (5TA5501-8WH)
right-hand corner of the display.
Voltage AC 250 V
t When B is pressed again the clock-time "xx.xx" of Alarm 1 is Maximum current 10 A DC resistive load
shown and the push buttons "H" or "M" enable the independent 1.5 A inductive load
setting of the hours and minutes with respect to Alarm 1
(obviously only if Alarm 1 is activated). N N
t By pressing E again, the X-Sound program "P1_x" is shown and L L

a sound can be assigned to Alarm 1 with the push buttons "H" or


"M". Meanwhile, the selected alarm tone sounds (only if Alarm 1 5TA5501-8.. 5TA5501-8..
is activated). R
5TA5502-0.. 5TA5502-0..
t By pressing E once more, the Alarm 2 symbol "AL_2" is
displayed and the push buttons "H" or "M" change the On/Off
function of this alarm. The "On" function is shown with a second
point in the upper right-hand corner of the display. K1

I201_18522
t When B is pressed again the clock-time "xx.xx" of Alarm 2 is
shown and the push buttons "H" or "M" enable the independent
setting of the hours and minutes with respect to Alarm 2
10
(obviously only if Alarm 2 is activated).
t By pressing E again, the X-Sound program "P2_x" is shown and L
a sound can be assignad to Alarm 2 with the push buttons "H" or
"M". Meanwhile, the selected alarm tone sounds (only if Alarm 2
is activated).
t By pressing E once more, the sequence of adjusting the clock is
terminated.
t In order to adjust the alarms without changing the clock-time,
keep the push button E pressed down until "Uhrzeit"/"Clock-time"
is displayed. By pressing "H" or "M" you can –as shown above –
continue with the setting of "AL...1".

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 10/41


© Siemens AG 2014

DELTA iris
Technical information
Supplementary devices
Water detector (5TG5930-2WH)

NA NC

Water warning device DC/AC 24 V

DC/AC 9 to 28 V SELV

I201_18524

max. AC 230 V/8A


max. DC 24 V/4A

SELV: Safety Extra Low Voltage


The cable, which connects the probe to the detector, may not be alarm wiUIPVUUIFCV[[FSTPVOEing.
installed together with the 230 V AC cables. In the disabliOHTUBUVTPGUIFBlarm, the red LED and the relay are
With slopiOHnPPST UIFQSPCFNVTUCFlocated at points at which it switched on WIFOUIFQVTICVUUPOBUUIFGSPOUPGUhe installation is
is always in contact with water. It can be installed in a concealed pressed in this condition, wFSFUVSOUPUIFinitial condition, (rest
manner, as it sends information to the detector. position). Beforehand the red LED signals the end of the alarm
When the detector is triggered, it is held for 10 seconds in a siUVBUiPOCZnBTIing for 5 seconds.
pre-alarm condition. DVSing this time the red LEDnBTIFTBUBO Checking the installation: Once per year (at least), the detector
intervalPGTFDPOEBOEUIFCV[[FSFNits smallBDPVTUic messa- and the installation that relates to it (electriDGBO CV[[FS control
ges half a second long. This condition helps in avoiding false TZTUFN FUD
TIPVlECFDIFDLFEUPFOTVSFiUTDPSSFDUGVODUioning.
alBSNT*GEVSing this tiNFUIFEFUFDUPSmOETOPGVSUIFSNPWFNents, 5IFEFUFDUPSIBTBQVTICVUUPOPOUIFGSPOUGPSUIiTQVrpose If
10 iUBVUPNBUicallZSFUVSOTUPUIFTUBSUing condition.
If the installatiPOEFUFDUTGVSUIFSNPWFNFOUTBSFBUUIFFOEPf a
there is no alarm siUVBUion, we can move into the testing mode
VTing thiTCVUUPO5Iis mode lasts for 5 seconds. DVSing this time
period of 10 seconds, it moves into the alarm condition and the red LEDBOEUIFCV[[FSBSFBlternately switched on and the
switches on the red LEDBOEUIFCV[[FSBOEUIFSFlays relay activated.
contiOVPVTly.
*GUIFQVTICVUUPOBUUIFGSPOUPGUIFinstallation is pressed when
this is happeniOH UIFCV[[FSis switched off. Upon leaving the
alarm condition, the alarm cannot detect any more movements in
order to be able to change over to the disabliOHTUBUVTPGUIF

Gas detector (5TG5930-3WH)


At the end of a periPEPGmWFZFBST UIFEFUFDUPSNVTUCFreplaced
NA NC
as the factory calibration can no lPOHFSCFHVBSBOUFFd (and
thereby it iTPVUTide of the standard).
For this reason, a sticker (inclVEFEiOUIFTVQQlier) is glVFE to the
DC/AC 24 V detector in a location that can easilZCFTFFOCZUIFVTFS0O the
day of the commissioning, the installing engineer writes the year of
expiry (5 years later) on the sticker. If the commissioning is carried
PVUGPSFYBNQle iOUIFZFBS UIFZFBSNVTUCFOPUFEon
the sticker (it is recommended that a waterproof felt tip pen with a
mOFQPiOUTIPVlECFVTFE
.
DC/AC 9 to 28 V The deviDFTIPVld not be tampered with, as there is the risk of an
electric shock or malGVODUion of the appliance.
I201_18523
The installation, the ordinary and extraordinary maintenance and
replacement of the appliBODFBGUFSZFBSTNVTUCFQFSGPSNFECy
BGVllZRVBlimFEUFDIOician.
Conditioning period: if the device iTQVUinto operation for thFmSTU
time or after a long period wiUIPVUBOFlectrical connection (2
weeks). In order for the sensor to achieve its optimal operational
max. AC 230 V/8A
GVODUions, i.e. it's physical and chemical properties, a period of
max. DC 24 V/4A
tiNFPGGSPNUPEBZTNVTUFlapse. This period of time is
considered as conditioning.
The detector is calibrated in order to detect the presence of gases
at a concentration level of 10% of the lower explosion limit (L.I.E).
The gas detector is installed at 15 to 30 cm below the ceiling
above the window or door (somewhat higher).
The detector is preferably to be installed in the proximity of risk
BSFBTCVUOPUDlose to any large, diSFDUIFBUTPVSDFTsVDIBT
TUPWFT mSFQlaces for cooking and heating appliances. When
doing thiT DBSFTIPVlECFUBLFOUPFOTVSFUIBUUIFinstallation
location iTGSFFPGGVSOishings and partitions which might block the
detectiPOPGHBT5IFEFUFDUPSTIPVld be located well away from
air streams, whiDINBZCFDBVTFECZWFOUilation grids. Do not
install above a sink or iOBOPVUTide area.

10/42 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


11
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/
Dimming

11/2 Introduction

11/3 Inserts

11/17 Complete assemblies

11/18 Accessories and spare parts

11

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Introduction

Overview
Combination screws for Torx T10 and slotted screwdrivers

Since 11/2008, we have been successively equipping all our inserts for switches and pushbuttons, and all SCHUKO® socket outlets from the
DELTA product range, with the new combination screws.

Previously Now

11

I201_15408b

Pozidriv Slotted Torx


screwdriver screwdriver screwdriver
(size 1) (4.0 to 4.5 mm) (T10)

Use of different screwdrivers on the previously used and new combination screw.

11/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Inserts for switches
General information
t 10 AX; 250 V AC
t Contact material: cadmium and nickel-free
t Live parts covered by molded plastic
Note Section Page
t For extension claws, see ... Accessories and spare 10/19
parts
t Maximum permissible lamp Technical Information / 19/7
loads, see ... Switches and Pushbuttons /
Switches
Universal switches
For ON/OFF and two-way switching
Versions
t With claws 5TA2156 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2156-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2156 (front view)
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/7
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Universal switches

5TA2156 (rear view) 11


Universal switches, for school program 5TA2131 1 1/10 units
For ON/OFF and two-way switching
For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / School Program 2/33

5TA2131 (front view)

5TA2131 (rear view)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 11/3
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Intermediate switches
Versions
t With claws 5TA2117 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2117-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2117 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/8
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Intermediate switches

5TA2117 (rear view)


Intermediate switches, for school program 5TA2132 1 1/10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / School Program 2/33

5TA2132 (front view)


11

5TA2132 (rear view)


ON/OFF switches, 1-pole
Versions
t With claws 5TA2151 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2151-0KK 1 10 units 135
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2151 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/8
Switches and Pushbuttons /
ON/OFF switches, 1-pole

5TA2151 (rear view)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


11/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
ON/OFF switches, 2-pole, 10 AX
250 V AC
Versions
t With claws 5TA2112 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2112-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2112 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/8
Switches and Pushbuttons /
ON/OFF switches, 2-pole

5TA2112 (rear view)


ON/OFF switches, 2-pole, 16 AX
250 V AC
Versions
t With claws 5TA2162 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2162-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2162 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information /
Switches and Pushbuttons /
18/8 11
ON/OFF switches, 2-pole

5TA2162 (rear view)


ON/OFF switches, 3-pole, 16 A
400 V AC
Versions
t With claws 5TA2153 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2153-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2153 (front view)

5TA2153 (rear view)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 11/5
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF switching
With 5TG7333 glow lamp (medium luminosity)
Versions
t With claws 5TA2150 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2150-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2150 (front view)
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/9
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Switches with pilot lamp
for ON/OFF switching

5TA2150 (rear view)


Switches with pilot lamp, for two-way switching
With 5TG7333 glow lamp (medium luminosity)
Versions
t With claws 5TA2108 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2108-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2108 (front view)
11 Note Section
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information /
Page
18/9
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Switches with pilot lamp for
two-way switching

5TA2108 (rear view)


Switches with pilot lamp, for ON/OFF switching, for school program 5TA2130 1 1/10 units
With 5TG7333 glow lamp (medium luminosity)
For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / School Program 2/33

5TA2130 (front view)

5TA2130 (rear view)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


11/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Double two-way switches
Versions
t With claws 5TA2118 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2118-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2118 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/10
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Double two-way switches

5TA2118 (rear view)


Two-circuit switches
Versions
t With claws 5TA2155 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2155-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TA2155 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information /
Switches and Pushbuttons /
18/10 11
Two-circuit switches

5TA2155 (rear view)


Two-circuit switches for school program 5TA2128 1 1/10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / School Program 2/33

5TA2128 (front view)

5TA2128 (rear view)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 11/7
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Inserts for pushbuttons
General information
t With green switch lever
t 10 A; 250 V AC
t Contact material: cadmium and nickel-free
t Live parts covered by molded plastic
Note Section Page
For extension claws, see ... Accessories and spare 11/18
parts
Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact
Versions
t With claws 5TD2120 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TD2120-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TD2120 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/10
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact

5TD2120 (rear view)


Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, for school program 5TD2125 1 1/10 units

11 For tops see section


Design / i-system / School Program
Page (ff.)
2/33

5TD2125 (front view)

5TD2125 (rear view)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


11/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact, with separate neutral terminal
Versions
t With claws 5TD2116 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TD2116-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TD2116 (front view)

5TD2116 (rear view)


Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact
t Can also be used as NC contact
t Cannot be illuminated
Versions
t With claws 5TD2123 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TD2123-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
5TD2123 (front view) t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
11

5TD2123 (rear view)


Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact, with separate neutral terminal
with LED insert 5TG7333
Versions
t With claws 5TD2117 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TD2117-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TD2117 (front view)
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/11
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact,
with separate neutral termi-
nal

5TD2117 (rear view)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 11/9
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Pushbuttons with separate check-back indication
without glow lamp
Versions
t With claws 5TD2114 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TD2114-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TD2114 (front view)
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/11
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Pushbuttons, double, 1 NO
contact, 1 CO contact

5TD2114 (rear view)


Pushbuttons, double, 1 NO contact, 1 CO contact
Versions
t With claws 5TD2115 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TD2115-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TD2115 (front view) Note Section Page
11 For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information /
Switches and Pushbuttons /
18/11

Pushbuttons, double, 1 NO
contact, 1 CO contact

5TD2115 (rear view)


Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts
Versions
t With claws 5TD2111 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TD2111-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Switches and Pushbuttons 2/5
t Design / DELTA natur/Switches and Pushbuttons 7/6
t Design / DELTA proml/Switches and Pushbuttons 5/6
t Design / DELTA style/Switches and Pushbuttons 6/6
5TD2111 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/12
Switches and Pushbuttons /

5TD2111 (rear view)

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


11/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version DT Order No. PU PS*/ PG


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Inserts for dimmers
General information
The devices comply with EN 55014, Class B.
Incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 400 W A 5TC8256 1 1 unit 146
t Leading-edge phase technology
t 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t With rotary ON/OFF switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mYing
t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
conductors
t For 230 V AC incandescent and halogen lamps 50 ... 400 W
t Miniature fuse T 1.6 H 250 V with spare fuse in fuse holder
t Order no. for spare fuse: 5TG8302
t VDE and KEMA certimcation
5TC8256 Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA irisLighting Controls 10/11
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 7/10
Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/19
Dimmers / Incandescent
lamp dimmers, 50 to 400 W
Incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 ... 600 W, two-way switching A 5TC8257 1 1 unit 146
t Leading-edge phase technology
t 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t With pushbutton ON/OFF/two-way switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mYing
t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
conductors
t For 230 V AC incandescent and halogen lamps 50 ... 600 W
t Miniature fuse T 2,5 H 250 V with spare fuse in fuse holder
t Order no. for spare fuse: 5TG8 305
t With temperature cutout, not resettable
t Trimming potentiometer for basic brightness
5TC8257 t Rotary potentiometer with soft notching
t VDE and KEMA certimcation
11
Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA iris/Lighting Controls 10/11
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 7/10
Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/20
Dimmers / Incandescent
lamp dimmers, 50 to 600 W,
for two-way switching

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 11/11
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Low-voltage dimmers, for magnetic transformers, 50 to 600 W, 5TC8283 1 1 unit
25 to 500 VA, for two-way switching
t Leading-edge phase technology 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t With pushbutton ON/OFF/two-way switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mxing
t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
conductors
t Miniature fuse T 4 H 250 V with spare fuse in fuse holder
t Order no. for spare fuse: 5TG8330
t With temperature cutout, not resettable
t Trimming potentiometer for basic brightness
t Rotary potentiometer with soft notching
5TC8283
t VDE and KEMA certimcation
Rated load
t Incandescent lamps 50 ... 600 W
t High-voltage halogen lamps 50 ... 600 W
t LV halogen lamps with magnetic 25 ... 500 VA
transformer
Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA iris/Lighting Controls 10/11
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 7/10
Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/21
Dimmers / Low-voltage
dimmers, for magnetic
transformers, 50 ... 600 W,
25 ... 500 VA, for two-way
switching
LV dimmers, for electronic transformers, 20 to 315 W 5TC8262 1 1 unit
t Loads ~230 V, 50 Hz
t With pushbutton ON/OFF/two-way switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mxing
t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
11 conductors
t With electronic fuse, short-circuit resistant
t With temperature cutout, self-resetting
tTrimming potentiometer for load matching
t Rotary potentiometer with soft notching
t VDE certimcation
5TC8262 Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
R, C Design / DELTA iris/Lighting Controls 10/11
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 7/10
Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/22
Dimmers / Low-voltage
dimmers, for magnetic
transformers, 20 ... 315 W,

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


11/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
LV dimmers, for electronic transformers, 20 to 600 W, 20 to 525 VA, 5TC8284 1 1 unit
for two-way switching
t Trailing-edge phase technology 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t With pushbutton ON/OFF/two-way switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mYJng
t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
conductors
t With electronic fuse, short-circuit resistant
t With temperature cutout, self-resetting
t Trimming potentiometer for load matching
t Rotary potentiometer with soft notching
t VDE approved
5TC8284
Rated load
t Incandescent lamps 20 ... 600 W
t High-voltage halogen lamps 20 ... 600 W
t LV halogen lamps with 20 ... 525 VA
electronic transformer
Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA iris/Lighting Controls 10/11
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 7/10
Design / DELTA prPml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/23
Dimmers / Low-voltage
dimmers, for electronic
transformers, 20 ... 600 W,
20 to 525 VA, for two-way
switching
LV dimmers, for electronic transformers, 60 ... 800 W, 60 ... 800 VA, 5TC8258 1 1 unit
for two-way switching
t Trailing-edge phase technology 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t With pushbutton ON/OFF/two-way switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mYJng
t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
conductors
t With electronic fuse, short-circuit resistant
11
t With temperature cutout, self-resetting
t Trimming potentiometer for load matching
t Rotary potentiometer with soft notching
5TC8258 t VDE approved
Rated load
t Incandescent lamps 60 ... 800 W
t High-voltage halogen lamps 60 ... 800 W
t LV halogen lamps with 60 ... 800 VA
electronic transformer
Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA iris/Lighting Controls 10/11
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 7/10
Design / DELTA prPml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/24
Dimmers / Dimmers for
electronic transformers,
60 ... 800 W, 60 ... 800 VA,
for two-way switching

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 11/13
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Universal dimmer sys inserts 5TC1230 1 1 unit
t Flush-mounting insert for switching and dimming different electronic loads
t For claw and screw mYing
t Screw terminals
t 2-wire connection method
t Automatic load detection
t Soft start eYtends lamp life
t Storing and switching on at one brightness value
t Memory value retained even after power failure
t Electronic short-circuit protection and overtemperature protection
t On elimination of the short-circuit/cooling, automatic return to normal mode
5TC1230 t EYtension unit operation over conventional pushbuttons
t Number of eYtension units: Unlimited
t Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Only NJYed loads between incandescent lamp ratings and electric trans-
formers are permissible
Connected load
t Incandescent lamp rating 50 ... 420 W
t Magnetic transformers 50 ... 420 VA
t Electronic transformers 70 ... 420 VA
Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, Technical Information / 18/17
see ... Dimmers / Universal
dimmer sys inserts
Inserts for lighting control/switching
Electronic potentiometers, switch 5TC8424 1 1 unit
t Control device for the brightness of nuorescent lamps
t Connection to electronic primary switching devices (ECG) with control
input 1 ... 10 V DC
t With pushbutton ON/OFF switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mYing
11 t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
conductors
t Control voltage: 1 ... 10 V DC
t MaY. control current: 50 mA
t Load connection: 230 V AC/4 A
t Trimming potentiometer for setting basic brightness
5TC8424 t Rotary potentiometer with soft notching
t VDE and KEMA certimcation
Switching capacity
t OSRAM Quicktronik, dimmable, MaY. 6 units
1 Y 58 W LL
t OSRAM Quicktronik, dimmable, MaY. 9 units
1 Y 36 W LL
Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 10/11
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 7/10
Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/26
Dimmers / Electronic poten-
tiometers, switches

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


11/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Electronic potentiometers, pushbutton 5TC8425 1 1 unit
t Control device for the brightness of nuorescent lamps
t Connection to electronic primary switching devices (ECG) with control
input 1 ... 10 V DC
t With pushbutton switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mYJng
t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
conductors
t Control voltage: 1 ... 10 V DC
t MaY. control current: 50 mA
t Load contact: 230 V AC/2 A
5TC8425 t Trimming potentiometer for setting basic brightness
t Rotary potentiometer with soft notching
t VDE approved
Switching capacity
Depending on the remote control switch or installation contactor selected
Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA iris/Lighting Controls 10/11
Design / DELTA natur/Lighting Controls 7/10
Design / DELTA prPml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/27
Dimmers / Electronic poten-
tiometers, pushbuttons
sys switching inserts, 25 to 250 VA 5TC1232 1 1 unit
t The sys switching insert is a nush-mounting device for switching different
electrical consumers, such as
- Incandescent lamps
- HV halogen lamps
- LV halogen lamps with magnetic transformer
- LV halogen lamps with electronic transformer
t It is operated using UP 210 wave pushbuttons (radio waves)
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Lighting Controls
t Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls
2/24
5/18
11
5TC1232 t Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Product features
t 2-wire connection method
t Spare fuse at the fuse holder
t Overload protection (thermal release)
t EYtension unit operation over conventional pushbuttons without glow
lamps
Technical specimcations
t Short-circuit protection by minia- T 3.15 A H 250 V
ture fuse
t Number of FYtension units Unlimited
t EYtension unit cable (total) .BY. 100 m
t Rated voltage 230 V AC/50 Hz
t Connected load
- Incandescent lamp rating 25 ... 250 W
- Conventional transformers 25 ... 250 VA
- Electronic transformers 25 ... 250 VA
t Approvals VDE certimcation

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 11/15
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
sys switching inserts, 15 to 500 VA 5TC1233 1 1 unit
t The sys switching insert is a nush-mounting device for switching different
electrical consumers, such as
- Incandescent lamps
- HV halogen lamps
- LV halogen lamps with magnetic transformer
- LV halogen lamps with electronic transformer
t It is operated using UP 210 wave pushbuttons (radio waves)
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
t Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls 5/18
5TC1233 t Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Product features
t 2-wire connection method
t Spare fuse at the fuse holder
t Overload protection (thermal release)
t Extension unit operation over conventional pushbuttons without glow
lamps
Technical specimcations
t Short-circuit protection by minia- T3.15 A H 250 V
ture fuse
t Number of extension units Unlimited
t Extension unit cable (total) Max. 100 m
t Rated voltage 230 V AC/50 Hz
t Connected load
- Incandescent lamp rating 15 ... 500 W
- Conventional transformers (ex- 15 ... 500 VA
cept toroidal-core transformers)
- Toroidal-core transformers 15 ... 250 VA
- Electronic transformers 15 ... 500 VA
t Approvals VDE certimcation
Speed regulating rheostats, 0.1 to 2.6 A 5TC8604 1 1 unit
t For speed control of fans and/or other devices with single-phase induction
motor
t 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
11 t With rotary ON/OFF switch and rotary operation
t For claw and screw mYing
t Screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body for solid and mnely stranded
conductors
t Miniature fuse T 4 H 250 V with spare fuse in fuse holder
t Order no. for spare fuse: 5TG8330
t With temperature cutout, not resettable
t Trimming potentiometer for minimum speed
5TC8604
t VDE and KEMA certimcation
Symbol For tops see section Page (ff.)
Design / i-system / Lighting Controls 2/24
Design / DELTA proml/Lighting Controls 5/18
Design / DELTA style/Lighting Controls 6/18
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/29
Dimmers / Speed regulating
rheostats, 0.1 ... 2.6 A
Inserts for add-on devices
Time switches 5TC1250 1 1 unit
t For screw mxing
t 16 A, 250 V AC
t Runtime: 15 min
t Can be switched off
t 2-pole
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / DELTA style/Accessories and spare parts 6/18

5TC1250

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


11/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Complete assemblies

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Dusk switches 5TT3303 1 1 unit
t Setting range 2 ... 2000 Lux
t 1-channel version for surface mounting, IP55
t With integrated light sensor
Technical specimcations
t Rated control voltage Uc 230 V AC
t Operating range × Uc at 50/60 Hz 0.85 ... 1.1
t Rated frequency 50 Hz
t Time delay mYFd) 50 s
t Contact 1 NO contact
5TT3303 t Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V AC
t Rated operational current Is
- at p.f. = 1 10
- at p.f. = 0.4 2
t Incandescent lamp rating 1200 W
t Minimum contact load 10 V, 100 mA
t Terminals 1
t Conductor cross-section
- Rigid 1.5 mm2
- Flexible with sleeve Min. 0.5 mm2
t Resistance to climate acc. to FW 24
DIN 50016
t Degree of protection acc. to IP54
EN 60529
t Safety class acc. to EN 61010 II
Note Section Page
For dimensional drawings, see ... Technical Information / 18/9
Switches and Pushbuttons /
Dusk switches
Universal dimmer expansions
t One output for the switching and dimming of resistive, inductive or
capacitive loads
t Rated operational voltage: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t Rated power at +45 °C ambient temperature: 20 ... 300 VA or 11
20 ... 500 VA or 20 ... 1000 VA
t Two extension unit inputs for 230 V AC (with neutral conductor as
ground) for switching and dimming of the output and optional transmis-
sion of switching and dimming commands via the bus
t Automatic adjustment to leading-edge or trailing-edge phase control,
depending on the connected load type
5WG1528-1AB41 t Electronic protection of output against overload and short-circuit and
overtemperature
t Max. length of connecting leads to extension unit inputs: 100 m
t Width 3 MW (1 MW = 18 mm)
VA Type
20 ... 300 N 528/41 5WG1528-1AB41 1 1 unit
20 ... 500 N 527/41 5WG1527-1AB41 1 1 unit
20 ... 1000 N 527/51 5WG1527-1AB51 1 1 unit
Symbol Technical product specimcations
www.siemens.com/gamma-td

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 11/17
© Siemens AG 2014

Switching/Pushbutton Control/Dimming

Accessories and spare parts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Accessories
LED light inserts, for switch and pushbutton inserts
For all rockers with windows
Fluorescent color Rated voltage Power consumption
in mA
t Red 1.5 V DC 2 5TG7318 1 1/10 units
5TG7315 8 V AC 2 5TG7315 1 1/10 units
12 V AC 2 5TG7316 1 1/10 units
24 V AC 2 5TG7317 1 1/10 units
230 V AC 1 5TG7353 1 1/10 units
t Orange
- normal 230 V AC 0.9 5TG7333 1 1/10 units
- Strong 230 V AC 1.0 5TG7343 1 1/10 units
t White 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7354 1 1/10 units
t Blue 230 V AC 1.1 5TG7355 1 1/10 units
Note
t The LED light inserts cannot be used in all rocker color versions, since the
rocker might be mtted with a colored window already.
t If using the LED light inserts together with energy-saving lamps or lights
with conventional primary switching device, the LED may nicker slightly.
Glow lamps for switch and pushbutton inserts 5TG7321 1 1/10 units
t Protected against contact
t 230 V AC
t Reduced luminosity
t Power consumption 0.18 mA
t Base color: white
5TG7321
Extension claws for DELTA inserts with rubber for self-retracting claws 5TG2498 1 1 set
t 1 set contains ten extension claws
t 2 extension claws are needed per insert

11

5TG2498
Extension claws for DELTA inserts/DELTA bus coupling units with 5TG2497 1 1 set
self-retracting claws
t 1 set contains ten extension claws
t 2 extension claws are needed per insert

5TG2497

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


11/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
12
© Siemens AG 2014

Motion Detectors

12/2 Inserts

12/4 Surface-mounting motion


detectors

12

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Motion Detectors

Inserts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For claw and screw mYJng
t Screw terminals
Motion detector relay inserts 5TC1500 1 1 unit
Motion detector relay inserts nush-mounting insert for motion detector tops,
for switching eYtensive light sources and electrical loads of up to a maYimum
of 10 A/230 V.
For tops see section Page
t Design / i-system / Motion Detectors 2/26
t Design / DELTA proml/Motion Detectors 5/20
t Design / DELTA style/Motion Detectors 6/20
Technical specimcations
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
5TC1500 t Connected loads
- Incandescent lamp rating 2300 W
- HV halogen lamps 2300 W
- Conventional transformers 1000 VA
- Electronic transformers 1500 W
- Fluorescent lamps, uncorrected 1200 VA
- Fluorescent lamps parallel p.f. 920 VA
corrected
- Fluorescent lamps in DUO circuit 2300 VA
t EYtension units
- Number of motion detector 10
eYtension unit inserts
- Number of mechanical Unlimited
pushbuttons
- .BYJNVm cable length (total) 100 m
Note Section Page
Switching commands are issued by Technical Information / 18/42
the release of the plug-on motion Motion Detectors /
detector top or by an eYtension unit. Motion detector relay
For further details of tops, see ... inserts
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1500/all
Motion detector triac inserts 5TC1501 1 1 unit
12 t Flush-mounting inserts for motion detector tops for switching
- 230 V incandescent lamps,
- 230 V halogen lamps and
- LV halogen lamps with magnetic transformer
t The lamp is switched on using a gentle soft start
For tops see section Page
t Design / i-system / Motion Detectors 2/26
t Design / DELTA proml/Motion Detectors 5/20
t Design / DELTA style/Motion Detectors 6/20
5TC1501 Technical specimcations
t Rated voltage, 2-conductor- 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
connection
t Connected loads
- Incandescent lamp rating 40 ... 400 W
- HV halogen lamps 40 ... 400 W
- Conventional transformers MaY. 400 VA
including power loss
t Short-circuit protection
- Miniature fuse T 1.6 H 250 V
t EYtension units
- Number of motion detector 10
eYtension unit inserts
- Number of mechanical Unlimited
pushbuttons
- .BYJNVm cable length (total) 100 m
Note Section Page
Switching commands are issued by Technical Information / 18/43
the release of the plug-on motion Motion Detectors /
detector top or by an eYtension unit. Motion detector triac
For further details of tops, see ... inserts
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1501/all

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


12/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Motion Detectors

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Motion detector extension unit inserts 5TC1502 1 1 unit
t Flush-mounting inserts for motion detector tops
t The motion detector extension unit insert is a 3-wire extension unit that can
only be used in combination with a motion detector relay insert or a motion
detector triac insert.
t In case of a motion detection, a brightness-independent switching signal is
issued to the center unit.
t The minimum time between the two switching signals of the motion detector
extension unit insert is approx. 5 sec.
t The evaluation is performed in the top of the center unit.
t The motion detector extension unit must not be assigned to more than one
5TC1502 center unit.
t It is not suitable for the direct switching of loads.
For tops see section Page
t Design / i-system / Motion Detectors 2/26
t Design / DELTA proml/Motion Detectors 5/20
t Design / DELTA style/Motion Detectors 6/20
Technical specimcations
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
N conductor required
t Connection To the center unit with motion
detector top
t Possible inserts for the center unit Motion detector relay inserts
(5TC1500)
Motion detector triac inserts
(5TC1501)
t Extension units
- Number of motion detector 10
extension unit inserts
- Maximum cable length (total) 100 m
Note Section Page
Switching commands are issued by Technical Information / 18/44
the release of the plug-on motion Motion Detectors /
detector top or by an extension unit. Motion detector exten-
For further details of tops, see ... sion unit inserts
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/de/5tc1502/all

12

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 12/3
© Siemens AG 2014

Motion Detectors

Surface-mounting motion detectors

Selection and ordering data

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
DELTA reflex motion detectors, IP55
t Mounting height: 2 ... 4 m, ideally 2.50 m
t Wall or ceiling mounting
t Range
- 120° approx. 10 m
- 290° approx. 16 m
t Degree of protection IP55
t Surface mounting with screw terminals, quick and easy to wire, the detector
is then simply plugged into the terminal box
t Easy two-pushbutton operation:
- Storage of user-demnable brightness value
5TC7210 - Storage of a user-demnable delay time between 5 s and 30 min
(Ansicht von unten) - Test mode for commissioning
- Switchover to brightness-independent mode and pulse mode
- Resetting of detector to 7 lux and 2 min delay time
t Rear view monitoring (290° types only)
t Automatic range stabilization (290° types only)
t Automatic maloperation suppression
t Vacation function at 290° IR
5TC7210 t Artimcial light suppression (glare shield)
(Seitenansicht) t Control via NC pushbutton
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t Output: one NO contact, non-isolated
t Switching capacity: 120°
- Incandescent lamps and HV halogen lamps: 1000 W 5 AX
- Fluorescent lamps: 8 x 58 W
- Energy-saving lamps: max. 4 units
t Switching capacity: 290° and 290° IR
- Incandescent lamps and HV halogen lamps: 2500 W 10 AX
- Fluorescent lamps: 20 x 58 W
- Energy-saving lamps: max. 8 units
t Temperature range: -25 °C to 55 °C
t Dimensions: (H X W X D): 80 mm x 82 mm x 182 mm
Versions
t 120°
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC7210 1 1 unit
- Anthracite 5TC7211 1 1 unit
t 290°
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC7212 1 1 unit
- Anthracite 5TC7213 1 1 unit
12 t 290° IR (incl. 5TC7 902 IR remote control)
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC7214 1 1 unit
- Anthracite 5TC7215 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For further technical information, see ... Technical Information 18/30
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc7210/all
Special bases for "DELTA reflex motion detectors, IP55"
t For outside or inside-angle mounting
t Cable entry surface or nush mounting
t Dimensions: (H X W X D): 64 mm x 88 mm x 105 mm
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC7900 1 1 unit
5TC7900 t Anthracite 5TC7901 1 1 unit
Spare remote controls, for "DELTA reflex IP55 motion detector, 5TC7902 1 1 unit
290° IR"
t Infrared remote control
t Range: Approx. 5 m
t Functions
- Vacation function/presence
- Continuous ON (4h)/normal mode
- Test mode
- Programming of brightness value and delay time from 5 s to 30 min
- Direct selection of a delay time of 10 min.
- Switchover to brightness-independent mode and pulse mode
- Resetting of detector to 7 lux and 2 min delay time
5TC7902
t Power supply through CR2025 lithium button cell, included in delivery
t Dimensions: (H X W X D): 87 mm x 40 mm x 6 mm

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


12/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
13
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

13/2 Inserts

13/5 Inserts with cover plate

13/9 Accessories and spare parts

13

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Inserts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw and claw mYJng
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t Live parts of inserts covered by molded plastic
t Self-retracting claws
t The screwless terminals are connecting terminals for Cu and aluminum
conductors
Note Section Page
For eYtension claws, see ... Functions / Switching/Push- 11/18
button Control/Dimming /
Accessories and spare
parts
Shutter/blind switches, with electrical and mechanical interlock
Versions
t With claws 5TA2154 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2154-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Shutter/Blind Controls 2/19
t Design / DELTA natur/Shutter/Blind Controls 7/9
t Design / DELTA proml/Shutter/Blind Controls 5/14
t Design / DELTA style/Shutter/Blind Controls 6/15
5TA2154 (front view)) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/46
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind switches with
electrical and mechanical
interlock

5TA2154 (rear view)


Shutter/blind pushbuttons, with electrical interlock
Versions
t With claws 5TA2114 1 1/10 units
t Without claws for hollow-wall mounting 5TA2114-0KK 1 10 units
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Shutter/Blind Controls 2/19
13 t
t
Design / DELTA natur/Shutter/Blind Controls
Design / DELTA proml/Shutter/Blind Controls
7/9
5/14
t Design / DELTA style/Shutter/Blind Controls 6/15
5TA2114 (front view) Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/46
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind pushbuttons,
with electrical interlock

5TA2114 (rear view)


Shutter/blind knob-operated switches
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right and
neutral position
Versions
t 1-pole 5TA7692 1 1 unit
t 2-pole 5TA7693 1 1 unit
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / DELTA style / Shutter/Blind Controls 6/15
5TA7692

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


13/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
sys shutter/blind control inserts 5TC1231 1 1 unit
t For controlling a shutter/blind motor with mechanical or electronic limit
switches
t Flush-mounting devices
t Operation is by means of sys shutter/blind pushbuttons and UP 211 wave
shutter/blind pushbuttons (radio)
Product features
t 2 relays which are interlocked against each other with a minimum switch-
over time of 1 s
t Group and central controls through combination of several shutter/blind
control sys inserts
5TC1231 t The "wind alarm" safety function can be implemented through the
UP extension unit input
t Multiphase operation possible (i.e. different phases at the main and
secondary branches)
t Bridging of voltage interruptions less than 0.2 s
t Conventional shutter/blind pushbuttons (5TA2114) or switches (5TA2154)
can be connected over secondary inputs
t Number of extension units: Unlimited
t Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz (neutral conductor required)
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 VA
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Shutter/Blind Controls 2/19
t Design / DELTA proml / Shutter/Blind Controls 5/14
t Design / DELTA style / Shutter/Blind Controls 6/15
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/50
Shutter/Blind Controls / sys
shutter/blind control inserts
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1231/all
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating relays 5TC1270 1 1 unit
t Double, with individual control
t Relay for the control of several shutters or blinds
t Two motors can be controlled per isolating relay, even if further isolating
relays are connected downstream
t Option for individual control of connected motors over shutter/blind push-
button (e.g. 5TA2114)
t In order to ensure a sufmcient degree of protection, the isolating relay must
be installed in a surface-mounting or nush-mounting box
Technical specimcations
t Rated voltage 230 V/50 Hz ±10 %
5TC1270 t Relay switching voltage Max. 250 V
t
t
Relay switching capacity
Control voltage
Max. 8 A (AC1), 3 A (ind.)
230 V AC ±10 % 13
t Relay power consumption 10 mA
t Temperature range 0 ... 60 °C
t Terminals Max. 2.5 mm2
t Dimensions 58 mm x 59 mm x 22 mm
t Weight Approx. 75 g
t Mounting Flush-mounting box from 70 mm Ø,
4 mm deep or surface-mounting box,
100 mm x 100 mm
t Interlock to prevent simultaneous actuation of central and individual
control
t Priority switching of the central command
t The switchover time between an UP and DOWN command must be at least
0.5 sec
t Only for in-phase operation
Note Section Page
For further technical information, Technical Information / 18/57
see ... Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind control nush-
mounting isolating relays
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1270/all

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 13/3
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating relays, compact 5TC1271 1 1 unit
t Relay for the control of several shutters or blinds
t A maximum of two motors can be connected per compact isolating relay,
whereby the drive connected to the marked motor terminals can also be
individually controlled over a shutter/blind pushbutton
t If cascaded, a motor can be connected to each compact isolating relay,
which can also be individually controlled over a shutter/blind pushbutton
t In order to ensure a sufmcient degree of protection, the isolating relay must
be installed in a surface-mounting or nush-mounting box
Technical specimcations
t Rated voltage 230 V / 50 Hz ±10 %
t Relay switching capacity Max. 8 A (AC1), 3 A (ind.)
5TC1271
t Control voltage 230 V / 50 Hz ±10 %
t Relay power consumption 10 mA
t Temperature range 0 ... 60 °C
t Terminals Max. 2,5 mm²
t Dimensions 50 mm x 53 mm x 22 mm
t Weight Approx. 60 g
t Mounting Flush-mounting box from 60 mm Ø,
40 mm deep or surface-mounting box,
75 mm x 75 mm x 37 mm
t Interlock to prevent simultaneous actuation of central and individual
control
t Priority switching of the central command
t The switchover time between an UP and DOWN command must be at least
0.5 sec
t Only for in-phase operation
Note Section Page
For further technical information, Technical Information / 18/58
see ... Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind control
nush-mounting isolating
relays, compact
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1271/all

13

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


13/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Inserts with cover plate

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind knob-operated switches with Up/Down symbols
t In i-system design
t For screw and claw mYJng
t Screw terminals
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right and
neutral position
Versions
t 1-pole (changeover contact with neutral position) 5TA7660 1 1 unit
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7671 1 1 unit
- Electrical white (RAL 1013)
5TA7660
t 2-pole (changeover contacts with neutral position) 5TA7661 1 1 unit
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7672 1 1 unit
- Electrical white (RAL 1013)
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/47
Shutter/Blind Controls /Shutter
blind knob-operated switches
Shutter/blind knob-operated switches, with "Down/Up" label
t In i-system design
t For screw and claw mYJng
t Screw terminals
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t 1-pole (changeover contact with neutral position)
t Momentary-contact position to left and right and neutral position
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7663 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7674 1 1 unit
5TA7663 Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/47
Shutter/Blind Controls /Shutter
blind knob-operated switches
Shutter/blind key-operated switches with Up/Down symbols
t In i-system design
t With safety lock and 2 keys
t For screw and claw mYJng
t Screw terminals
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t 1-pole (changeover contact with neutral position)
t Identical key type
t Key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right and
neutral position 13
5TA7662 Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7662 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7673 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/47
Shutter/Blind Controls /Shutter
blind knob-operated switches
Shutter/blind key-operated switches with key symbol
t In DELTA näche IP44 design
t IP44 splash-proof
t With Up/Down symbols (under the hinged lid)
t 10 A, 250 V AC according to DIN 49200
t Enclosures made of high-impact molded plastic
t Size of cover: 66 mm Y 75 mm
t Cable entry: slide nipples for cables with 8 ... 13.5 mm Ø
t Screw terminals
t 1-pole (changeover contact with neutral position)
t With two keys
t Identical key type (different locking systems on request)
5TA7650
t Key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
Versions
t Momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right 5TA7650 1 1 unit
t Momentary-contact position to left and right 5TA7651 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/47
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind key-operated

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 13/5
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Inserts with cover plate

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Shutter/blind pushbuttons, with electrical interlock, with Up/Down 5TD4708 1 1/10 units
symbols
t In DELTA näche IP44 design
t Screwless terminals
t Terminal assignment same as for 5TA2 114 nush-mounting insert
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/46
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind pushbuttons,
with electrical interlock
5TD4708
Shutter/blind key-operated switches for master-key systems,
with Up/Down symbols, momentary-contact position to left and right
t In i-system design
t For screw and claw mYing
t Screw terminals
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t Key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
Versions
t 1-pole (changeover contact with neutral position)
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7666 1 1 unit
- Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7677 1 1 unit
5TA7666
t 2-pole (changeover contacts with neutral position)
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7667 1 1 unit
- Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7678 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
t 5TG4225 promle semicylinders must 5TG4225
be ordered separately
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/48
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind key-operated
switches, for master-key systems
Shutter/blind key-operated switches for master-key systems, with Up/Down
symbols, momentary-contact and maintained-contact position to left and right
t In i-system design
t For screw and claw mYing
t Screw terminals
t 10 A, 250 V AC
t Key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
Versions
t 1-pole (changeover contact with neutral position)
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7664 1 1 unit
5TA7664 - Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7675 1 1 unit
t 2-pole (changeover contacts with neutral position)
13 - Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
- Electrical white (RAL 1013)
5TA7665
5TA7676
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
Note Section Page
t 5TG4225 promle semicylinders must 5TG4225 1 1/10 units
be ordered separately
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/48
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind key-operated
switches, for master-key systems
Shutter/blind key-operated switches for master-key systems, with Up/
Down symbols, maintained-contact position to left and right
t In i-system design
t For screw and claw mYing
t Screw terminals
t 10 A, 250 V AC
Versions
t 1-pole, changeover contact with neutral position,
key can only be withdrawn in neutral position
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7668 1 1 unit
5TA7668 - Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7680 1 1 unit
t 2-pole, changeover contacts without neutral position,
maintained-contact position to left and right,
key can be withdrawn in both switch positions
- Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TA7670 1 1 unit
- Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TA7681 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
t 5TG4225 promle semicylinders must 5TG4225 1 1/10 units
be ordered separately
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/48
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind key-operated
switches, for master-key systems

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


13/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Inserts with cover plate

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Profile semicylinders for "shutter/blind key-operated switches 5TG4225 1 1/10 ST
for master-key systems"
t CES product
t With three keys
t Identical key type

5TG4225
Shutter/blind controls
t For use in the DELTA line, DELTA miro, DELTA proml and DELTA style
ranges
t For controlling a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic limit
switches
t Operation is by means of 4 control buttons
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1520 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TC1532 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic or silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1522 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic or anthracite (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC1524 1 1 unit
5TC1520
Note Section Page
t For use with the DELTA proml prod-
uct range, the following intermediate
frames must be ordered separately:
- Titanium white (similar to Design / DELTA proml / 5/5 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
RAL 9010) Frames
- Silver or aluminum metallic dto. 5/5 5TG1762 1 1/10 units
(similar to RAL 9006)
- Anthracite or carbon metallic dto. 5/5 5TG1835 1 1/10 units
(similar to RAL 7016)
t For use with the DELTA style product Design / DELTA style / 6/5 5TG1327 1 1/10 units
range, titanium white, an intermedi- Frames
ate frame must be ordered separate-
ly, see ...
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/52
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Shutter/blind controls
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1520/all
Product features
t Flush-mounting device without an extension unit input
t
t
230 V AC, 50 Hz (N conductor required)
With screw and claw mxing
13
t Type of connection: screw terminals
t 2 relays which are electrically interlocked against each other with a mini-
mum switchover time of approx. 1 s
t Bridging of voltage interruptions < 0.2 s
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 W
t Pulse duration: approx. 2 min
t Accuracy: ± 1 min per month
t Reserve power: > 6 h
t Switching times: max. 4 (in 2 blocks: Mo ... Fr / Sa ... Su)
t Factory preset switching times for faster commissioning
t Possible reset to factory settings, manual operation is possible at any time

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 13/7
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Inserts with cover plate

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Comfort shutter/blind controls
t For use in the DELTA line, DELTA miro, DELTA proml and DELTA style
ranges
t For controlling a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic limit
switches and comprehensive functionality (see product features)
t Menu-controlled operation by means of 4 control buttons
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1521 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic or silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1523 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic or anthracite (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC1525 1 1 unit
5TC1521 Note Section Page
t The sun sensor must be ordered Design / i-system / Acces- 2/37 5TC1526 1 1 unit
separately, see ... sories and spare parts
t For use with the DELTA proml prod-
uct range, the following intermediate
frames must be ordered separately:
- Titanium white (similar to Design / DELTA prPml / 5/5 5TG1893 1 1/10 units
RAL 9010) Frames
- Silver or aluminum metallic dto. 5/5 5TG1762 1 1/10 units
(similar to RAL 9006)
- Anthracite or carbon metallic dto. 5/5 5TG1835 1 1/10 units
(similar to RAL 7016)
t For use with the DELTA style product Design / DELTA style/ 6/5 5TG1327 1 1/10 units
range, titanium white, an intermedi- Frames
ate frame must be ordered separate-
ly, see ...
t For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/53
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Comfort shutter/blind con-
trols
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1521/all
Product features
t Flush-mounting device without an extension unit input
t 230 V AC, 50 Hz (N conductor required)
t With screw and claw mxing
t Type of connection: screw terminals
t 2 relays which are electrically interlocked against each other with a
minimum switchover time of approx. 1 s
t Bridging of voltage interruptions < 0.2 s
t Connected load: max. 1 motor up to 1000 W
t Pulse duration: 2 min factory setting, may be changed to
as much as 12 min by programming
t Accuracy: ± 1 min per month
13 t
t
Reserve power: approx. 24 h
Switching times: max. 18 (can be split up in three memories)
t Factory preset switching times for faster commissioning
t Possible reset to factory settings
t Random generator ± 15 min
t Astro program (can be delayed by ± 1 h 59 min)
t Easy changeover to daylight savings
t Twilight and sun protection function is possible with an optional sun sensor
t The random and astro functions can be combined
t Manual operation possible at any time

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


13/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Accessories and spare parts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Sun sensors 5TC1526 1 1 unit
t With 2-m connecting cable (extendable to 10 m)
t In combination with the Comfort shutter/blind control, the sun sensor can be
used for sun protection and twilight functions
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/53
Shutter/Blind Controls /
Comfort shutter/blind
controls
Note
5TC1526
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1526/all

13

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 13/9
© Siemens AG 2014

Shutter/Blind Controls

Notes

13

13/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


14
© Siemens AG 2014

Room Temperature Controllers

14/2 Inserts

14

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Room Temperature Controllers

Inserts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
t For screw mxing
t With screwless terminals
Room temperature controllers, 1 NC contact 5TC9200 1 1 unit
t 1/N 230 V/240 V AC, 50 Hz, 10 A (4 A)
t Standard version with nighttime reduction
t For electric and warm water convectors, pumps and tank control
t The temperature controller operates as two-position controller with thermal
feedback
t If the temperature on the bimetal increases and the setpoint value is
reached, the NC contact (heating contact) switches off
t If the temperature on the bimetal sinks below the setpoint value minus the
hysteresis, the NC contact switches back on
t Activation of the temperature reduction lowers the temperature range by
approx. 5 K
5TC9200
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Room Temperature Controllers 2/28
t Design / DELTA proml / Room Temperature Controllers 5/22
t Design / DELTA style / Room Temperature Controllers 6/22
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / Room 18/59
Temperature Controllers /
Room temperature control-
lers, with 1 NC contact
Room temperature controllers, 1 CO contact 5TC9201 1 1/100 units
t 1/N 230 V/240 V AC, 50 Hz, 10 A (4 A)
t Normal version
t For electric and warm water convectors, pumps and tank control
t The temperature controller operates as two-position controller with thermal
feedback
t If the temperature on the bimetal increases and the setpoint value is
reached, the NC contact (heating contact) switches off and the NO contact
(cooling contact) closes
t If the temperature on the bimetal sinks below the setpoint value minus the
hysteresis, the NC contact switches back on
5TC9201 For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Room Temperature Controllers 2/28
t Design / DELTA proml / Room Temperature Controllers 5/22
t Design / DELTA style / Room Temperature Controllers 6/22
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / Room 18/59
Temperature Controllers /
Room temperature control-
lers, with 1 CO contact
Room temperature controllers, 3-position switch 5TC9202 1 1 unit
t 1/N 230 V/240 V AC, 50 Hz, 10 A (4 A)
t With 3-position switches: automatic timing, constant day temperature, con-

14 stant nighttime reduction


t For electric and warm water convectors, pumps and tank control
t The S1 switch can be used to preselect between time/day and night to con-
trol temperature reduction
t The temperature controller operates as two-position controller with thermal
feedback
t If the temperature on the bimetal increases and the setpoint value is
reached, the NC contact (heating contact) switches off
t If the temperature on the bimetal sinks below the setpoint value minus the
5TC9202
hysteresis, the NC contact switches back on
t Activation of the temperature reduction lowers the temperature range by
approx. 5 K
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Room Temperature Controllers 2/28
t Design / DELTA proml / Room Temperature Controllers 5/22
t Design / DELTA style / Room Temperature Controllers 6/22
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / Room 18/60
Temperature Controllers /
Room temperature control-
lers, 3-position switches

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


14/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Room Temperature Controllers

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Room temperature controllers, direct floor heating 5TC9203 1 1 unit
t With remote sensor
t 1 N 230 V AC, 50 Hz, switching capacity 2.3 kW, 10 A (4 A)
t Switch contact, NO contact
t For controlling noor storage heating and electric noor heating with heat
mats
t The basic controller type comprises two parts: control device (for setting
the required noor temperature) and remote sensor (in the noor for monitor-
ing the set temperature)
t The rotary button lets you set the required noor temperature.
t If the temperature falls below the set value, the control device demands
heat, which is also visually indicated by a red LED
t A nighttime reduction can be activated over the connection (time switch),
this is indicated by a green LED
t The temperature reduction is approx. 5 °C
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Room Temperature Controllers 2/28
t Design / DELTA proml / Room Temperature Controllers 5/22
5TC9203 t Design / DELTA style / Room Temperature Controllers 6/22
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / Room 18/60
Temperature Controllers /
Room temperature control-
lers, direct noor heating

14

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 14/3
© Siemens AG 2014

Room Temperature Controllers

Notes

14

14/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


15
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication


Systems

15/2 Inserts

15/7 Inserts with cover plate

15/8 Complete assemblies

15/9 m-system modules

15

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

Inserts

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Inserts for TV/RF/SAT
General information
t For screw and claw mYJng
t Can be used with all international TV standards: B/G, D/K, I, L, M,
CCIR/OIRT, PAL/SECAM/NTSC/Digital-TV
t gap-free transition ranges at both outlets, i.e. any assignment possible with
reverse channel and forward channel
t Shielding EMC Class A to 300 MHz > 85 dB/2400 MHz > 55 dB
Aerial branch-circuit boxes 5TG2485 1 1/10 units
t For use in individual, party, broadband cable and satellite aerial systems
t Signal range from 4 ... 2400 MHz
t Transfers remote power supply (maY. 24 V DC/500 mA)
t Connection attenuation 2 ... 4 dB
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / TV/RF/SAT 2/31
t Design / DELTA natur/TV/RF/SAT 7/12
t Design / DELTA proml/TV/RF/SAT 5/25
t Design / DELTA style/TV/RF/SAT 6/25
5TG2485 Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/65
TV/RF/SAT / Aerial branch-
circuit boxes
Aerial through-way boxes/terminal boxes 5TG2484 1 1/10 units
t For use in party, broadband cable and satellite aerial systems
t Can be used as terminal boY with terminating resistor 751 (included in de-
livery)
t Signal range from 4 ... 2400 MHz
t Throughput attenuation 1.5 dB
t Connection attenuation 15 dB
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / TV/RF/SAT 2/31
t Design / DELTA natur/TV/RF/SAT 7/12
t Design / DELTA proml/TV/RF/SAT 5/25
5TG2484 t Design / DELTA style/TV/RF/SAT 6/25
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/65
TV/RF/SAT / Aerial through-
way boxes/Terminal boxes
Inserts for TAE outlet boxes
General information
t For screw and claw mYJng
t With screw terminals
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/64
Communication / TAE outlet
boxes
TAE 6F+N, black 5TG2853 1 1 unit
t 6-pole
t For one telephone, one additional device or one data terminal device
For tops see section Page (ff.)
15 t
t
Design / i-system / Communication
Design / DELTA iris/Communication
2/29
10/14
t Design / DELTA natur/Communication 7/11
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
5TG2853 Version for Austria on request.

TAE 3x 6NFN, black 5TG2480 1 1 unit


t 3 Y 6-pole
t For one telephone and two additional devices or data terminal equipment
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA iris/Communication 10/14
t Design / DELTA natur/Communication 7/11
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
5TG2480 Version for Austria on request.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


15/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
TAE 2x 6/6 NFF, black 5TG2854 1 1 unit
t 3 x 6-pole
t For two telephones and two additional devices or data terminal equipment
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA iris/Communication 10/14
t Design / DELTA natur/Communication 7/11
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
5TG2854 Version for Austria on request.
Inserts for data and voice networks
General information
t For installation in combination devices
t With screw and claw mxing
Note Section Page
For Technical specimcations, see ... Technical Information / 18/63
Communication / UAE outlet
boxes
UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3, Rutenbeck
t With inclined outlet for RJ 11/12 and RJ 45
t With screw terminals
t Unshielded
t ISDN-capable
Versions
t 1 x 8-pole 5TG2417 1 1 unit
t 2 x 8-pole (8/8) 5TG2406 1 1 unit
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
5TG2417 t Design / DELTA proml/Communication 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
UAE outlet boxes, Cat.5e, Rutenbeck
t Band width 100 MHz
t Transfer rate 155 Mbit/s
t With inclined outlet for RJ 45
t LSA Plus connection method, shielded
t Screw mxing only
Versions
t 1 x 8-pole 5TG2418 1 1 unit
t 2 x 8-pole (8/8) 5TG2407 1 1 unit
For tops see section Page (ff.)
5TG2418 t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
UAE outlet boxes, real Cat.6a, Rutenbeck 5TG2448 1 1 unit
t Power over Ethernet (PoE) compatible according to IEEE 802.3af
t 10 Gbit-Ethernet compatible
t Cable routing can be freely selected
t Class E to 500 MHz, shielded
t Complies with EN 50173-1:2003-06 Cat.6 and
ISO/IEC 11801:2002 Cat.6 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B
t For channel installation, with inclined outlet for RJ45
t LSA Plus connection method
t 2 x 8-pole (8/8)
15
For tops see section Page (ff.)
5TG2448
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA natur/Communication 7/11
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 15/3
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Modular Jack support plates, red insert 5TG2078 1 1 unit
t Support plate with colored inserts for accommodating up to two Modular
Jack plug-in connectors
t For screw mxing
t Mountable Jacks:
- AMP/Tyco:
216000-2
216005-4
- Krone:
MT-RJ socket 7023.1.303-xx
Cat.6 socket STP 6830.1.312-xx
5TG2078 Cat.6 socket UTP 6830.1.302-xx
Cat.6 socket UTP 6380.1.800-xx
Cat.6 socket UTP 6380.1.810-xx
- Molex KSJ-00033-02/-04
- Radiall R 280 MOD 802/803/804/805/807
- Siemon MX-K-C5-80-ND/-02 ND
- Telegärtner Cat.6 J00029A0036
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication1) 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
1)
Cutout frames necessary.
Modular Jack support plates, black insert 5TG2080 1 1/10 units
t Support plate with colored inserts for accommodating up to two Modular
Jack plug-in connectors
t For screw mxing
t Mountable Jacks:
- Leviton Type 41108, Cat.5
- Panduit Keystone:
KJ 688 Txx, Cat.6
KJ 5e88 Txx,Cat.5e
- Brand Rex GPC Jack F01 3LF
For tops see section Page (ff.)
5TG2080 t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication1) 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
1)
Cutout frames necessary.
Modular Jack support plates, yellow insert 5TG2081 1 1 unit
t Support plate with colored inserts for accommodating up to two Modular
Jack plug-in connectors
t For screw mxing
t Mountable Jacks:
- AMP/Tyco:
406372-x Cat.5
1116515-1 Cat.5e
1339015-1 Cat.5e
1375055-x Cat.6
1375187-x Cat.6
5TG2081 137188-1 Cat.6
1375189-1 Cat.5e
1375190-x Cat.5e
137191-x Cat.5e
1375192-x Cat.3 RJ11
15 1375193-x Cat.3 RJ11
1116604-x Cat.5e
1339189-x Cat.5e
188650-3 ... 6
338038-1 ... 4
1711342-1
MTRJ127841-1
MTRJ127842-1
- ASYCO Cat.5e/6 SFTP
- Kerpen E-Line 600 GG45 Cat.6 Keystone clip Nr. 9ZE20009
- Nexans LENmark-MJ with Keystone clip N429.620
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication1) 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
1)
Cutout frames necessary.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


15/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Modular Jack support plates, orange insert 5TG2082 1 1 unit
t Support plate with colored inserts for accommodating up to two Modular
Jack plug-in connectors
t For screw mxing
t Mountable Jacks:
- Setec:
SeSix 501244
UKJ 501292
- Rutenbeck 13900 300
- MMC:
MK 6 NB
5TG2082 MK 6 AN
MK 6 FS
- DANCHIEF 568 A/B, Cat.5
- Radiall R280 MOD 809 and MOD 811
- Hubbel HXJ 5 EBU and UTP
- BTR UTP 130 A 10 I
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication1) 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
1)
Cutout frames necessary.
Modular Jack support plates, blue insert 5TG2083 1 1 unit
t Support plate with colored inserts for accommodating up to two Modular
Jack plug-in connectors
t For screw mxing
t Mountable Jacks:
- Krone:
Cat.5 socket STP 6540.1.154.xx
UTP 6540.1.130.xx
UTP 6540.1.100.xx
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
5TG2083 t Design / DELTA proml/Communication1) 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
1)
Cutout frames necessary.
Modular Jack support plates, brown insert 5TG2084 1 1 unit
t Support plate with colored inserts for accommodating up to two Modular
Jack plug-in connectors
t For screw mxing
t Mountable Jacks: Siemon MX6-FS
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication1) 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
5TG2084 1) Cutout frames necessary.
Modular Jack support plates, green insert 5TG2058 1 1 unit
t Support plate with colored inserts for accommodating up to two Modular
Jack plug-in connectors
t For screw mxing
t Mountable Jacks:
- AVAYA Anixter Systimax (Lucent Techn.):
M11…en M100 (uitloop)
15
MPS100E Cat.5
MPS200E + MGS 400 Cat.6
- Gigaspeed:
X10D MGS500
5TG2058 X10D MFP520
- R&M:
R30511, -2, -3 and -4 with adapter 310694
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication1) 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
1) Cutout frames necessary.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 15/5
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

Inserts

Version Order No. PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Modular Jack support plates, beige insert 5TG2098 1 1 unit
t Support plate with colored inserts for accommodating up to two Modular
Jack plug-in connectors
t For screw mxing
t Mountable Jacks:
- BTR:
E-DAT module No.130910-I
- Daetwyler:
Unilan MS 1/8 Cat.6 (equivalent to BTR jack)
For tops see section Page (ff.)
5TG2098 t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication1) 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Note
1)
Cutout frames necessary.
Inserts for fiber-optic outlet boxes from Telegärtner
Note
The OAD/S and OAD mber-optic outlet boxes with cover plate are compatible
with the frames and intermediate frames of the DELTA line and DELTA style
design product ranges. The color titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
can be combined with Telegärtner's alpine white and the color electrical
white (similar to RAL 1013) can be combined with Telegärtner's pearl white.

15

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


15/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

Inserts with cover plate

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Note Section Page
Technical specimcations for UAE outlet Technical Information / 18/63
boxes, see ... Communication / UAE
outlet boxes
Cover plates, for BNC connection, double
t In i-system design
t With socket contacts
t For screw and claw mYJng
t Crimp connection
t 75 1
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG2068 1 1 unit
t Electrical white (RAL 1013) 5TG2067 1 1 unit

5TG2068
Loudspeaker outlet boxes, single 5TG2467-2 1 1 unit
t Loudspeaker outlet box with plug-in terminals (with screw terminals at rear)
t Polarity color coded
t Also suitable as outlet box for protective extra-low voltages
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA natur/Communication 7/11
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
Technical specimcations
5TG2467-2 t Rear screw terminals
- Solid Cu conductor 10 mm²
- Flexible conductor with end sleeve 6 mm²
t Front terminal
- Flexible Cu conductor without end 6 mm²
sleeve
- Highly nFYible Cu conductor with- 4 mm²
out end sleeve
t Rated voltage 25 V AC, 60 V DC
Loudspeaker outlet boxes, double 5TG2468-2 1 1 unit
t Stereo loudspeaker outlet box with plug-in terminals (with screw terminals
at rear)
t Polarity color coded
t Also suitable as outlet box for protective extra-low voltages
For tops see section Page (ff.)
t Design / i-system / Communication 2/29
t Design / DELTA natur/Communication 7/11
t Design / DELTA proml/Communication 5/23
t Design / DELTA style/Communication 6/23
5TG2468-2 Technical specimcations
t Rear screw terminals
- Solid Cu conductor 10 mm²
- Flexible conductor with end sleeve 6 mm²
t Front terminal
- Flexible Cu conductor without end
sleeve
- Highly nFYible Cu conductor
6 mm²

4 mm²
15
without end sleeve
t Rated voltage 25 V AC, 60 V DC

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 15/7
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

Complete assemblies

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
Flush-mounting radios
t For horizontal and vertical mounting
t Degree of protection: IP20
t 230 V / 50 Hz
t Anti-slip terminals up to 2.5 mm²
t Not suitable for installation in multiple frames (triple to quintuple)
t For installation in two nush-mounting boxes (i.e. instead of the
original double socket outlet)
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TC1060 1 1 unit
t Aluminum metallic (similar to RAL 9006) 5TC1061 1 1 unit
5TC1060
t Carbon metallic (similar to RAL 7016) 5TC1062 1 1 unit
Note
Download the operating and mounting instructions from:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/5tc1060/all
Product features
t Can be mounted either horizontally or vertically due to rotating display
module
t Six freely programmable transmitter memories
t Illuminated display (can be adjusted separately for ON/OFF mode)
t Display of transmitter name over RDS signal
t Display of time
t Radio alarm clock with display of alarm time, if activated
t Sleep timer (automatic switch-off after user-demned time)
t Good sound quality due to high-quality loudspeaker
t Secondary mode possible over motion detector
t Secondary mode possible through use of pushbuttons or switches

15

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


15/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

m-system modules

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
General information
Note
All the modules shown here can be combined with the module carriers
of the DELTA line, DELTA miro, DELTA proml product ranges.
UAE outlet boxes, Cat.3
t Telephone socket outlet for modular system
t Cat.3 RJ11/12 with shutter
t LSA-Plus connection method
t Can only be used with module carrier, 1M or 2M
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG9874-1TW 1 1/60 units
t Aluminum metallic/silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG9874-1AM 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic/anthracite (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG9874-1CM 1 1 unit
Note Section Page
5TG9874-1TW t For module carriers for DELTA line, Design / m-system / 8/4
and DELTA miro, see ... Module carriers for
DELTA line and
DELTA miro
t Module carriers for DELTA proml, Design / m-system / 8/5
see ... Module carriers for
DELTA proml
UAE outlet boxes, Cat.5
t PC socket outlet for modular system
t Cat.5 RJ45 with shutter
t LSA-Plus connection method
t Can only be used with module carrier, 1M or 2M
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Versions
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010) 5TG9874-2TW 1 1/60 units
t Aluminum metallic/silver (similar to RAL 9006) 5TG9874-2AM 1 1 unit
t Carbon metallic/anthracite (similar to RAL 7016) 5TG9874-2CM 1 1 unit
5TG9874-2TW Note Section Page
t For module carriers for DELTA line Design / m-system / 8/4
and DELTA miro, see ... Module carriers for
DELTA line and
DELTA miro
t Module carriers for DELTA proml, Design / m-system / 8/5
see ... Module carriers for
DELTA proml

15

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


Siemens ET D1 · 2014 15/9
© Siemens AG 2014

Data and Communication Systems

Notes

15

15/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


16
© Siemens AG 2014

Smoke Detectors

16/2 Smoke detectors

16

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Smoke Detectors

Smoke Detectors

Selection and ordering data


Version Order No. PU PS*/
(UNIT, P.unit
SET,
M)
DELTA reflex SD9 smoke detectors 5TC1295 1 1 unit
t Battery operated smoke detector with VdS certimcation (stand-alone
device)
t The smoke detector detects smoke from mres and gives early warning.
t 30 day battery change display
t Battery compartment check
t Test button for function test
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Technical specimcations
5TC1295 t Power supply 9 V alkaline battery (included in delivery)
t Signaling Acoustic signal transducer:
horn > 85 dB(A)
Optical indicator: red LED
t Temperature range 0 .... +50 °C
t Dimensions (Ø x H) 111 mm x 40 mm
t Mounting Surface mounting
t Approvals VdS approval acc. to EN 14604 10/05
DELTA reflex SD9L smoke detectors 5TC1298 1 1 unit
t Battery operated smoke detector with VdS certimcation (stand-alone
device)
t The smoke detector detects smoke from mres and gives early warning.
t 30 day battery change display
t Battery compartment check
t Test button for function test
t Lithium battery with a service life of up to ten years included in delivery
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
Technical specimcations
5TC1298
t Power supply 9-V lithium battery Ultralife U9VL-J
t Signaling Acoustic signal transducer:
horn > 85 dB(A)
Optical indicator: red LED
t Temperature range 0 … +50 °C
t Dimensions (’ x H) 111 mm x 40 mm
t Mounting Surface mounting
t Approvals VdS approval acc. to EN 14604 10/05
DELTA reflex SD230N smoke detectors 5TC1296 1 1 unit
t 230 V-operated smoke detector incl. 9 V backup battery with
VdS certimcation (suitable for networking)
t The smoke detector detects smoke from mres and gives early warning.
t As well as using the smoke detector on its own, it is also possible to
network up to 38 smoke detectors of the same type
t Battery change display for 30 days
t Battery compartment check
t Test button for function test
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)
5TC1296
Technical specimcations
t Power supply 230 V AC and 9 V alkaline backup battery
(included in delivery)
t Networking Up to 38 smoke detectors of the same
type
t Signaling Acoustic signal transducer:
horn > 85 dB(A)
Optical indicator: red LED
t Temperature range 0 .... +50 °C
t Dimensions (Ø x H) 111 mm x 40 mm
t Mounting Surface mounting with or without surface-
mounting box (see accessories)
t Degree of protection IP20
t Approvals VdS certimcation acc. to EN 14604 10/05
Outlet boxes for "DELTA reflex SD230N smoke detectors" 5TC1297 1 1 unit
t Surface-mounting box for SD230N smoke detector
t Dimensions: 93 mm x 27 mm
t The outlet box is required if no nush-mounting box to hold the 230 V
16 connector is provided
t Titanium white (similar to RAL 9010)

5TC1297

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.


16/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014
17
© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information

17/2 General

17/4 Dimensional drawings

17/7 Switches and pushbuttons

H1/R1 17/12 Socket outlets


L/N N/L

R2 R3
17/14 Dimmers

VDR1
H2
VDR2 17/30 Motion detectors

17/45 Shutter/blind controls


Si1 Si2
17/59 Room temperature controllers
I201_07631a
A1
17/62 Communication
PE

17/65 TV/RF/SAT

17/66 m-system

17/66 International plug-and-socket devices

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
General
Degrees of protection

Overview
IP degrees of protection according to DIN VDE 0470 Part 1, EN 60529, IEC 529
The degree of protection is indicated by the two code letters IP The mrst code number (see table) indicates
(International Protection) followed by two code numbers, which t That the enclosure protects persons against direct contact,
denote the degree of protection according to the two tables whereby the ingress of a body part, or an object held by a per-
shown below. son, is prevented or limited, and
If only one code number for the degree of protection is specimed t That the enclosure also ensures that equipment is protected
after the IP (often the case on installation material), an X replaces against the ingress of hard foreign objects.
the omitted code number, e.g. IPX4 or IP6X. The term for the
complete identimcation symbol (code letter and protection level
code number) is "degree of protection".
First code number Product brief Definition
0 Not protected --
1 Protected against contact with dangerous parts with the back of The access probe, ball 50 mm diameter, must have sufmcient
a hand distance from dangerous parts
Protected against hard foreign objects more than 50 mm in Limited ingress of object probe, ball 50 mm diameter1)
diameter
2 Protected against contact with dangerous parts with mngers The jointed test mnger, 12 mm diameter, 80 mm in length, must
have sufmcient distance from dangerous parts
Protected against hard foreign objects more than 12,5 mm in Limited ingress of object probe, ball 12.5 mm diameter1)
diameter
3 Protected against contact with dangerous parts with tools No ingress at all of access probe, 2,5 mm diameter
Protected against hard foreign objects more than 2,5 mm in No ingress at all of object probe, 2,5 mm diameter1)
diameter
4 Protected against contact with dangerous parts with a wire No ingress at all of access probe, 1.0 mm diameter
Protected against hard foreign objects more than 1.0 mm in No ingress at all of object probe, 1.0 mm diameter1)
diameter
5 Protected against contact with dangerous parts with a wire No ingress at all of access probe, 1.0 mm diameter
Dust-protected The ingress of dust cannot be completely prevented, but limited
ingress that will not affect reliable operation of the device or
interfere with safety
6 Protected against contact with dangerous parts with a wire No ingress at all of access probe, 1.0 mm diameter
Dust-proof No ingress of dust
1)
The full diameter of the object probe must not pass through an opening of the enclosure.
The second code number (see table) specimes the degree of
protection offered by the enclosure with regard to damage to
equipment due to the ingress of water.
Second code number Product brief Definition
0 Not protected --
1 Drip-proof Vertically falling drops must not have any damaging effects
2 Drip-proof, if the enclosure is inclined up to 15° from normal Vertically falling drops must not have any damaging effect if the
position enclosure is tilted at an angle of up to 15° either side of the verti-
cal
3 Protected against splashwater Sprays up to 60° on both sides of the vertical must not cause any
damage
4 Protected against splashwater Water sprayed against the enclosure from all direction must not
cause any damage
5 Protected against jet-water Low pressure jets of water against the enclosure from all direc-
tion must not cause any damage
6 Protected against heavy jet-water Strong jets of water against the enclosure from all direction must
not cause any damage
7 Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water Water must not ingress to a degree that damage is caused when
the enclosure is immersed in water under standardized pressure
and timed periods under conditions to be agreed between the
manufacturer and user.
8 Protected against the effects of continual submersion in water Water must not ingress to a degree that damage is caused when
the enclosure is immersed in water under conditions to be
agreed between the manufacturer and user. However, the condi-
tions must be more difmcult than for the code number 7

17

17/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
General
Symbols

Overview
Approval mark for Germany (Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker - Association of German Electrical Engineers)

Approval mark for Switzerland

Approval mark for the Netherlands

Approval mark for Canada

Approval mark for USA

Total insulation, Safety Class II

IP44 Protection against foreign bodies and splashwater

IP55 Dust-protected, protection against foreign objects and jet-water

IP66 Dust-proof, protection against foreign objects and strong jet-water

Suitable for harsh operating conditions according to DIN 49441

Incandescent lamps

Low-voltage halogen lamps

High-voltage halogen lamps

Fluorescent lamps

Conventional transformers

Electronic transformers

SV (AEV) Safety power supply


(diesel generator set DIN VDE 0107)

ZSV (BEV) Additional safety power supply


(battery-supported DIN VDE 0107)

WSV (BEV) Other safety power supply.

Registered trademark of the SCHUKO-Warenzeichenverband e. V.

Fire-retarding according to DIN VDE 0606, corresponds to the guidelines of the Verband der Sachversicherer
(Association of Property Insurers) for mounting on wood

Can be installed in cavity walls

Can be installed in furniture

EIB Registered trademark of the European Installation Bus Association, Brussels 17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/3


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimensional Drawings
DELTA line

Dimensional drawings

54,9

54,9

55,6

80,2
80
54,9 54,9
7,7 12,5 55,6 151,2
80

80,2

80,2
222,2 293,2

80,2

I201_18165
364,2

DELTA miro

Dimensional drawings
55,7
54,9

54,9

90
90

54,9 54,9

8 12,5 55,7 8,5 161


90
90

90

232 303

17
90
I201_18167

374

17/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimensional Drawings
DELTA profil

Dimensional drawings

80,4
64,3

64,7

65,4
80,4
64,5 64,7
7,8 14 65,4 151,4
80,4

80,4

80,4
222,4 293,4

80,4
I201_18168
364,4

DELTA style

Dimensional drawings
67,7

68,7

82
68

82

67,9 68
11 17,7 68,7 153
82
82

82

224 295
82

17
I201_18169

366

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/5


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimensional Drawings
DELTA natur

Dimensional drawings

64,1

81
62

63

81
61,8 63
10,2 16,3 64,1 152
81
81

81
I201_18170
223 294

17

17/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Switches and Pushbuttons
Switches

Overview
Maximum permissible lamp loads for switch inserts
Number of operations: 50000
Type of lamp Connection method Power per lamp Number
Incandescent lamps 100 W 12
Fluorescent lamps1) Uncorrected 36 W 22
58 W 14
Parallel p.f. corrected 36 W 38
58 W 25
DUO circuit 36 W 21 x 2
58 W 14 x 2
ECG2) 36 W 26
58 W 18
2 x 36 W 12
2 x 58 W 9
1) 2)
Incandescent lamps were cooled during the test. OSRAM ECGs.

Universal switches (5TA2156)

Schematics
Glow lamps/LED light inserts for orientation

L
N

Two-way Two-way
I201_06785c

switch switch

L L

Order No. of insert: 5TA2 156


Order No. of glow lamp: 5TG7 332
Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18)

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/7


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Switches and Pushbuttons
Intermediate switches (5TA2117)

Schematics
Glow lamps/LED light inserts for orientation
Order No. of inserts:
5TA2156/5TA2 117/5TA2156
L
N Order No. of glow lamp: 5TG7332
Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton
Two-way Intermediate Two-way Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18)

I201_06786c
switch switch switch

L L

ON/OFF switches, 1-pole, (5TA2151)

Schematics
Glow lamps/LED light inserts for orientation
Order No. of insert: 5TA2151
L Order No. of glow lamp: 5TG7332
N
Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18)
I2-6782b

ON/OFF switches, 2-pole

Schematics
Glow lamps/LED light inserts for orientation Glow lamps/LED light inserts for control

L L
N N
I2-6783b

L L
I2-6819b

L L

Order No. of insert: Order No. of inserts:


5TA2112, 10 A and 5TA2 162, 16 A 5TA2112, 10 A and 5TA2162, 16 A
Order No. of glow lamp: 5TG7332 Order No. of glow lamp: 5TG7332
Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18) Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18)

17

17/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Switches and Pushbuttons
Switches with pilot lamp for ON/OFF switching
(5TA2150)

Schematics

L
N

I201_06787c
"Off" switch-
with pilot lamp
L

Order no. for insert including illuminants: 5TA2150

Switches with pilot lamp for two-way switching


(5TA2108)

Schematics
Control two-way circuit with 1 two-way switch Control two-way circuit with
and 1 control two-way switch 2 control two-way switches

L
L N
N I2_06791c

Two-way Control
switch two-way
switch
L L
1 L 2 1 1 2
I2_06790c

L 2
1
2 N Control Control
two-way switch two-way switch

Order No. of inserts: Order No. of insert:


t 5TA2156 (two-way switch) 5TA2108 (control two-way switch)
t 5TA2108 (control two-way switch) 5TA2108 insert including illuminants
5TA2108 insert including illuminants

Dusk switches (5TT3303)

Dimensional drawings
I201_07133a

105

17

80 40

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/9


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Switches and Pushbuttons
Double two-way switches (5TA2118)

Schematics
Double two-way circuit Double two-way circuit with two double two-way switches

L L
N N
Double Double
Two-way Double Two-way
two-way two-way
switch two-way switch
switch switch

I201_06789c
switch

I201_06788c
L
L L L L
L L
L

Order No. of inserts: 5TA2156 / 5TA2118 / 5TA2156 Order No. of inserts: 5TA2118 / 5TA2118

Two-circuit switches (5TA2155)

Schematics

Order No. of insert: 5TA2155

Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton


Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18)

Pushbuttons, 1 NO contact (5TD2120 )

Schematics

Order No. of insert: 5TD2120

17 Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton


Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18)

17/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Switches and Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons, 1 CO contact,
with separate neutral terminal (5TD2117)

Schematics

Order No. of insert: 5TD2117


Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18)

Pushbuttons, separate check-back indication


(5TD2114)

Schematics

Order No. of insert: 5TD2114


Order No. of LED light inserts: see section Switching/Pushbutton
Control/Dimming / Accessories and spare parts (page 11/18)

Pushbuttons, double, 1 NO contact, 1 CO contact


(5TD2115)

Schematics

L
N

1 2
3
I2-7626a

L L
17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/11


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Switches and Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons, double, 2 NO contacts (5TD2111)

Schematics

Order No. of insert: 5TD2111

Socket Outlets
SCHUKO socket outlets with status display

Schematics

L
N
PE
I201_07632b

Protective grounding

17

17/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Socket Outlets
SCHUKO socket outlets
with overvoltage protection

Overview Schematics
For the protection of electronic devices against overvoltages
(in overvoltage category II according to DIN VDE 0110-1).
Surge arresters of requirement category D according to
E DIN VDE 0675-6 and 0675-6/A1:1996-03.
Features:
t Overvoltage protection with monitoring device and discon-
nector
t Visual function indicator (glow lamp, green)
t Visual fault display (glow lamp red, no disconnection)
t With retaining ring for installation in switch boxes (60 mm Ø,
40 mm deep)

Technical specifications
Tested E DIN VDE 0675-6; EN 61643-11 and
IEC 61643-1
Rated voltage UN 230 V / 50 Hz
Surge arrester rated voltage UC 255 V / 50 Hz
(maximum permissible opera-
tional voltage)
Rated discharge current (8/20) ISN L (N) -> PE, L 3 kA
L + N -> PE 5 kA
Combined surge UOC L (N) -> PE, L 6 kV
L + N -> PE 10 kV
Protection level Up L -> N ) 1.5 kV
L(N) -> PE ) 1.5 kV
Response time tA L -> N 25 ns
L(N) -> PE 100 ns
Series fuse1) 16 A gL/gG or B 16 A
Temperature range J -25 … +40 °C
Terminals 3 double terminals,
each up to 2.5 mm2
also suitable for through-wiring
1)
Only required if not already available in the system.

SCHUKO socket outlets


with residual-current protection

Schematics

L
N L L
PE PEN N

TN S network TN C network TT network


(with formation
of TN S network
on the socket outlet) 17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/13


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
General

Overview
Leading-edge phase principle Trailing-edge phase principle
Conventional dimmers operate using the leading-edge phase For this purpose, the load is switched on during the zero cross-
principle. At the beginning of each sinusoidal half-wave, the ing of each sinusoidal half-wave and switched off again on expi-
dimmer blocks the current to the lamp, it is non-conducting. The ration of the time tz. This allows changes to the r.m.s. value of the
TRIAC (the electronic switch in the dimmer) is only connected af- lamp voltage, and thus the brightness. No interference voltages
ter startup of a user-demnable delay time tz, which energizes the are produced when switching on because the voltage has the
connected loads. In this way, the brightness of the connected value zero. When turning off, any resonance points are damp-
lighting medium can be inmnitely adjusted. The interference volt- ened, as the full load of the transformers is effective at this point.
ages produced by the switching operation are dampened by
means of suitable mltering measures. No need for additional systems for noise suppression. There is
no occurrence of the dreaded resonance points with their un-
pleasant humming or nickering.

t tz t
tz
10 ms

I2-6835a
I2-6836a

Schematics
Rotary dimmers for ON/OFF and two-way switching (leading-edge or trailing-edge phase), 50 to 600 W, 50/60 Hz, 230 V AC,
incandescent lamps

L
L N
N

I2_06795d
I2_06794c

L
L

Dimmer Two-way switch

Application in ON/OFF circuit (ON/OFF switching and dimmer control Application in two-way circuit (ON/OFF switching from 2 points and dim-
from one point) mer control from 1 point)

Rotary dimmer for LV halogen lamps with solenoid transformer, for two-way switching (5TC8283)

L
N
I2_15458

~230 V ~12 V LV
halogen-
lamp
Conventional
L transformer

For the protection of transformers, we recommend a miniature fuse (cor-


17 responding to the transformer rating)

17/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
General
Rotary dimmers for ON/OFF and two-way switching, 20 to 525 W, 50 Hz, 230 V AC,
low-voltage halogen lamp for electronic transformer, trailing-edge phase

L
N

L
Electronic
transformer

Halogen

Dimmer 230 V 12 V
I2_06753c

All dimmers with ON/OFF and pushbutton two-way switching can be


used

L
N

L
Electronic
transformer

Halogen
Two-way
Dimmer switch 230 V 12 V
I2_06754d

Only dimmers with pushbutton two-way switching can be used

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/15


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
sys pushbuttons

Technical specifications
Power supply Over 230 V user interface (230 V PEI) of the switch or sys dimmer inserts
Terminals 10-pole pin connector (230 V PEI) for connection to the switch or sys dimmer insert
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions (L x W x D) i-system 55 x 55 x 24 mm (incl. spring)
DELTA proml 65 x 65 x 25 mm (incl. spring)
DELTA style 68 x 68 x 27 mm (incl. spring)
t Weight Approx. 30 g
t Fire load Approx. 950 kJ
t Mounting Mounted on the switch or sys dimmer insert
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 50090-2-2 and IEC 60664-1
EMC requirements According to EN 50090-2-2, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Resistance to climate EN 50090-2-2
t Ambient operating temperature -5 … +45 °C
t Storage temperature -25 … +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 … 93 %
CE marking According to EMC Directive (residential buildings), Low Voltage Directive

Dimensional drawings

C
A D
B

I2_08605a

A B C D
i-system 55 55 24 13
DELTA profil 65 65 25 14
DELTA style 68 68 27 16,5

17

17/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Universal dimmer sys inserts (5TC1230)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V (2-wire method),
rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Protection against short-circuits In the event of a short-circuit, the universal dimmer switches off.
As soon as the short-circuit is eliminated (voltage recovery), the universal dimmer automatically switches
back on at the brightness value last set prior to the short-circuit.
Protection against overloads In the event of an overload, and if the maximum permissible temperature is exceeded, the universal dim-
mer switches off for at least two minutes.
As soon as the device has cooled down, it is automatically switched to the current setpoint value
Load output
t Number 1
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Rated load
(up to 25 °C ambient temperature)
- Incandescent lamp rating 50 … 420 W
- Conventional transformers 50 … 420 VA
- Electronic transformers 70 … 420 VA
- Mixed loads Only permissible between incandescent lamp ratings and electronic transformers
- Maximum connected load at ambient tempera-
ture 100 I2_08607a
Warning:
The connected load must
Relative connected load [%]

80 be reduced by 20 %,
depending on operating
conditions
60
t For mounting on wood,
Rigips, gas concrete or
40 cavity walls
t For installation in multiple
20 combinations or surface-
mounting enclosures

0
0 20 40 60
Ambient temperature [ °C]

Behavior on system voltage recovery After system voltage recovery, the DELTA sys universal dimmer insert switches to the same dimming
value set prior to mains failure,
whereby the DELTA sys universal dimmer insert automatically learns the load.
A brief nickering indicates that the learning procedure is running
Terminals The terminals for the DELTA universal dimmer sys insert comprise three screw terminals,
the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 … 2.5 mm² solid
t 0,5 … 1.5 mm² mnely stranded with end sleeve without insulating collar (gas-tight crimp connection)
Caution: If the conductors need to be looped through, only conductors with max. 1.5 mm² can be used
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm
mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 70 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 50090-2-2 and EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 50090-2-2, EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Resistance to climate EN 50090-2-2
t Ambient operating temperature -5 … +45 °C
t Storage temperature -25 … +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/17


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Universal dimmer sys inserts (5TC1230)

Dimensional drawings

Schematics
Sample connection Application options
Example: Universal dimmer with conventional extension
units
230 V AC ~
PE
N
L
230 V AC ~
PE N L

1 L
1 3
1
2 5TC1 230

4
1 L
I2_08606

5TC1 230
1 Load connection
2 Secondary input
3 Outer conductor connection
4 User interface 2
(230-V PEI)

5TD2 120

1 L

5TD2 120

1 L

I2_08608

1 DELTA Universal dimmer


sys insert
2 Conventional extension unit
3 Other conventional
17 extension unit

17/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 to 400 W
(5TC8256)
Glühlampen-Dimmer, 50 bis 400 W (5TC8256)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V (2-wire method), rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Protection against short-circuits With fuse 1 (the fuse holder contains a spare fuse)
Load output
t Number One with two terminals 3
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t Rated load (up to 35 °C ambient temperature)
- Incandescent lamps 50 ... 400 W
- HV halogen lamps 50 ... 400 W
- Note Only incandescent lamps and/or HV halogen lamps may be connected
- Maximum connected load at ambient temperature Warning:
100 I2_11961
The connected load must be
reduced by 20 %, depending

Relative connected load [%]


80
on operating conditions
60 t For mounting on wood,
Rigips, gas concrete or
40 cavity walls
t For installation in multiple
20 combinations or surface-
mounting enclosures
0
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Ambient temperature [°C]

Terminals Four screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body, of which two terminals have the same potential,
the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 95 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation and KEMA certimcation

Schematics

230 V AC ~ 1 T 1.6 H 250 V fuse holder


PE 2 Outer conductor connection
N 3 Load connection
L

5TC8 256

3 L 2

I2_11962a

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/19


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Incandescent lamp dimmers, 50 to 600 W,
for two-way switching (5TC8257)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V 1 (2-wire method), rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Protection against short-circuits Fuse A1 (the fuse holder contains a spare fuse)
Protection against overloads With additional temperature cutout, which permanently shuts down the dimmer in the event of an
overload
Load output
t Number Two terminals for two-way switching ( 3 and 4 )
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t Rated load (up to 35 °C ambient temperature)
- Incandescent lamps 50 ... 600 W
- HV halogen lamps 50 ... 600 W
- Note Only incandescent lamps and/or HV halogen lamps may be connected
- Maximum connected load at ambient temperature Warning:
100 I2_11961
The connected load must be
reduced by 20 %, depending

Relative connected load [%]


80
on operating conditions
60 t For mounting on wood,
Rigips, gas concrete or
40 cavity walls
t For installation in multiple
20
combinations or surface-
mounting enclosures
0
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Ambient temperature [°C]

Terminals Four screw terminals with anti-slip body. The two L-connection terminals are internally bridged
(same potential), the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 95 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation and KEMA certimcation

Schematics

230 V AC ~ 1 Fuse holder with fuse T 2.5 H 250 V


PE 2 Outer conductor connection
N 3 Load connection / corresponding conductor
L
4 Load connection / corresponding conductor
5 Trimpotentiometer for basic brightness
5 1

3 L 2

I2_11963a

17

17/20 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
LV dimmers, for magnetic transformers, 50 to 600 W,
25 to 500 VA, for two-way switching (5TC8283)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V 1 (2-wire method), rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Protection against short-circuits Fuse A1 (the fuse holder contains a spare fuse)
Protection against overloads With additional temperature cutout, which permanently shuts down the dimmer in the event of an
overload
Load output
t Number Two terminals for two-way switching ( 3 and 4 )
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t Rated load (up to 35 °C ambient temperature)
- Incandescent lamps 50 ... 600 W
- HV halogen lamps 50 ... 600 W
- Low-voltage halogen lamps, magnetic transformer 25 ... 500 VA
- Note Does not support connection of:
t Energy-saving lamps
t Electronic transformers
t Power boosters

- Maximum connected load at ambient temperature Warning:


100 I2_11961
The connected load must be
Relative connected load [%] reduced by 20 %, depending
80
on operating conditions
60 t For mounting on wood,
Rigips, gas concrete or
40
cavity walls
t For installation in multiple
20 combinations or surface-
mounting enclosures
0
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Ambient temperature [°C]

Terminals 4 screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body, the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm, mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 105 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation and KEMA certimcation

Schematics

230 V AC ~ 1 Fuse holder with fuse T 4 H 250 V


PE 2 Outer conductor connection
N 3 Load connection/corresponding conductor
L
4 Load connection/corresponding conductor
5 Trimpotentiometer for background brightness
5 1

3 L 2

I2_11964a

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/21


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
LV dimmers, for electronic transformers, 20 to 315 W
(5TC8262)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V (2-wire method), rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Protection against short-circuits Reversible operating electronic fuse
Protection against overloads With additional temperature cutout, which shuts down the dimmer in the event of an overload and only
resupplies it automatically with power when the overload
cooled down
Load output
t Number Two terminals for two-way switching ( 2 and 3 )
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Rated load (up to 35 °C ambient temperature)
- Incandescent lamps 20 ... 315 W
- HV halogen lamps 20 ... 315 W
- LV halogen lamps with electronic transformer 20 ... 315 W
- Note Does not support connection of:
t Energy-saving lamps
t Magnetic transformers

- Maximum connected load at ambient temperature Warning: The connected load must be
100 I201_11961
reduced by 25 %, depending on oper-
ating conditions
relative Anschlussleistung [%]

80 t For mounting on wood, Rigips, gas


concrete or cavity walls
60
t For installation in multiple combina-
tions or surface-mounting enclosures
40
If using highly thermally insulating
20
materials (e.g. glass wool), it may be
necessary to reduce the connected
load even further
0
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Umgebungstemperatur [°C]

Terminals 4 screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body, the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm, mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 95 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation

Schematics

230 V AC ~ 1 Outer conductor connection


PE 2 Load connection / corresponding conductor
N 3
L
Load connection / corresponding conductor
4 Trimpotentiometer for load balancing
5TC8 258

2 L 1

17 I2_12395

17/22 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
LV dimmers, for electronic transformers, 20 to 600 W,
20 to 525 VA, for two way switching (5TC8284)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V (2-wire method), rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Protection against short-circuits Reversible operating electronic fuse
Protection against overloads With additional temperature cutout, which shuts down the dimmer in the event of an overload and only
resupplies it automatically with power when the overload is eliminated after the device has sufmciently
cooled down
Load output
t Number Two terminals for two-way switching ( 2 and 3 )
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Rated load (up to 35 °C ambient temperature)
- Incandescent lamps 20 ... 600 W
- HV halogen lamps 20 ... 600 W
- LV halogen lamps with electronic transformer 20 ... 525 W
- Note Does not support connection of:
t Energy-saving lamps
t Magnetic transformers

- Maximum connected load at ambient temperature Warning: The connected load must be
100 I2_11961
reduced by 25 %, depending on oper-
ating conditions
Relative connected load [%]

80
t For mounting on wood, Rigips, gas
60 concrete or cavity walls
t For installation in multiple combina-
40 tions or surface-mounting enclosures
If using highly thermally insulating
20
materials (e.g. glass wool), it may be
necessary to reduce the connected
0
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 load even further
Ambient temperature [°C]

Terminals 4 screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body, the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm, mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 95 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation

Schematics

230 V AC ~ 1 Outer conductor connection


PE 2 Load connection / corresponding conductor
N 3
L
Load connection / corresponding conductor
4 Trimpotentiometer for load balancing

2 L 1

I2_11965a

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/23


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
LV dimmers, for electronic transformers, 60 to 800 W,
60 to 800 VA, for two-way switching (5TC8258)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V (2-wire method), rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Protection against short-circuits Reversible operating electronic fuse
Protection against overloads With additional temperature cutout, which shuts down the dimmer in the event of an overload and only
resupplies it automatically with power when the overload is eliminated after the device has sufmciently
cooled down
Load output
t Number Two terminals for two-way switching ( 2 and 3 )
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Rated load (up to 35 °C ambient temperature)
- Incandescent lamps 60 ... 800 W
- HV halogen lamps 60 ... 800 W
- LV halogen lamps with electronic transformer 60 ... 800 VA
- Note Does not support connection of:
t Energy-saving lamps
t Magnetic transformers

- Maximum connected load at ambient temperature Warning: The connected load must be reduced
100

I2_12416
by 25 %, depending on operating conditions
t For mounting on wood, Rigips, gas concrete or
Relative connected load [%]

80
cavity walls
60
t For installation in multiple combinations or
surface-mounting enclosures
40
If using highly thermally insulating materials
(e.g. glass wool), it may be necessary to reduce
20
the connected load even further
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40 45
Ambient temperature [°C]

Terminals 4 screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body, the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm, mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 120 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation

Schematics
230 V AC ~ 1 Outer conductor connection
PE 2 Load connection / corresponding conductor
N 3
L
Load connection / corresponding conductor
4 Trimpotentiometer for load balancing
5TC8 258

2 L 1

I2_12395

17

17/24 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Electronic potentiometers

Overview
Economy and comfort High energy saving
Modern lighting concepts are particularly cost-effective and If nuorescent lamps are operated on conventional primary
user-friendly. The success of the Siemens fully electronic switching devices, the system consumption is approx. 25 %
primary switching device (ECG) has played a key role in this higher than with ECG operation.
achievement: even lighting, 25 % less energy requirements and
power-constant operation (in the case of power nuctuations) with Conventional dimming "burns up" additional energy. In addition,
minimum noise generation are just some of the advantages, the high losses of the chokes, the constant power requirements
which have even led to the ECG being used in music and mlm of the auxiliary electronics and the heater transformers for the
studios. coil heating, the power loss of the leading-edge phase dimmer
and the required base load also need to be taken into account.
The ECG dynamic is a consistent and logical further develop-
ment of this millionfold tried and tested device. This increases the system output for the operation of a lamp
L58W to up to 80 W (at maximum modulation, leading-edge
The wide dimming range – of 100 % to 1 % luminous nux – and phase dimmer and base load not taken into account).
the wattless dimmer control using low-voltage control signals
opens up a whole new range of application options for ECG The ECG dynamic heats the lamp coil in accordance with the
dynamic in the world of lighting technology. dimmer setting using no more intensity than necessary for reli-
able lamp operation; dimmer control is wattless and does not re-
quire a base load.
System wattage during full modulation of a L58W lamp is only
56 W. This is 30 % less than for conventional dimming, with
practically the same luminous nux.

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/25


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Electronic potentiometers, switch
(5TC8424)

Technical specifications
Power supply
t Control voltage 1 ... 10 V
t Maximum control current 50 mA
t Load connection 4A
Protection against short-circuits With miniature fuse 1 (the fuse holder contains a spare fuse)
Switching capacity
t Number of ECGs load output
- OSRAM Quicktronik, dimmable, 1 x 58 W LL Max. 6
- OSRAM Quicktronik, dimmable, 1 x 36 W LL Max. 9
- OSRAM Quicktronik, dimmable, 2 x 58 W LL Max. 3
- OSRAM Quicktronik, dimmable, 2 x 36 W LL Max. 4
t Number of ECGs control output
- Osram DIMM-ECG Max. 50
t Notes t ECGs have high starting currents: if more than six ECGs are to be switched, a power relay must be used
t Always ensure that ECGs and nuorescent lamps are from the same manufacturer
Terminals 4 screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body, the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm, mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 55 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation and KEMA certimcation

Schematics

230 V AC ~ 1 Fuse holder with


PE fuse T 4 H 250 V
N 2 Outer conductor connection
L 3 Load connection ECG
4 Control input 1 to 10 V
5TC8 424
5 Trimpotentiometer
5 1 for basic brightness
4 6 Dimmable ECG
2
+
3

I201_11966a
+ L N PE
6 ECG

17

17/26 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Electronic potentiometers, switch (5TC8424)

PE
N
L

l.v. controller
N 1
L ECG dynamic
2
- 3
+ 4 x

N 1
L ECG dynamic
2
- 3
+ 4 x

+ –
N 1
L ECG dynamic
2
- 3
+ 4 x

L N PE – + I2_12392
5TC8424

Electronic potentiometers for dimmer control

Electronic potentiometers, pushbutton (5TC8425)

Technical specifications
Power supply
t Control voltage 1 ... 10 V
t Maximum control current 50 mA
t Load connection 2A
Protection against short-circuits With miniature fuse 1 (the fuse holder contains a spare fuse)
Switching capacity
t Number of ECGs load output Depending on the remote control switch or installation contactor selected
t Number of ECGs control output
- Osram DIMM-ECG Max. 50
Terminals 4 screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body, the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm, mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 55 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation and KEMA certimcation

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/27


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Electronic potentiometers, pushbutton (5TC8425)

Schematics

230 V AC ~ 1 Fuse holder with


PE fuse T 2 H 250 V
N 2 Outer conductor connection
L
3 Load connection remote
control switch
5TC8 425
4 Control input 1 to 10 V
5 1 5 Trimpotentiometer
4 for basic brightness
2 6 Remote control switch
+ 7 Dimmable ECG
3

I201_12396
6

N L PE

ECG
+
7
X

PE
N
L

l.v. controller
N 1
L ECG dynamic
Remote 2
control - 3
+ 4 x
switch

N 1
L ECG dynamic
2
- 3
+ 4 x

+ –
N 1
L ECG dynamic
2
- 3
+ 4 x
L N PE – + I2_12393
5TC8425

Electronic potentiometer with pushbutton control for dimmer control, 1-phase

PE
N
L1
L2
L3
l.v. controller

N 1
L ECG dynamic
2
- 3
+ 4 x

N 1
L ECG dynamic
2
Remote 3
-
control + 4 x
switch
– +
N 1
L ECG dynamic
2
- 3
+ 4 x
17 5TC8425 L3 L2 L1 N PE – + I2_12394

Electronic potentiometer with pushbutton control for dimmer control, 3-phase

17/28 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Dimmers
Speed regulating rheostats, 0.1 to 2.6 A (5TC8604)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V (2-wire method), rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Protection against short-circuits With fuse 1 (the fuse holder contains a spare fuse)
Protection against overloads With additional temperature cutout, which permanently shuts down the speed regulating rheostat in the
event of an overload
Load output
t Number 1(4)
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
t Rated load (up to 35 °C ambient temperature)
- Single-phase induction motor 25 ... 600 VA / 0.1 ... 2.6 A
- Note The outer conductor must be connected to the L terminal as the device may otherwise be permanently
damaged
- Maximum connected load at 100 Warning: The connected
ambient temperature I2_11961
load must be reduced by
20 %, depending on oper-

Relative connected load [%]


80
ating conditions
60 t For mounting on wood,
Rigips, gas concrete or
40 cavity walls
t For installation in multi-
20 ple combinations or sur-
face-mounting
0 enclosures
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Ambient temperature [°C]

Terminals 4 screw terminals with anti-slip terminal body, the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0,5 ... 4.0 mm² solid
t 0,5 ... 2.5 mm² mnely stranded, with or without end sleeve (without insulating collar, gas-tight crimp
connection)
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm, mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 105 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, 40 mm deep according to DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree (acc. to IEC 60664-1) 2
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
t Overvoltage category (acc. to IEC 60664-1) III
t Standard According to EN 60669-2-1
EMC requirements According to EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Ambient operating temperature –5 ... +45 °C
t Storage temperature –25 ... +70 °C
t Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 ... 93 %
Approvals VDE certimcation and KEMA certimcation

Schematics

230 V AC ~ M 1 T 4 H 250 V fuse


PE 1~ 2 Outer conductor connection
N 3 230 V~ switched output
L
(speed limiting potentiometer)
5TC8 604
4 Motor connection (output)
5 1 5 Trimpotentiometer for
minimum speed
4

3 1 L 2

I2_11967a

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/29


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion Detectors
DELTA reflex motion detectors, IP55

Overview
The IP55 motion detector is a surface-mounted device, which The brightness switching threshold and the delay time are inm-
passively registers the thermal radiation of bodies moving within nitely adjustable.
its sensing range. It automatically switches the connected loads
on and off. The motion detection is indicated by a nashing red The device is also designed for installation in existing staircase
LED integrated in the sensor. light timer systems.

No thermal radiation is detected through obstacles, such as It cannot be guaranteed suitable for use in other applications.
walls or glass panes, so there is no switching. Note: Further remote controls are available as optional extras for
the 290° IR version.

Design
The motion detector is suitable for wall or ceiling mounting.

I2_13476

inc or rec t c or rec t

Positioning of the motion detector


The optimum mounting height is 2.50 m.
When mounting a light in the sensing range of the motion detec-
tor, there must be a clearance of at least 0.5 m.
Mounting of motion detector on the wall Do not mount motion detectors directly above a light. Wherever
possible, it should be mounted underneath.
In order to avoid unintended switching operations, potential
sources of interference should be taken into consideration when
selecting the mounting location (e.g. nows of warm air, moving
bushes or branches). Areas that you do not want to monitor can
be blocked out by mounting the cover plates included in deliv-
ery.

Mounting of motion detector on the ceiling


If using the optionally available special base (5TC7 900 or
5TC7901), it can also be mounted on a 90° inside or outside
angle.
For optimum motion detection, the motion detector should be
mounted laterally to the direction of walking.

17

17/30 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion Detectors
DELTA reflex motion detectors, IP55

Function
Commissioning
The mrst time the rated voltage is applied, or after each system
interruption of more than 3 s, the initialization phase of the motion
detector is restarted.
Initialization phase

2.5 m
When the initialization phase is started, the connected loads are
switched on for approx. 2 s. The red LED in the inside of the lens

I2_13808
nashes approx. 3 times a second for approx. 45 s until the
device automatically switches to test mode.
Test mode 10 m
Users can manually check the sensing range in this brightness-
independent mode with a switch-on time of 1 s and a delay time
of 2 s. During this check, it is possible to change the direction Range of motion detector, IP55, 120°
and sensing angle of the lens. On expiry of the time span of
10 min set for test mode, the motion detector automatically
switches to the factory setting (brightness switching threshold:
7 lux / delay time 2 min) or to the individual settings.
If you wish to reactivate test mode, this can be triggered by
simultaneously pressing the S1 and S2 pushbuttons for a mini-
mum of 3 s (max. 5 s). The LED nashes rapidly for 3 s and then 2.5 m
remains on. When the pushbuttons are released, test mode is
conmrmed by the LED nashing twice. You can cancel test mode

I2_13809
by brienZ pressing the S1 or S2 pushbutton. After a maximum of
10 min, the motion detector automatically reverts to the previ-
ously selected setting (factory setting or individual setting). 1m 16 m

Range/rear view monitoring of motion detector, IP55, 290°


Reset
Simultaneously press the S1 and S2 pushbuttons for a minimum
of 6 s. The motion detector is then reset to its factory setting
(brightness switching threshold: 7 lux/duty ratio: 2 min). This set-
ting is suitable for the majority of applications. Once the reset is
successfully completed, this is conmrmed by the red LED in the
lens nashing twice.
S1 S2
Individual setting
I2_13726
You can use the S1 and S2 pushbuttons to individually set the
brightness switching threshold and delay time.
Sensing range Brightness-independent mode
The sensing range can be changed by turning the lens +/- 30° In this operating mode, the load is switched on for the set delay
to the left or right. time at each movement, irrespective of the current brightness.
If you need to limit the range, you need to cut out the supplied Brightness-dependent mode
transparent cover plate in accordance with your required sens-
ing range. In this operating mode, the load is only switched on for the set
delay time when it detects movement and if the brightness falls
The range can be changed by adjusting the swivel arm through below the current brightness switching threshold. If you require
up to 120°. a brightness switching threshold that differs from the factory set-
ting, you can store the current light conditions as the operating
point in the memory of the motion detector by pressing the S1
pushbutton for less than 3 s.

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/31


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion Detectors
DELTA reflex motion detectors, IP55
Pulse mode Select individual delay time
The pulse mode is activated/deactivated by pressing the S2 The required delay time is started by pressing the S2 pushbutton
pushbutton for longer than 3 s. In this operating mode, the load for less than 3 s. By repressing the S2 pushbutton for less than
is switched on for one second when it detects movement if the 3 s, you can store the time between the mrst and second press
brightness falls below the current brightness switching thresh- of the pushbutton as an individual delay time. The shortest pro-
old. There is then no further reaction to any movement for 9 s. grammable individual delay time is 5 s.
Note: By pressing the pushbutton for longer than 3 s, you can Comfort function
switch between pulse mode and delay time mode.
Comfort function through the use of optional switches or push-
The pulse mode is primarily used for controlling staircase light buttons (requirement: device is in delay time mode - not in pulse
timers. mode)
A general distinction is made between a long (> 2 s) and a short
(0.2 to 2 s) system interruption.

Technical specifications
Power supply Mechanical specimcations
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, +/-10 %, 50/60 Hz t Enclosure Plastic (PC, ABS)
Terminals t Adjustment range of swivel arm Max. 120°
t Solid conductors 1 mm² ... 4 mm², max. 2 x 2.5 mm² t Dimensions (L x W x D) 180 x 86 x 74 mm
t Stranded conductors (only with 1 mm² ... 2.5 mm², max. 1 x 2.5 mm² t Weight 235 g
end sleeve) t Degree of protection IP55
t Range (mounting height
Electrical specimcations 2.5 m/+22 °C)
t Power loss Approx. 1 W - Version 120 Approx. 10 m
t Twilight sensor From approx. 0.5 lux brightness-inde- - 290° and 290° IR version Approx. 16 m
pendent mode t Mounting height 2 ... 4 m, ideally 2.50 m
t Delay time 5 s ... 30 min
t Pulse mode 1 s ON/9 s OFF Electrical safety
t Test mode 2 s brightness-independent mode t Degree of protection (acc. to EN IP55
60529)
Max. switching capacity t Overvoltage category III
t 120° version (acc. to IEC 60664-1)
- Incandescent lamps 1000 W t Device complies with EN 60669-1 and EN 60669-2-1
- Fluorescent lamps (KVG) 8 x 58 W (uncorrected)
- Energy-saving lamps 4 unit Environmental specimcations
- Series fuse Max. 10 A t Storage temperature -30 ° ... +70 °
t 290° and 290° IR version t Rel. humidity (non-condensing) 5 % ... 93 %
- Incandescent lamps 2500 W Approvals
- Fluorescent lamps (KVG) 20 x 58 W (uncorrected) t VDE certimcation Yes
- Energy-saving lamps 8 unit t CE marking Yes
- Series fuse Max. 10 A t Compliance with EMC Directive, Yes
Low Voltage Directive

17

17/32 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Motion detector tops

Design
The motion detector insert 1 is mounted in a DIN 49073-compli-
I2_08777 ant device box.
The terminals of the insert must be directed downwards (wall
mounting) as otherwise malfunctions may result.
4 Together with the motion detector top 3 , the frame 2 is plugged
onto the insert.
An optimum detection is attained by mounting the top laterally to
3
the walking direction. Otherwise, a delayed detection must be
1
taken into account.
2

1 Motion detector insert


2 Frame
3 Motion detector top
4 Plug

The 1.10 m lens


The mounting height generally amounts to 1.10 m.
The lens has a sensing range with an opening angle of 180 in
two levels.
The size of the sensing range amounts to approx. 12 x 12 m
related to an mounting height of 1.10 m. With other mounting
heights, the detection radius varies.
As a result of the right-angled adjustment of the upper lens level,
the sensing range is not subject to spatial limitations. Therefore,
even motions outside the demned sensing range may initiate
switching operations under certain circumstances (overreach).
Note: due to the almost horizontal adjustment of the upper sens-
ing level, the motion detector tops equipped with the 1.10 m lens
Mode of operation of the 1.10 m lens are basically suitable for indoor use only. If mounted in outdoor
areas, the sensore may be irreparably damaged by direct sun-
shine.
I2_08799a
ca. 12 m

ca. 12 m

Sensing range of the 1.10 m lens

Recommended mounting height


1,10 m

I2_12397
5,30 m
12,00 m

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/33


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Motion detector tops
The 2.20 m lens

The sensing levels of the 2.20 m lens arranged from the top to the bottom
The mounting height generally amounts to 2.20 or 1.10 m.
If a mounting height higher than 2.20 m is selected, please note
that under certain circumstances the energy radiated by a more
distant heat signal source is not sufmcient to release the motion
detector top.
The lens has a sensing range with an opening angle of 180° in
three levels. The three levels are directed from the top to the bot-
Mode of operation of the 2.20 m lens tom.
The size of the sensing range equals
t For a mounting height of 2.20 m: approx. 12 m x 12 m
t For an mounting height of 1.10 m: approx. 6 m x 6 m

Sensing range of the 2.20 m lens

Recommended mounting height


17°

65°
80°

2,20 m

I2_12398

Level 3 2,30 m
4,30 m

Level 2 3,90 m
8,10 m

Level 1 6,40 m
12,00 m

The lens has three ranges of sensing levels, so that the sensing range is
divided into near, medium and distant range.
Avoidance of sources of interference
In order to avoid unintended switching operations, the following t When selecting the mounting location, it should be ensured
instructions should be complied with during installation: that no sources of interference, e.g. lamps or heaters are po-
t As a result of the thermal radiation from the lighting or an in- sitioned within the sensing meld. If this is not possible, a plug-
sufmcient distance between the motion detector and the lamp, on blind should be used.
an undemned switch-on operation may be initiated.

17

17/34 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Motion detector tops
Use of the plug-on blind
Using the plug-on blind, sources of interference can be sup-
(1,10 m) pressed by narrowing the sensing range. The blind covers 90°
of the left or right sensing range.
2
1

(2,20 m)
3

2
1

I2_08793

1 Sensing range
2 Suppressed range
3 Blind

Programming
Setting the brightness threshold Setting the sensitivity

Empf. Empf.

I2_12399 I2_12399
1 2 1 2

1 Brightness controller 1 Brightness controller


2 Sensitivity controller 2 Sensitivity controller

The brightness threshold is the threshold of the brightness at The motion detector top has an internal algorithm which auto-
which a detected movement releases a switching operation. matically adjusts the device to ambient conditions. This virtually
The brightness threshold can be set within a range of approx. eliminates the possibility of unintended switching operations.
0 to 80 lux.
Under normal circumstances, the controller should be set to
To modify the brightness threshold, the controller 2 must be maximum sensitivity.
turned in the desired direction.
If, in exceptional cases, it is necessary to determine a different
If the controller 1 is set to the "sun" limit stop (> 80 lux), the mo- sensitivity level, this can be done using the controller 2 .
tion detector top works in day mode and switches irrespective of
the current brightness level.
Note: if the motion detector top no longer responds to a detected
motion at the "moon" limit stop (night setting, 0 lux), the controller
1 must be turned slightly in the direction of the sun.

Behavior in case of power failure/recovery


Interruption time Behavior
< 200 ms No change of the switching state.
200 ms … approx. 1 s In case of a power recovery, the duration of the delay time is activated (retriggering)
> approx. 1 s In case of power recovery, auto-test for approx. 60 s
The lighting is switched on for the time of the auto-test.
After the test has been completed, the lighting is switched off and the motion detector top is ready for operation.

Behavior when pulling off the motion detector top


The switching state of the insert is retained. If the motion detec-
tor top is plugged on again, it behaves in the same way as after
a power failure of longer than approx. 1 s.
17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/35


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Motion detector tops

Schematics
Caution: It is not permissible to connect motion detector center
units in parallel.
Extension units
5
The sensing range of the center unit can be extended by means
of a motion detector extension unit insert 2 used in conjunction
1 with a motion detector top. Motion detector extension unit inserts
N 1 L
issue brightness-independent motion signals to the center unit.
The brightness evaluation and the delay time are determined by
5TC1500
the center unit.
Mechanical pushbuttons
2 By using a mechanical pushbutton without a glow lamp 3 , the
N1 L lighting can be switched on or retriggered irrespective of the
5TC1502 current brightness level.
It is not possible to switch off the lighting.
Note:
t Long and short operation have the same effect.
3 t It is not permissible to connect motion detector center units in
5TD2120
parallel.
t If the mechanical pushbutton requires lighting, the 5TD2114
I2_08781b type can be installed if there is a neutral conductor.

L N 4

1 Motion detector relay


insert
2 Motion detector
extension unit insert
3 Mechanical pushbutton
without a glow lamp
4 Connection of further
extension units
5 Load

17

17/36 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Comfort motion detector tops

Design
The motion detector insert 1 is mounted in a DIN 49073-compli-
I2_08777 ant device box.
The terminals of the insert must be directed downwards (wall
mounting) as otherwise malfunctions may result.
4 Together with the motion detector top 3 , the frame 2 is plugged
onto the insert.
An optimum detection is attained by mounting the top laterally to
3
the walking direction. Otherwise, a delayed detection must be
1
taken into account.
2

1 Motion detector insert


2 Frame
3 Motion detector top
4 Plug

The 1.10 m lens


The mounting height generally amounts to 1.10 m.
The lens has a sensing range with an opening angle of 180° in
two levels.
The size of the sensing range amounts to approx. 12 x 12 m
related to an mounting height of 1.10 m. With other mounting
heights, the detection radius varies.
As a result of the right-angled adjustment of the upper lens level,
the sensing range is not subject to spatial limitations. Therefore,
even motions outside the demned sensing range may initiate
switching operations under certain circumstances (overreach).
Note: due to the almost horizontal adjustment of the upper sens-
ing level, the motion detector tops equipped with the 1.10 m lens
Mode of operation of the 1.10 m lens are basically suitable for indoor use only.

I2_08799a
ca. 12 m

ca. 12 m

Sensing range of the 1.10 m lens

Recommended mounting height


1,10 m

I2_12397
5,30 m
12,00 m

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/37


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Comfort motion detector tops
The 2.20 m lens
Recommended mounting height

17°

65°
80°

2,20 m
I2_12398

Level 3 2,30 m
4,30 m

Level 2 3,90 m
8,10 m

Level 1 6,40 m
12,00 m

The lens has three ranges of sensing levels, so that the sensing range is
divided into near, medium and distant range.

Mode of operation of the 2.20 m lens

The sensing levels of the 2.20 m lens arranged from the top to the bottom
The mounting height generally amounts to 2.20 or 1.10 m.
If a mounting height higher than 2.20 m is selected, please note
that under certain circumstances the energy radiated by a more
distant heat signal source is not sufmcient to release the motion
detector top.
Sensing range of the 2.20 m lens The lens has a sensing range with an opening angle of 180° in
three levels. The three levels are directed from top to bottom.
The size of the sensing range equals
t For a mounting height of 2.20 m: approx. 12 m x 12 m
t For an mounting height of 1.10 m: approx. 6 m x 6 m
Avoidance of sources of interference
In order to avoid unintended switching operations, the following t When selecting the mounting location, it should be ensured
instructions should be complied with during installation: that no sources of interference, e.g. lamps or heaters are po-
t As a result of the thermal radiation from the lighting or an in- sitioned within the sensing meld. If this is not possible, a plug-
sufmcient distance between the motion detector and the lamp, on blind should be used.
an undemned switch-on operation may be initiated.
Use of the plug-on blind

(1,10 m)

2
1

(2,20 m)
3

2
1

I2_08793

1 Sensing range

17 2 Suppressed range
3 Blind

Using the plug-on blind, sources of interference can be sup-


pressed by narrowing the sensing range. The blind covers 90°
of the left or right sensing range.

17/38 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Comfort motion detector tops

Programming
Operating modes
On the Comfort motion detector top, three different operating
modes can be set by means of a switch:
t Continuous OFF
For this mode, the switch must be moved to the 1 position.
The lighting is continuously switched off. Switching is not pos-
sible by means of extension units.
I2_08795
t Automatic mode
For this mode, the switch must be moved to the 2 position. If
a motion is detected, the Comfort motion detector top
1 2 3 switches on in dependence of brightness and if the motion is
no longer detected, it is switched off after the set delay time
1 Mode of operation has expired. Switching is possible by means of extension
“Continuous OFF”
units.
Mode of operation
2
“Automatic mode” t Continuous ON
For this mode, the switch must be moved to the 3 position.
3 Mode of operation The lighting is continuously switched on. Switching is not pos-
“Continuous ON”
sible by means of extension units.
Locking of the switch
The switch can be interlocked in the automatic mode switching
position using a locking clip:
t Set the device to automatic mode
t Carefully remove the slider 1 with a screwdriver
t Insert the locking clip
1

I2_08796
2

1 Slider
2 Screwdriver

Adjusting the delay time


The delay time determines how long the lighting remains
switched on if a motion is no longer detected. The delay time can
be set within a range of 10 s to approx. 30 min. The setting is car-
ried out non-linearly, longer times can only be specimed within a
relatively rough grid.
To modify the delay time, turn the 1 controller in the desired
30 min Empf. direction.
I2_08797

10 s
10 min 3 min
If the Comfort motion detector top has switched on, each further
detected motion results in a retriggering of the delay time. This
1 2 3 means, the delay time starts anew.

1
The Comfort motion detector top does not support a forced shut-
Overtravel time controller
down. This means, continuous motion within the sensing meld
2 Brightness controller results in continuous light.
3 Sensitivity controller

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/39


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Comfort motion detector tops
Setting of short-time duty
Within the scope of a special operating mode, the Comfort
motion detector top can also be set to short-time duty. The short-
time duty operates irrespective of the current brightness level
and can be used, e.g. for controlling a bell.
For this mode the delay time controller 1 is set to the shortest
time (symbol similar to 1).
30 min Empf.
If a motion is detected, the Comfort motion detector top switches

I2_08797
10 s
10 min 3 min
on for 0.5 s. If the detector continues to detect motions, the light-
ing is not switched on again until a locking time of 3 s has
1 2 3 expired.

1 Overtravel time controller


2 Brightness controller
3 Sensitivity controller

Setting of the brightness threshold


Note: if the Comfort motion detector top no longer responds to a
detected motion at the "moon" limit stop (night setting, 0 lux), the
controller 1 must be turned slightly in the direction of the sun.
The comfort motion detector top has a high immunity to external
light. For this reason, the Comfort motion detector top
t Does not interpret a brief illumination (e.g. that of a nashlight)
30 min Empf. as "brightness threshold exceeded", thus causing it not to
I2_08797

10 s switch in the case of motion, so that the motion detector can-


10 min 3 min
not be disabled by exposing it brieny to a bright light,
1 2 3 t Does not interpret brief unintentional shadowing (e.g. by a
person) as "brightness threshold fallen below" and does not
1 Overtravel time controller switch on in case of motion.
2 Brightness controller
The external light immunity is attained by a time delay.
3 Sensitivity controller
When brightness turns into darkness, the set brightness thresh-
old must be fallen below for at least 10 s before detected mo-
The brightness threshold is the threshold of the brightness at
tions initiate a switching operation.
which a detected movement releases a switching operation.
The brightness threshold can be set within a range of approx. The same applies to the changeover from darkness to bright-
0 to 80 lux. ness. Only if the set brightness threshold has been exceeded by
at least 10 s will detected motions no longer initiate a switching
To modify the brightness threshold, the controller 2 must be
operation.
turned in the desired direction.
Exception: If the Comfort motion detector top has just switched
If the controller 2 is set to the "sun" limit stop (> 80 lux), the
off, the 10 s time delay is no longer active.
Comfort motion detector top works in day mode and therefore
switches irrespective of the current brightness level.
Releasing the teach function
By means of the teach function, the current ambient brightness You then need to step away from the Comfort motion detector
can be stored as brightness threshold whereas the brightness top for at least one minute in order to enable it to correctly mea-
threshold set at the controller is no longer evaluated. sure and store the current brightness.
To activate the teach function, the Comfort motion detector top The lighting then switches on for 3 s to conmrm that this bright-
must be completely covered brieny (approx. 1 s) at least 3 times, ness level has been stored.
e.g. using your hand, within a 9-second period.
The Comfort motion detector top switches to the set operating
As soon as the Comfort motion detector top has detected three mode.
light changes, the teach function is activated. This activation is
conmrmed If the brightness threshold set at the controller is to be reacti-
vated, the Comfort motion detector top must be pulled off the
t When the switched on lighting is switched off and subse- insert and plugged on again.
quently switched on for 3 s,
t The switched off lighting is switched on for 3 s.

17

17/40 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Comfort motion detector tops
Setting the sensitivity
The Comfort motion detector top has an internal algorithm which
carries out an automatic adjustment to the ambient conditions.
This virtually eliminates the possibility of unintended switching
operations.
Under normal circumstances, the controller should be set to
maximum sensitivity.
30 min Empf. If, in exceptional cases, it is necessary to determine a different

I2_08797
10 s sensitivity level, this can be done using the controller 3 .
10 min 3 min

1 2 3

1 Overtravel time controller


2 Brightness controller
3 Sensitivity controller

Schematics
Caution: It is not permissible to connect motion detector center
units in parallel.
Extension units
5
The sensing range of a center unit can be extended by means
of extension units. This can be achieved by combining, for
1
example, a Comfort motion detector top with a motion detector
N 1 L
extension unit insert and connecting it to the center unit.
5TC1500 Caution:
t Motion detector extension units are not suitable for the direct
switching of loads but just issue brightness-independent
motion signals to the center unit.
2
N1 L t The brightness threshold, the operating mode and the delay
5TC1502 time are set and evaluated at the center unit only.
t The operating mode switch and the controllers for brightness
and delay time of the Comfort motion detector top on the
extension unit have no function.
t If required, the Comfort motion detector top plugged onto the
3 extension unit can be adjusted over the respective controller
(see the section Programming).
5TD2120
t When combining the Comfort motion detector top with the mo-
I2_08781b
tion detector extension unit insert, please note that after the
lighting has been switched off, there is a locking time of ap-
L N
prox. 3 s before the extension unit can be switched on again.
4
Mechanical pushbuttons
1 Motion detector relay
insert Using mechanical pushbuttons without a glow lamp (NO con-
2 Motion detector tact) 3 and with automatic mode activated, the Comfort motion
extension unit insert detector top can be operated from several sides.
3 Mechanical pushbutton
without a glow lamp In case of a short operation in the switched off state, the lighting
4 Connection of further is switched on irrespective of the current brightness level.
extension units
It is not possible to switch off the lighting.
5 Load

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/41


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Motion detector relay inserts (5TC1500)

Design
Plug on the motion detector top prior to applying the supply volt-
I2_08810 age. Do not replace the motion detector top if the insert is con-
nected to the power supply as this will cause a malfunction.
Power losses > 1 s lead to a switch-off of the motion detector re-
4 lay insert.
Connect an upstream miniature circuit breaker 10 A for device
protection.
3
Observe the maximum connected load and the load specimca-
1
tions contained in the technical specimcations.
2
Depending on the mounting type, the max. connected load must
1 Motion detector
be reduced by:
relay insert t –10 % each time the ambient temperature of 25 °C is
2 Frame exceeded by 5 °C,
3 Motion detector top t –15 % for mounting on wood, Rigips or cavity walls,
4 Plug
t –20 % for mounting in multiple combinations.

The motion detector relay insert 1 is mounted in a DIN 49073- Use of extension units
compliant device box. The sensing meld of the center unit can be extended by means
The terminals of the motion detector relay insert must be di- of the motion detector extension unit insert.
rected downwards (for wall mounting). If mechanical pushbuttons are used (NO contacts), the lighting
Only use the motion detector relay insert in combination with a can be switched on from several sides irrespective of the current
motion detector top. Plug the motion detector top 3 together brightness level.
with the frame 2 onto the insert. The electrical contacting is Note: A motion detector top must be mounted on the center unit
achieved over the plug 4 . - otherwise, there will be no function. A motion detector exten-
sion unit insert and a mechanical pushbutton without a glow
lamp can be connected to a center unit in combination.

Schematics

1
N 1 L
5TC1500

L
N 230 V AC 50/60 Hz 2
N1 L
5TC1500
5TC1502
1

2
N 1 L

3
I2_08780a
5TD2120

1 Motion detector
I2_08781b
relay insert
2 Load
L N 4

1 Motion detector relay


insert
2 Motion detector
extension unit insert
3 Mechanical pushbutton
17 4
without a glow lamp
Connection of further
extension units
5 Load

Connection of motion detector relay inserts Connection of all possible inserts

17/42 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Motion detector triac inserts (5TC1501)

Design
plugged onto the insert 1 . The electrical contacting is achieved
I2_08812 over the plug 4 .
Load conventional transformers with at least 85 % of the rated
load with lamps.
4 The total load including the transformer power loss must not ex-
ceed 400 W/VA.

3
Depending on the mounting type, the max. connected load must
be reduced by:
1
t –10 % each time the ambient temperature of 25 °C is
2
exceeded by 5 °C,
1 Motion detector t –15 % for mounting on wood, Rigips or cavity walls,
Triac insert t –20 % for mounting in multiple combinations.
2 Frame
3 Motion detector top Use of extension units
4 Plug
The sensing meld of the center unit can be extended by means
of the motion detector extension unit insert.
The motion detector triac insert 1 is mounted in a DIN 49073- If mechanical pushbuttons are used (NO contacts), the lighting
compliant device box. can be switched on from several sides irrespective of the current
The terminals of the motion detector triac insert must be directed brightness level.
downwards (for wall mounting). Note: A motion detector top must be mounted on the center unit
Only use the motion detector triac insert in combination with a - otherwise, there will be no function.
motion detector top 3 . Together with the frame 2 , the top is A mechanical pushbutton insert without a glow lamp and a mo-
tion detector extension unit insert may also be combined.

Schematics

1
1 L

5TC1501

L
N 230 V AC 50/60 Hz 2
N1 L
5TC1501
5TC1502
1

2
1 L

3
I2_08782a
5TD2120

1 Motion detector
I2_08783a
Triac insert
2 Load
L N 4

1 Motion detector
Triac insert
2 Motion detector
extension unit insert
3 Mechanical pushbutton
without a glow lamp
4 Connection of further

5
extension units
Load 17
Connection of the motion detector triac insert Connection of all possible inserts

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/43


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Motion detectors
Motion detector extension unit inserts
(5TC1502)

Design
The motion detector extension unit insert 1 is mounted in a
I2_08811 DIN 49073-compliant device box. The terminals of the insert
must be directed downwards (for wall mounting).
Together with the frame 2 , the top 3 is plugged onto the insert.
4
The electrical contacting is achieved over the plug 4 .

3
1

1 Motion detector
extension unit insert
2 Frame
3 Motion detector top
4 Plug

Schematics

1
N 1 L

5TC1500

2
N1 L
5TC1502

I2_08778a

L N 3

1 Main control location


2 Extension unit
3 Further extension units
Load
44 Last

17

17/44 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
General

Overview
Individual control, demonstrated using i-system titanium white

Shutter/blind control with shutter/blind sys insert (5TC1231) Shutter/blind control with Comfort shutter/blind control complete assem-
and sys shutter/blind pushbutton (5TC1321) bly (5TC1521) and sun sensor (5TC1526)
Group and central controls, demonstrated using i-system titanium white

Shutter/blind control with sys shutter/blind inserts (5TC1231) Shutter/blind control with sys shutter/blind inserts (5TC1231)
and Shutter/blind sys pushbuttons (5TC1321) and sys shutter/blind pushbuttons (5TC1321)
and shutter/blind control complete assembly (5TC1520)
or Comfort shutter/blind control (5TC1521)

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/45


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Shutter/blind switches, with electrical and
mechanical interlock (5TA2154)

Schematics

L
N

"Mechanical
interlock"
Motor
function
with
only ensured
limit
if rocker
switch
M with frame is
mounted

L 1
I2_08560

Insert
5TA2154 2

Shutter/blind pushbuttons,
with electrical interlock

Schematics

L
N

Motor M
with
limit
switch
I2_06800c

1 L

Insert
5TA2114

17

17/46 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Shutter/blind knob-operated switches

Schematics

M1 M2

Down

Down
Up

Up
Pushbutton 0 position Pushbutton P P P
1-pole 2-pole
5TA7663 N PE L
5TA7674
2-pole

M1

Down
Up
Pushbutton/ 0 position Pushbutton/
maintained maintained P P P
contact contact 1-pole 2-pole
5TA7660 5TA7661
N PE L
5TA7671 5TA7672
1-pole

I2_12165
Shutter/blind key-operated switches

Schematics

M1 M2
Down

Down
Up

Up

Pushbutton 0 position Pushbutton P P P


1-pole 2-pole
5TA7666 5TA7667 N PE L
5TA7677 5TA7678
2-pole

M1
Down
Up

Pushbutton/
maintained
0 position Pushbutton/
maintained P P P 17
contact contact 1-pole 2-pole
5TA7664 5TA7665
N PE L
5TA7675 5TA7676
1-pole
I2_12166

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/47


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Shutter/blind key-operated switches,
for master-key systems

Overview
All promle semicylinders must comply with DIN 18252 with
approx. 40 mm overall length. Examples:
Make Name
CEC No. 8511/2 (as PH 22)
BKS No. 3101
Wilka No. Z 1411 12h
Zeiss Ikon No. 1600044 = mv

Bit is in neutral position.


The key-operated switch is ideal for use in main and general
master-key systems.
In the case of special requirements and existing systems or cus-
tom-made tumbler arrangements for master-key systems, the
lock barrels must be obtained from a specialist dealer.

Schematics

M1

Down
Up
P
Maintained 0 position Maintained
contact contact 1-pole
5TA7668
5TA7680 N PE L
1-pole

M1 M2
Down

Down
Up

Up

Maintained Maintained P P
contact contact
2-pole
5TA7670 N PE L
5TA7681
2-pole
I2_12167

17

17/48 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
sys shutter/blind pushbuttons

Technical specifications
Power supply Over 230-V user interface (230 V PEI) of the sys shutter/blind control insert
Terminals 10-pole pin connector (230 V PEI) for connection of sys shutter/blind control insert
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions (L x W x D) i-system 55 x 55 x 24 mm (incl. spring)
DELTA proml 65 x 65 x 25 mm (incl. spring)
DELTA style 68 x 68 x 27 mm (incl. spring)
t Weight Approx. 30 g
t Fire load: Approx. 950 kJ
t Mounting Mounted on the sys shutter/blind control insert
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree 2
(acc. to IEC 60664-1)
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN IP20
60529)
t Overvoltage category III
(acc. to IEC 60664-1)
t Standard According to EN 50090-2-2 and IEC 60664-1
EMC requirements According to EN 50090-2-2, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Resistance to climate EN 50090-2-2
t Ambient operating temperature -5 … +45 °C
t Storage temperature -25 … +70 °C
t Relative humidity 5 … 93 %
(non-condensing)
CE marking According to EMC Directive (residential buildings), Low Voltage Directive

Dimensional drawings

C
A D
B

I201_08610a

A B C D
i-system 55 55 24 13
DELTA
DELTA profil
style 65
68 65
68 25
27 14
16,5
DELTA style 68 68 27 16,5

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/49


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
sys shutter/blind control inserts (5TC1231)

Technical specifications
Power supply Mains connection 230 V
Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Outputs
t Output channel (UP/DOWN) 1
t Rated voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
t Rated current 8 A resistive load
t Switching capacity 1 motor, 1000 VA
t Max. duty ratio of the relay 120 s
t Switchover interval between 1s
UP and DOWN operation
t Relay ON period for 100 ms
STEP command
t System interruptions < 0.2 s are bridged
Terminals The connections for the DELTA sys shutter/blind control insert comprise six screw terminals,
the following conductor/cross-sections are permissible:
t 0.5 … 2.5 mm² solid
t 0.5 … 1.5 mm² mnely stranded with end sleeve without insulating collar (gas-tight crimp connection)
Caution: If the conductors need to be looped through, only conductors with max. 1.5 mm² can be used
Mechanical specimcations
t Enclosure Plastic
t Dimensions Modular width: 71 mm x 71 mm
mounting depth: 32 mm
t Weight Approx. 75 g
t Fire load Approx. 1000 kJ
t Mounting Installation in device boxes 60 mm Ø, at least 40 mm deep complies with DIN 49073-1
Electrical safety
t Pollution degree 2
(acc. to IEC 60664-1)
t Degree of protection (acc. to EN IP20
60529)
t Overvoltage category III
(acc. to IEC 60664-1)
t Relay µ contact
EMC requirements According to EN 50090-2-2, EN 60669-2-1, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-1
Environmental specimcations
t Resistance to climate EN 50090-2-2
t Ambient operating temperature -5 … +45 °C
t Storage temperature -25 … +70 °C
t Relative humidity 5 … 93 %
(non-condensing)
Approvals VDE certimcation
CE marking According to EMC Directive (residential buildings), Low Voltage Directive

Dimensional drawings

17

17/50 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
sys shutter/blind control inserts (5TC1231)

Schematics
Sample connection Example 2:
Group control with 2 motors and central operating point

M
1~
230 V AC ~ AC 230 V ~
PE N L
PE
N 4
L

1
1 N L 6
IN M
2 5
5TC1 231 N L
IN M

3 4 5TC1 231

7
4
I2_08611

M
1 Neutral conductor
2 Secondary input UP 2
3 Secondary input DOWN
4 Motor UP
5 Motor DOWN N
IN M
L

6 External conductor connection 5TC1 231

7 Interface (230-V-PEI)
5

Application options
3
Example 1:
Shutter/blind control with conventional extension units N L
IN M

5TC1 231

5TA2 114
I2_08613

L 1 2 M
1~ Together with the UP 211 wave shutter/blind pushbutton inserts,
230 V ~ AC
the sys shutter/blind control insert 1 is implemented as a central
PE operating point. The inserts 2 and 3 individually control the
N respective shutter/blind motors M ( 4 and 5 ). The time values
L
stored in the UP 211 wave shutter/blind pushbutton
(e.g. 8:00 UP and 20:00 DOWN command) allow the time-
N L
controlled stopping and starting of all connected motors.
IN M
5TC1 231
Caution:
t It is not permissible to use a shutter/blind control sys insert as
the central operating point and directly operate a shutter/blind
I2_08612a
motor.
When using the shutter/blind pushbutton (5TA2114), the t When protecting the central operating point against short cir-
shutter/blind can be manually moved to the required position cuit using a separate residual current operated circuit breaker,
(UP/DOWN or STEP command). The number of connectable both circuits must be isolated in order to prevent inadvertent
conventional extension units is unlimited. tripping of the circuit breaker.
Example 3:
Integrating a wind alarm
The indicator for the wind alarm is integrated in the shutter/blind
control over the extension unit input. In the event of a wind alarm,
the shutters/blinds are raised and locked in that position until the
wind alarm is reset over the indicator. As long as the interlock is
enabled, neither manual nor automatic operation of the shutters/
blinds is possible.
17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/51


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Shutter/blind controls

Overview
Product features:
Shutter/blind Shutter/blind Shutter/ t Easy operation via a 4-button meld
clock control insert blind control
t Switching time block Mo to Fr: 1 x UP, 1 x DOWN
PROG
MAN
AUTO
Mo Di Mi Do Fr Sa So
t Switching time block Sa to Su: 1 x UP, 1 x DOWN
t Quick conmguration function
PROG Mo Di Mi Do Fr Sa So
MAN
AUTO

Motor
t Factory-conmgured switching times
N L t Reserve power > 6 h over storage capacitor
t Also conmgurable with an unlocked shutter/blind control insert
without extension unit input
I2_08784
t After approx. 30 min, the storage capacitor for the reserve
power is completely recharged.
Form of delivery for the shutter/blind control

Design
The shutter/blind control insert 1 is mounted in a DIN 49073-
I2_08786 compliant device box (recommendation: deep box).
The terminals of the insert must be directed downwards.
4
The shutter/blind clock is plugged with the frame 3 onto the
insert.
The electrical contacting is achieved over the plug 4 .
2

1 Shutter/blind control insert


2 Shutter/blind clock
3 Frame
4 Plug

Programming Schematics
With a charged storage capacitor, the control remains conmgu-
rable for approx. 6 h even with the insert released.
The following factory-preset switching times are stored in the Motor
memory:
N L
t Switching time 1: B 07:00, Mo. to Fr.
t Switching time 2: ? 20:00, Mo. to Fr.
t Switching time 3: B 09:00, Sa. to Su. M
1~
t Switching time 4: ? 20:00, Sa. to Su. L
The current time can be accepted as switching time for the N AC 230 V ~
memory by pressing the desired direction of travel (B or ?) and PE
then activating the "Prog" button. The present switching time is I2_08785

overwritten in this case.


Effect of the length of the button stroke:
t Short keystroke (< 1 s): jog mode for adjusting the slats on
shutters/blinds
t Long keystroke (> 1 s):
2 min continuous operation, can be stopped with pushbutton
B or ?.

17

17/52 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Comfort shutter/blind controls

Overview

Comfort shutter/ Shutter/blind Comfort shutter/ Sun sensor 5TC1526


blind clock control insert blind control (optional)
Prog Zufall Astro

Mo
Di
Mi Prog Zufall Astro
Do
C Fr
Uh Sa Mo
Da So Di
Mi
Do
Mode Set C Fr

Motor Uh
Da
Sa
So

A,B,C,/,Hand s/w
Mode Set

N L A,B,C,/,Hand s/w

I2_08802a

Form of delivery for the Comfort shutter/blind control

Design
The shutter/blind control insert 1 is mounted in a DIN 49073-
I2_08803 compliant device box (recommendation: deep box).
3
The terminals of the insert must be directed downwards.
4 The Comfort shutter/blind clock 2 is plugged onto the insert
with the frame 3 .
5
The electrical contacting is achieved over the plug 4 .
2 The additional plug-in contacts 5 or the socket contact 6 of the
1 Comfort shutter/blind clock are used for the adaptation of the
sensor cable.
6
1 Shutter/blind control insert
2 Comfort shutter/blind clock
3 Frame
4 Plug
5 Plug-in contacts
6 Socket contact

Connection options for the sun sensor cable


There are three ways to connect the sun sensor cable to the
Comfort shutter/blind control:
t Flush-mounting routing of the sun sensor cable
t Surface-mounting routing of the sun sensor cable
t Connection of the sun sensor cable by plugs
Flush-mounting routing of the sun sensor cable
When choosing the nush-mounting routing of the sun sensor
cable, a suitable cable must be selected. Recommendation:
1 J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6 mm (telephone cable). The plug at the sun
3 sensor must be removed. The individual wires of the sensor
2 cable are isolated and connected with the selected cable in a
suitable manner (soldering, screw terminals or similar).
In this context, it must be ensured that the insulating tube (sup-
I2_08804
plied with the sun sensor) encloses the individual wires from the
1 Drilling external cable insulation to the terminal. The cable, together with
2 Cable duct the insulating tube, is plugged through the drill hole 1 of the
3 Terminal insert and passed through the cable duct 2 to the terminal 3 .
The terminal (supplied with the sun sensor) is put in the insert as
shown in the illustration.

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/53


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Comfort shutter/blind controls
Surface-mounting routing of the sun sensor cable
The plug at the sun sensor must be removed. The individual
wires of the sensor cable are stripped and routed through the
insulating tube (supplied with the sun sensor).
2 The cable 1 , together with the insulating tube, is then routed
directly underneath the supporting frame 2 through the cable
1 5TC1526 duct 3 to the terminal 4 .

I2_08805a

1 Cable
2 Support frame
3 Cable duct
4 Terminal

Connection of the sun sensor cable by plugs


The sun sensor cable is connected by plugging the plug of the
sensor into the socket of the Comfort shutter/blind clock.

Schematics

Motor

N L

M
1~
L
N AC 230 V ~
PE
I2_08785

17

17/54 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Comfort shutter/blind controls

Programming
Operating and display elements All three program memories support a maximum of 18 switching
times.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The factory settings can be reset at any time.
Daylight savings
Prog Zufall Astro
To implement daylight savings, the "Set" button must be brieny
Mo
pressed at the appropriate times on the respective dates in
Di spring and fall.
20 Mi
Do 8 It can also be used to set whether or not any conmgured individ-
19 Fr ual motor runtimes are to be executed.
Uhr Sa
Dat So
6 Operating modes
18
The Comfort shutter/blind clock can be set to the "automatic" and
17 Mode Set
10
"manual" mode. It has three program memories (A, B, C), which
16 can be alternatively selected in the automatic mode.
A,B,C,/,Hand s/w
t Automatic mode
15 The set switching times of the program memory A, B or C are
executed. Manual operation is also possible using the 11 and
14 buttons. A, B or C is shown on the display.
I2_08808
t Manual operation
14 13 12 11 Manual operation is only possible by means of the 11 and 14
buttons. The set switching times of the program memories A,
B or C are not executed. A, B or C are not shown on the dis-
1 Lowering of shutter/blind activated
play.
2 Raising of shutter/blind activated
3 Time display
Automatic mode with program memories A, B, C
4 Configuration mode activated In the three program memories, three individual switching time
5 Random function activated programs can be generated. By selecting the A, B or C program
memory, the desired switching time program is activated.
6 Astro function activated
7 Minute display By pressing the "Mode" button, it is possible to change between
8 Set day of week
the program memories (A, B, C) and manual operation.
9 Twilight value underrun Manual operation
10 Brightness value exceeded
A manual operation is possible with any operating mode. The
11 Manually execute lowering of shutter/blind shutters/blinds are raised using the 14 button and lowered using
12 Set values the 11 button.
13 Select mode During operation, a distinction is made between short and long
14 Manually execute raising of shutter/blind button strokes:
15 Mode of operation daylight saving time t Short button stroke (< 1 s)
16 Learn function activated A pulse is generated in accordance with the duration of the
17 Mode of operation winter time key operation. This function serves to adjust the blind slats.
18 Set date t Long button stroke (> 1 s)
The shutter/blind control is set to maintained function (contin-
19 Set time
uous operation). If no other motor runtimes are programmed,
20 Program memories A/B/C are activated a runtime of approx. 2 min is executed.
Factory settings
While program memories A and B are factory-assigned, they
can also be user-demned if required. Operating times that are no
longer required must be deleted.
Default factory settings:
t Memory A
- Switching time 1: 07:00, Mo to Fr, astro function active
- Switching time 2: 09:00, Sa to Su, astro function active
- Switching time 3: 20:00, Mo to Fr, astro function active
- Switching time 4: 21:00, Sa to Su, astro function active
t Memory B
- Switching time 1: 07:00, Mo to Fr, astro function not active
- Switching time 2: 09:00, Sa to Su, astro function not active
- Switching time 3: 20:00, Mo to Fr, astro function not active
- Switching time 4: 21:00, Sa to Su, astro function not active 17
t Memory C
- Not factory assigned.
Independent programs can be stored in the three program
memories A, B and C (e.g. for everyday, weekend,
vacations etc.).

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/55


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Comfort shutter/blind controls
Adjusting the astro time for sunrise and sunset Setting the individual motor runtime
Astro times renect the sunrise and sunset times in the course of The motor runtime is factory-set to approx. 2 min. It can be re-
a calendar year. The modimcation of the astro time facilitates an duced (only for the Down direction) or increased to
individual adjustment of the factory-calculated sunrise and sun- a maximum of 12 min (Up and Down direction).
set times to local conditions. An individual motor runtime of less than 2 min is only executed
The adjustment is executed for all days of the year. with down commands if the shutters/blinds have previously been
The maximum adjustment of the astro times equals +/- 1 h 59 automatically or manually raised to their highest position.
min for both the sunrise and sunset times. Note: it is therefore If the shutters/blinds are not in their top position, the standard
possible to compensate "brighter" and "darker" sites of installa- runtime of 2 min is executed instead of the individual runtime of
tion. less than 2 min.
t Example 1 An individual runtime of more than 2 min is executed both in the
The patio is located at the southwest side of the house. So that Down and Up direction.
it remains brighter longer as the sun sets in the west. The astro An individual runtime of less than 2 min is only executed in the
time for the sunset can therefore be delayed (e.g. +0:25 -> the Down direction.
shutters/blinds are lowered 25 min later).
t Example 2 The upward travel time amounts in any case to at least 2 min.
With a hillside situation at the east side of a house, it gets dark Sun protection and twilight function
earlier than specimed in the astro curve. The astro time for the
sunset can therefore be set to an earlier time. (e.g. -0:20 -> the Note: A sun sensor (5TC1 526) is also required to execute this
shutters/blinds are lowered 20 min earlier). function. This must be ordered separately.
t Example 3 The sun protection function
You would like to enjoy the morning sunrise in the kitchen. The sun protection function is only executed if the shutters/
To ensure that the shutters/blinds in the kitchen are already blinds are in the top limit position.
raised at this time, simply set the astro time for the sunset to
an earlier time. (e.g. -0:30 -> the shutters/blinds are raised The sun protection function automatically lowers the shutters/
30 min earlier). blinds if it gets too bright. As soon as the predemned brightness
value is exceeded, the sun symbol starts to nash and the shutter/
blind is lowered after 2 min. The sensor position on the window
pane determines the stop position of the shutters/blinds:
t When the sensor position is reached, the shutters/blinds stop.
t They are then raised enough to uncover the sun sensor and
t Then lowered again until they are just above the sun sensor.
This ensures that the sun sensor is not covered and changes in
brightness can be detected. For optimum sun protection, the po-
sition of the shutters/blinds is readjusted hourly.
If the programmed brightness value is fallen below for 15 min,
the shutters/blinds are raised again.
Note: the delay times of 2 or 15 min are necessary in order to
prevent premature movement of the shutter/blind when there are
brief nuctuations of brightness.
The sun protection function is deactivated by brieny pressing the
11 button.

The twilight function


The twilight function automatically lowers the shutters/blinds if it
gets too dark. As soon as the predemned brightness value is fall-
en below, the moon symbol starts to nash and after 4 minutes the
shutters/blinds are lowered to their lowest limit stop.
The twilight function is not activated until 2 h before the sunset
astro time. This prevents a sun sensor located in shade during
the day from lowering the shutters/blinds when it is not wanted.
If the twilight function is to be executed for switching times, these
times must be programmed with astro. Here, the twilight function
replaces the sunset astro time.
Switching times without astro are executed at the programmed
instant, irrespective of the current brightness level.

Astro curve

17 The astro curve displays the approximate sunrise and sunset


time in the course of a calendar year. The astro time does not
change within a calendar week. The times stated in the graphics
refer to the Würzburg location.
Example: Astro time in calendar week 10 for
t Sunrise approx. 6:50 am
t Sunset approx. 6:15 pm

17/56 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting
isolating relays (5TC1270)

Schematics

M1 M2
1~ 1~

to further
NN PE PE isolating
Central relays

L L
N N
PE PE
I2_10715b

L L

Individual control Individual control


Motor 1 Motor 2

Sample connection

M1 M2 M3 M4
1~ 1~ 1~ 1~
4 4 4 4

to further
isolating
3 relays
5 5
2
2 I2_10716b

3 3 3 3

Individual Individual Individual Individual


Central control control control control control
Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 3 Motor 4

Wiring diagram

M1 M2 M3 M4
1~ 1~ 1~ 1~

to further
NN PE PE NN PE PE isolating
relays

L L L L L
N N N N N
PE PE PE PE PE
I2_10717a
L L L L

L N

Individual Individual Individual Individual


control
Motor 1
control
Motor 2
control
Motor 3
control
Motor 4
17
Central control

Wiring diagram

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/57


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Shutter/Blind Controls
Shutter/blind control flush-mounting isolating
relays, compact (5TC1271)

Schematics

M1 M2
1~ 1~

N PE
Mains 230 V / 50 Hz

L
5TC1271
L L
N
N N
PE
PE PE

L
L N I201_11958a

Central control Individual control


shutter/blind pushbutton
Motor 1

Sample connection

M3 M4
1~ 1~
M1 M2 4 4
1~ 1~
4 4
to further
isolating
Mains 230 V / 50 Hz 3 relays
5TC1271 5 5TC1271 5 5TC1270 5
2 2 I201_11959a

3 3
3 3

Individual control Individual control


shutter/blind pushbuttons shutter/blind pushbuttons Individual control
Motor 1 Motor 2 shutter/blind pushbuttons
Central control Motor 3 Motor 4

Wiring diagram

M3 M4
1~ 1~
M1 M2
1~ 1~
to further
isolating
N1N2 PE1PE2
NPE NPE relays
Mains 230 V / 50 Hz
5TC1271 5TC1271 5TC1270
L L L L L L L
N N N N N N N
PE PE PE PE PE PE PE
L L I201_11960
L L

L N

Individual control Individual control


shutter/blind pushbuttons shutter/blind pushbuttons
Motor 1 Motor 2 Individual control
shutter/blind pushbuttons
17 Central control
Motor 3Motor 4

Wiring diagram

17/58 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Room Temperature Controllers
Room temperature controllers, 1 NC contact
(5TC9200)

Function Schematics

N
Legend:

L = Outer conductor (phase)


TA N = Neutral conductor
= Connection for time switch
L
(or switch) for nighttime/
temperature reduction
<
= Load connection (heating)
RF = Resistance for thermal
RF feedback
N
TA = Resistance for temperature
reduction

I2_08554
Range restriction in the setting button

Technical specifications
Temperature range 5 … 30 °C
Operational voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Switch contact 1 NC contact
Rated current 10 (4) A
Switching temperature difference Approx. 0.5 K
Temperature reduction Approx. 4 K
Degree of protection/safety class IP30/totally insulated

Room temperature controllers, 1 CO contact


(5TC9201)

Function Schematics

L N
Legend:
L = Outer conductor (phase)
N = Neutral conductor
L = Load connection (heating)
= Load connection (cooling)
< RF = Resistance for thermal
feedback
RF
N
I2_08555

Range restriction in the setting button

Technical specifications
Temperature range 5 … 30 °C
Operational voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Switch contact 1 CO contact
Rated current 10 (4) A (heating)
5 (2) A (cooling)
Switching temperature difference Approx. 0.5 K
Temperature reduction Approx. 4 K
Degree of protection/safety class IP30/totally insulated 17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/59


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Room Temperature Controllers
Room temperature controllers, 3-position switch
(5TC9202)

Function Schematics

N
Legend:
L = Outer conductor (phase)
TA N = Neutral conductor
= Connection for time switch
L
(or switch) for nighttime/
temperature reduction
<
= Load connection (heating)
RF = Resistance for thermal
RF feedback
TA = Resistance for temperature
N
reduction

I2_08556
Range restriction in the setting button

Technical specifications
Temperature range 5 … 30 °C
Operational voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Switch contact 1 NC contact
Rated current 10 (4) A (heating)
Switching temperature difference Approx. 0.5 K
Temperature reduction Approx. 5 K
Degree of protection/safety class IP30/totally insulated

Room temperature controllers, direct floor heating


(5TC9203)

Function Schematics

L N

Mains 0/I Legend:


L L = Outer conductor (phase)
230~
N = Neutral conductor
U
N = Connection for time switch
(or switch) for nighttime/
NTC temperature reduction
= Load connection (heating)
= Load connection (cooling)
TA
RF = Resistance for thermal
feedback
Load TA = Resistance for temperature
I2_08557

reduction

Range restriction in the setting button

17

17/60 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Room Temperature Controllers
Room temperature controllers, direct floor heating
(5TC9203)

Technical specifications
Control devices
Temperature range 5 … 50 °C
Operational voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Tolerance range 195 … 253 V AC, 50 Hz
Switch contact 1 NO contact
Rated current (250 AC) 10 A at p.f. =1.0 (heating)
Switching capacity 2.3 kW
Switches Power supply "ON/OFF"
Display LED Red: control device demands heat (heating mode)
Green: Temperature reduction "ON"
Switching temperature difference Approx. 1 K
Temperature reduction Approx. 5 K
Degree of protection/safety class IP30/totally insulated
Remote sensors
Sensor element NTC according to DIN 44574
Sensor cable PVC, 2 x 0.50 mm2, length 4 m
Degree of protection IP68 (according to DIN VDE 0470T1)
Ambient temperature -25 … +70 °C
Sensor characteristics of measuring
instrument Ri > 1M
Temperatures in °C Resistance in k1
5 4.527
10 3.657
15 2.974
20 2.432
25 2.000
30 1.655
35 1.379
40 1.151
45 0.968
50 0.816

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/61


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Communication
General

Overview
Data networks DELTA näche, as well as for installation in nush-mounting device
boxes with 60 mm diameter and in silltype trunkings with either
The following three versions are used primarily for the data net- vertical or 30° inclined outlets.
work:
Examples
The following describes just a few examples from the great num-
ber of connection components available in the meld of data pro-
cessing and telecommunications technology. Covers and
frames (80 mm) in the DELTA line, DELTA miro, DELTA proml,
DELTA style, DELTA natur, DELTA näche switch/ socket outlets
I2-6779a ranges can be used for surface mounting all sockets.
D-subminiature plug-in connectors
D-subminiature plug-in connectors are primarily used for the
Ring networks plug-in connection of computer terminals and data transmission
devices, as well as for measuring and control equipment. The
outlet box has a 9, 15 or 25-pole trapezoid plug-in pin or socket
connector for connection of one device, or two pin/socket con-
nectors each, if two devices are to be connected.
BNC/TNC plug-in connectors
BNC1)/TNC2) plug-in connectors are used for high-frequency
I2-6780a applications in coaxial cable networks. The standard version is
used for frequencies up to 4 GHz and is available for coaxial ca-
ble impedances of 50 W and 70 W. For BNC plug-in connectors,
Star-type networks the connector is linked to the socket of the outlet box over a bay-
onet lock and, in the case of vibration-resistant TNC plug-in con-
nectors, over a screw plug.
Western (WE) plug-in connectors
I2-6781a
Western (WE) plug-in connectors are used in both data process-
ing technology (e.g. as twisted pair connection3)) and telecom-
munications technology (e.g. as ISDN4) basic connection).
The WE outlet boxes are equipped with one or two 6 or 8-pole
WE sockets, which, if partially equipped with contacts, provide
4, 6 or 8-pole outlet versions.
Bus networks
Twinax plug-in connectors
Ring networks
Twinax plug-in connectors are primarily used in local data net-
In a ring network, the users (network nodes) are connected in a works (LAN) with IBM data terminal equipment. Both primary
closed loop. The data are transmitted from network node to net- conductors of the Twinax cable are soldered to the Twinax in-
work node in one direction. To expand the system, simply open stallation socket of the outlet box, the metal braiding is securely
the ring and add another user. clamped. After contacting with the outlet box, the connector is
Star-type networks screwed securely into place by a cap nut.
When a star structure is used, all users are linked to a control TAE connection units
room, which also operates as the system control. It relays the TAE telecommunication connection units are intended solely for
data to all required devices. This network structure enables mul- the connection of telecommunication devices, such as tele-
tichannel operation, which supports the simultaneous linking of phones, fax machines, telex systems. The adapter (connector)
many connections. Further users can be simply connected to is available on its own and preassembled with connecting cable
the central operating point if required. in various lengths. The outlet boxes with one to three sockets
Bus networks and the adapters are prepared for telephone connection
(F coding) or for connection of additional devices (fax, etc.) and
In a bus network, all users are directly connected to a bus cable. data terminal equipment (Btx) (N coding).
The data transmitted from one network node are initially received
by all other nodes. However, all the network nodes ignore this Fiber-optic outlet boxes
data – with of course the exception of the targeted node. An Fiber-optic outlet boxes in the DELTA proml product range meet
expansion of the power supply is achieved by directly tapping the requirements of a modern cabling system with glass-mber
the bus and thus connecting new users to the supply. cables.
Plug-in connectors, distribution boards and outlet boxes These systems are equipped to cope with future communication
requirements and ensure fast and reliable transmission for many
For the connection and distribution of cables and the connection applications, such as:
of terminals, there are a range of system-specimc plug-in con- t Telephone (voice, fax),
nectors, distribution boards and outlet boxes available. t Data transmission (client/server, computing, mail, Internet, vir-
Flush-mounting devices tual LAN),
These components for data processing and data communica- t Multimedia (integration of voice, data and video).
tion, as well as telecommunication and electro-acoustical sys-
tems, are available in the surface-mounting product range of in-
17 stallation switch/socket outlet systems: DELTA line, DELTA miro,
DELTA proml, DELTA style, DELTA natur.
1)
BNC: Standard bayonet connector
2)
TNC: Standard threaded connector
3)
Two twisted cables.
4)
ISDN: Integrated Services Digital Network

17/62 Siemens ET D1 · 2014 Siemens ET D1 · 10/2010


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Communication
UAE outlet boxes

Overview

I2_06826d
Wire colors
1 for J-Y (ST) Y 2x2x0.6 cable
System terminal
2

a2 3 2a E W b ws c

a1 4 1a a a E rt a
Pair 1 Pair 2
b1 5 1b b b W sw b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
b2 6 2b W E a ge d
I2_08599
7 Analog terminal (telephone) 100 R
Analog terminal (Siemens)
8 100 R
Analog terminal (international connection)
Terminal marking IAE
Terminal marking UAE Terminal strip
S 0 of mains terminal

Color coding for analog and ISDN telephone ISDN-telephone outlet boxes
point-to-point with WE 8 or UAE 8

230 V ~ NTBA

a b a1 b1 a2 b2

ISDN-
supply
lead

S 1 23 4 5 6 7 8
UAE S 0 bus
1
. Max. 100 m
. Length
.
S 1 23 4 5 6 7 8
.
2 UAE
.
.
.
S 1 2 3 4 TR
5 6 7 8
I2_08600

to
. UAE
? TR

Maximum 12 UAE sockets, NTBA = Network terminator


whereby a max. total (Network Terminator Basic Access)
of 8 terminals
may be connected UAE = Universal terminal unit
(max. 4 telephones
and 4 additional devices) TR = terminating resistor
per 100 ohm 1/4 W

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/63


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
Communication
TAE outlet boxes

Overview

TAE outlet box, for one telephone TAE outlet box, for one telephone and two additional devices

UAE/TAE outlet box for one telephone and/or an additional device TAE outlet box, for two telephones and two additional devices

17

17/64 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
TV/RF/SAT
Aerial branch-circuit boxes (5TG2485)

Schematics

BK

2
2
I2_08601

1 1
4
With separating filter for coupling of 3 3
terrestrial signals e.g. for
regional UKW/TV reception
I2_08602
1 Aerial branch-circuit box (5TG2 485)
2 Separating filter 1 Amplifier
2 Directional tap
3 Aerial branch-circuit box (5TG2 485)
4 Terminating resistor

SAT aerial system with universal single LNB for analog and digital Aerial system, terrestrial and/or broadband cable in star structure
reception

Aerial through-way boxes/terminal boxes (5TG2484)

Schematics

BK BK

1 1

3
2

4
3
I2_08604
I2_08603

3
1 Amplifier
2 Distribution board 1 Amplifier
3 Aerial through-way box/terminal box (5TG2 484) 2 Aerial through-way box/terminal box (5TG2 484)
4 Terminating resistor 3 Terminating resistor
17
Aerial system, terrestrial and/or broadband cable in tree/star structure Aerial system, terrestrial and/or broadband cable in tree structure

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/65


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information
m-system
LED light signals (5TG9880-x)

Overview
Use of LED light signals in a traffic signal function Items required for traffic signal function and its control
(example DELTA line)
Individual parts Order No.
L
N Items required for traffic signal function
N N t LED light signals, red, illuminated 5TG9880-5
L L t LED light signals, green, illuminated 5TG9880-6
5TG9880-6 5TG9880-5 t Module carriers, 2M, for DELTA line, titanium white, 5TG2010
LED light LED light m-system
L 1
signal signal t Frames, 80-mm, single, titanium white, DELTA line 5TG2551-0
Items required for control of traffic signal function
t Shutter/blind switches, with electrical and mechanical 5TA2154
interlock
t Rockers, double, with labeling meld, titanium white, 5TG6212
2 5TA2154 i-system
shutter/blind switch
t Frames, 80-mm, single, titanium white, DELTA line 5TG2551-0

I2_13606

Example of trafmc signal function

International Plug-and-Socket Devices


Shaver socket outlets

Schematics

L
N
PE
I2-6818b

L 1

Shaver socket outlet (block diagram)

17

17/66 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information

Notes

17

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 17/67


© Siemens AG 2014

Technical Information

Notes

17

17/68 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


18
© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

18/2 Catalog notes

18/3 Ordering information

18/4 Quality management

18/5 Service & Support

18/6 Comprehensive support from A to Z

18/7 Order number index

18/20 Terms and conditions of sale and


delivery

18

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Catalog notes

Overview
Trademarks
All product designations may be registered trademarks or prod-
uct names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by
third parties for their own purposes may violate the rights of the
owner.
Amendments
All technical data, dimensions and weights are subject to
change without notice unless otherwise specimed on the pages
of this catalog.
Dimensions
All dimensions are in mm.
Images
The illustrations are not binding.
Technical data
The technical data in the catalog are for general information.
Further technical information is available at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
t under Product List:
- Technical specimcations
t under Entry List:
- Updates
- Download
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Characteristic curves
- Certimcates
Conmgurators can be found under
XXXTJFNFOTDPNMPXWPMUBHFDPOmHVSBUPST
Assembly, operation and maintenance
The instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the
products must be observed during assembly, operation and
maintenance.

18

18/2 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Ordering information

Overview
Ordering special versions Ordering very small quantities
When ordering products that differ from the standard versions When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order
listed in the catalog, "–Z" must be added to the Order No. indi- processing are greater than the order value. Therefore, our mi-
cated and the required features must be specimed using alpha- nimal order value is 3.000 €.
numeric order codes or plain text.
PS/P. unit (packaging size/packaging unit)
The packaging size / packaging unit demnes the number, e.g. of units, sets or meters, for outer packaging.
t The first digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) indicates the minimum order quantity. You can only order this
specJmed quantity or a multiple thereof.
t The second digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) specJmes the number of units contained in larger packaging
(e.g. in a carton). You must order this quantity or a multiple thereof if you want the item to be delivered in a larger packaging quantity.
Examples:

PS/P. unit Meaning


1 unit You can order one item or a multiple thereof.
5 units For example, mve units are packed in a bag. Because the bags cannot be opened, you can only order a multiple of
the quantity contained in the bag: 5, 10, 15, 20 etc.
5/100 units One carton contains (for example) 20 bags, each containing 5 units, i.e. a total of 100 units. If only cartons are avail-
able for delivery, you need to order a multiple of the carton quantity: 100, 200, 300, etc.
Ordering a quantity of 220 units, would produce the following delivery: two cartons, each containing 100 units
(= 200 units) and 4 bags, each containing 5 units (= 20 units).
1 set "TFUDPOTJTUTPGBEFmOFEHSPVQPGEJGGFSFOUQJFDFT

Weight
The demned weight is the net weight in kg and refers to the price unit (PU).
Examples
Order No. PU PS/ Order No. PU PS/
(UNIT, P. unit (UNIT, P. unit
SET, SET,
M) M)

5TA2108 1 1/10 units 5TG2497 1 1 set*

PS/P. unit: 1 = minimum order quantity / 10 = quantity per PU: One set, i.e. 10 units (on which price is based)
carton PS/P. unit: The minimum order quantity is one set
* The selection and ordering data specimes that one set
contains 10 units

18

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/3


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Quality management

Overview
The quality management system of our I BT LV Business Unit Certificates
complies with the international standard EN ISO 9001.
Information on the cerUJmDBUFT available (CE, UL, CSA, FM, ship-
The products and systems listed in this catalog are marketed us- ping authorizations) for low-voltage power distribution and elec-
ing a VDE-approved quality management system according to trical installation products can be found on the Internet at:
ISO 9001.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
VDE certificate In the Entry List you can use the certimcate type (general product
Siemens AG approval, explosion protection, test certJmcates, shipbuilding,...)
Industry Sector as a mlter criterion.
Building Technologies Division
Low Voltage Distribution (I BT LV)
Reg. No.: 40017/QM/03.06

18

18/4 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle

Online Support Field Service


The comprehensive online infor- Our Field Service offers you ser-
mation platform supports you in vices for commissioning and
all aspects of our Service & Sup- maintenance - to ensure that
port at any time and from any lo- your machines and plants are
cation in the world. always available.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/
support

Technical Support Spare parts


Expert advice on technical In every sector worldwide, plants
questions with a wide range and systems are required to
of demand-optimized services operate with constantly in-
for all our products and systems. creasing reliability. We will pro-
vide you with the support you
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/
need to prevent a standstill from
technical-support
occurring in the mrst place:
with a worldwide network and opti-
mum logistics chains.

Training
Extend your competitive edge -
through practical know-how
directly from the manufacturer.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/
training

18

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/5


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Comprehensive support from A to Z

Overview
Product information
Website Fast and targeted information about low-voltage
power distribution:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage

Newsletter Always up to date about our forward-looking prod-


ucts and systems:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/newsletter

Product information/product & system selection


Information and Current catalogs, customer magazines, brochures,
download center demo software and promotion packages:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial

Industry Mall Comprehensive information and order platform for


the Siemens Industry Basket:
www.siemens.com/industrymall

Product- & System-Engineering


SIMARIS Support in planning and conmguration the electrical
Software tools power distribution:
www.siemens.com/simaris

Engineering soft- Simple and fast conmguration for distribution boards


ware ALPHA and meter cabinets with products from the Siemens
SELECT Industry Basket:
www.siemens.com/alpha-select

Product documentation
Service & support Comprehensive technical information - from planning
portal to conmguration and operation:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support

Cax Data Collation of commercial and technical master prod-


uct data:
www.siemens.com/cax

Image database Collection of product photographs and graphics,


such as dimensional drawings and internal circuit
diagrams:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/bilddb

My Documentation $PNQJMBUJPOPGEPDVNFOUBUJPOGSPNTQFDJmDQSPKFDUT
Manager https://www.automation.siemens.com/mdm/

Image Data Base Collection of product pictures and graphics such


as dimensional drawings and connection diagrams.
http://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb/

Product training
SITRAIN Portal Comprehensive training program about our prod-
ucts, systems and engineering tools:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training

Product hotline
Technical support Support in all technical queries about our products:
E-mail: support.automation@siemens.com
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support

18

18/6 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TA2 5TA4705 9/6 1 1/10 units
5TA2108 2/6, 2/7, 5/6, 1 1/10 units 5TA4706 9/5 1 1/10 units
5/7, 5/8, 6/7, 5TA4707 9/5 1 1/10 units
6/8, 7/6, 11/6
5TA4708 9/7 1 1/10 units
5TA2108-0KK 11/6 1 10 units
5TA4710 9/5 1 1/10 units
5TA2112 2/5, 5/6, 6/6, 1 1/10 units
11/5 5TA4711 9/7 1 1/10 units
5TA2112-0KK 11/5 1 10 units 5TA4716 9/8 1 1/10 units
5TA2114 2/7, 2/8, 2/19, 1 1/10 units 5TA4726 9/6 1 1/10 units
5/14, 6/8, 6/15, 5TA4741 9/6 1 1/10 units
7/7, 7/9, 13/2
5TA4742 9/6 1 1/10 units
5TA2114-0KK 13/2 1 10 units
5TA4753 9/6 1 1/10 units
5TA2117 2/5, 2/6, 2/7, 1 1/10 units
5/6, 5/7, 5/8, 5TA4815 9/12 1 1/5 units
6/6, 6/7, 6/8, 5TA4816 9/12 1 1/5 units
7/6, 11/4
5TA4825 9/12 1 1 unit
5TA2117-0KK 11/4 1 10 units
5TA4826 9/12 1 1 unit
5TA2118 2/7, 2/8, 5/8, 1 1/10 units
6/8, 7/6, 11/7 5TA5
5TA2118-0KK 11/7 1 10 units 5TA5500-4KK 10/10, 10/22 1 1 unit
5TA2128 2/33, 11/7 1 1/10 units 5TA5500-5KK 10/7, 10/22 1 1 unit
5TA2130 2/33, 11/6 1 1/10 units 5TA5500-8KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1 unit
10/20
5TA2131 2/33, 11/3 1 1/10 units
5TA5501-0KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1 unit
5TA2132 2/33, 11/4 1 1/10 units 10/20
5TA2150 2/6, 2/7, 5/6, 1 1/10 units 5TA5501-1KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1 unit
5/7, 5/8, 6/7, 10/20
6/8, 7/6, 11/6
5TA5501-2KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1 unit
5TA2150-0KK 11/6 1 10 ST 10/20
5TA2151 2/5, 2/6, 2/7, 1 1/10 ST 5TA5501-4KK 10/6, 10/21 1 1 unit
5/6, 5/7, 5/8,
6/6, 6/7, 6/8, 5TA5501-5KK 10/6, 10/21 1 1 unit
7/6, 11/4 5TA5501-7KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1/10 units
5TA2151-0KK 11/4 1 10 units 10/20
5TA2153 2/5, 5/6, 6/6, 1 1/10 units 5TA5501-8DG 10/7 1 1/20 units
11/5 5TA5501-8KK 10/6, 10/21 1 1/10 units
5TA2153-0KK 11/5 1 10 units 5TA5501-8MA 10/7 1 1/20 units
5TA2154 2/7, 2/8, 2/19, 1 1/10 units 5TA5501-8NS 10/7 1 1/20 units
5/14, 6/8, 6/15,
7/7, 7/9, 13/2 5TA5501-8WH 10/7 1 1/10 units
5TA2154-0KK 13/2 1 10 units 5TA5502-2KK 10/10, 10/22 1 1/10 units
5TA2155 2/7, 2/8, 5/8, 1 1/10 units 5TA5502-3KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1/10 units
6/8, 6/9, 7/6, 10/20
11/7 5TA5502-4KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1/10 units
5TA2155-0KK 11/7 1 10 units 10/20
5TA2156 2/5, 2/6, 2/7, 1 1/10 units 5TA5502-5KK 10/6, 10/21 1 1/10 units
5/6, 5/7, 5/8, 5TA5502-6KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1/10 units
6/6, 6/7, 6/8, 10/21
7/6, 11/3
5TA5502-7KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1 unit
5TA2156-0KK 11/3 1 10 units 10/20
5TA2162 2/5, 5/6, 6/6, 1 1/10 units 5TA5502-8KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1/10 units
11/5 10/20
5TA2162-0KK 11/5 1 10 units 5TA5503-0KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1/10 units
5TA2316-0 4/9 1 1 units 10/21
5TA2316-1 4/9 1 1 units 5TA5503-1KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1/10 units
10/20
5TA2316-2 4/9 1 1 units
5TA7
5TA2316-3 4/9 1 1 units
5TA7650 9/8, 9/14, 13/5 1 1 unit
5TA2326-0 4/9 1 1 units
5TA7651 9/8, 9/14, 13/5 1 1 unit
5TA2326-1 4/9 1 1 units
5TA7660 2/21,13/5 1 1 unit
5TA2326-2 4/9 1 1 units
5TA7661 2/21, 5/15, 13/5 1 1 unit
5TA2326-3 4/9 1 1 units
5TA7662 2/20, 13/5 1 1 unit
5TA2327-3 4/9 1 1 units
5TA7663 2/21, 13/5 1 1 unit
5TA4
5TA7664 2/20, 5/14, 6/15, 1 1 unit
5TA4700
5TA4701
9/5
9/5
1 1/10 units
1 1/10 units
13/6 18
5TA7665 2/20, 6/15, 13/6 1 1 unit
5TA4702 9/6 1 1/10 units

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/7


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TA7666 2/20, 5/14, 6/15, 1 1 unit 5TC1337-1 6/16 1 1 unit
13/6
5TC1500 2/26, 2/27, 5/20, 1 1 unit
5TA7667 2/20, 6/15, 13/6 1 1 unit 5/21, 6/20, 6/21,
12/2
5TA7668 2/20, 5/14, 6/15, 1 1 unit
13/6 5TC1501 2/26, 2/27, 5/20, 1 1 unit
5/21, 6/20, 6/21,
5TA7670 2/20, 6/15, 13/6 1 1 unit
12/2
5TA7671 2/21, 13/5 1 1 unit
5TC1502 2/26, 2/27, 5/20, 1 1 unit
5TA7672 2/21, 13/5 1 1 unit 5/21, 6/20, 6/21,
12/3
5TA7673 2/20, 13/5 1 1 unit
5TC1503 2/26, 5/20 1 1 unit
5TA7674 2/21, 13/5 1 1 unit
5TC1504 2/26, 5/20 1 1 unit
5TA7675 2/20, 13/6 1 1 unit
5TC1505 2/27, 5/21 1 1 unit
5TA7676 2/20, 13/6 1 1 unit
5TC1506 2/27, 5/21 1 1 unit
5TA7677 2/20, 13/6 1 1 unit
5TC1507 2/26, 5/20 1 1 unit
5TA7678 2/20, 13/6 1 1 unit
5TC1508 2/26, 5/20 1 1 unit
5TA7680 2/20, 13/6 1 1 unit
5TC1510 2/27, 5/21 1 1 unit
5TA7681 2/20, 13/6 1 1 unit
5TC1511 2/27, 5/21 1 1 unit
5TA7692 6/15, 13/2 1 1 unit
5TC1520 2/22, 5/15, 13/7 1 1 unit
5TA7693 6/15, 13/2 1 1 unit
5TB6 5TC1521 2/22, 5/16, 13/8 1 1 unit

5TB6231 9/8 1 1 unit 5TC1522 2/22, 5/15, 13/7 1 1 unit


5TC1 5TC1523 2/22, 5/16, 13/8 1 1 unit
5TC1010 2/14 1 1 unit 5TC1524 2/22, 13/7 1 1 unit
5TC1011 2/14 1 1 unit 5TC1525 2/22, 13/8 1 1 unit
5TC1012 2/14 1 1 unit 5TC1526 2/22, 2/37, 5/16, 1 1 unit
5/30, 6/17, 6/31,
5TC1013 2/14 1 1 unit 13/8, 13/9
5TC1014 5/12 1 1 unit 5TC1532 2/22, 13/7 1 1 unit
5TC1060 4/10, 15/8 1 1 unit 5TC1537 6/20 1 1 unit
5TC1061 4/10, 15/8 1 1 unit 5TC1537-1 6/20 1 1 unit
5TC1062 4/10, 15/8 1 1 unit 5TC1542 6/20 1 1 unit
5TC1230 2/25, 5/19, 6/18, 1 1 unit 5TC1542-1 6/20 1 1 unit
6/18, 11/14,
5TC1546 6/21 1 1 unit
5TC1231 2/21, 5/14, 5/15, 1 1 unit
6/16, 13/3, 5TC1546-1 6/21 1 1 unit

5TC1232 2/25, 5/19, 6/18, 1 1 unit 5TC1551 6/21 1 1 unit


11/15, 5TC1551-1 6/21 1 1 unit
5TC1233 2/25, 5/19, 6/18, 1 1 unit 5TC1555 6/16 1 1 unit
11/16,
5TC1555-1 6/16 1 1 unit
5TC1250 6/28, 11/16 1 1 unit
5TC1560 6/17 1 1 unit
5TC1270 2/23, 5/16, 6/17, 1 1 unit
13/3 5TC1560-1 6/17 1 1 unit

5TC1271 2/23, 5/17, 6/17, 1 1 unit


5TC7
13/4 5TC7210 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1295 16/2 1 1 unit 5TC7211 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1296 16/2 1 1 unit 5TC7212 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1297 16/2 1 1 unit 5TC7213 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1298 16/2 1 1 unit 5TC7214 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1301 2/25 1 1 unit 5TC7215 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1302 2/25 1 1 unit 5TC7900 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1302-1 2/25 1 1 unit 5TC7901 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1302-2 2/25 1 1 unit 5TC7902 12/4 1 1 unit
5TC1303 2/25 1 1 unit 5TC8
5TC1310 5/19 1 1 unit 5TC8256 2/24, 5/18, 6/18, 1 1 unit
7/10, 10/11,
5TC1313 5/19 1 1 unit 10/22, 11/11
5TC1321 2/21 1 1 unit 5TC8257 2/24, 5/18, 6/18, 1 1 unit
5TC1322 2/21 1 1 unit 7/10, 10/11,
10/23, 11/11
5TC1323 2/21 1 1 unit
5TC8258 2/24, 5/18, 6/18, 1 1 unit
5TC1333 5/14 1 1 unit 7/10, 10/11,
18 5TC1337 6/16 1 1 unit
5TC8262
10/24, 11/13
10/23, 10/30, 1 1 unit
11/12

18/8 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TC8283 2/24, 5/18, 6/18, 1 1 unit 5TC9254 2/28 1 1 unit
7/10, 10/11,
5TC9255 2/28 1 1 unit
10/23, 11/12
5TC9256 6/22 1 1 unit
5TC8284 2/24, 5/18, 6/18, 1 1 unit
7/10, 10/11, 5TC9256-1 6/22 1 1 unit
10/24, 11/13
5TC9257 6/22 1 1 unit
5TC8424 2/24, 5/18, 6/18, 1 1 unit
5TC9258 6/22 1 1 unit
7/10, 10/11,
10/25, 11/14 5TC9258-1 6/22 1 1 unit
5TC8425 2/24, 5/18, 6/18, 1 1 unit 5TC9261 6/22 1 1 unit
7/10, 10/11,
5TC9261-1 6/22 1 1 unit
10/25, 11/15
5TC9262 6/22 1 1 unit
5TC8604 2/35, 5/28, 6/19, 1 1 unit
11/16 5TD2
5TC8900 2/24 1 1/10 units 5TD2111 2/7, 2/8, 5/8, 1 1/10 units
6/8, 6/9, 7/6,
5TC8901 2/24 1 1/10 units 11/10
5TC8902 2/24 1 1/10 units 5TD2111-0KK 11/10 1 10 units
5TC8903 2/24 1 1/10 units 5TD2114 2/6, 2/7, 5/6, 1 1/10 units
5TC8904 5/18 1 1/10 units 5/7, 5/8, 6/7,
6/8, 7/6, 11/10
5TC8906 5/18 1 1/10 units
5TD2114-0KK 11/10 1 10 units
5TC8912 6/18 1 1/10 units
5TD2115 2/7, 2/8, 5/8, 1 1/10 units
5TC8912-1 6/18 1 1/10 units 6/8, 7/6, 11/10
5TC8913 6/18 1 1/10 units 5TD2115-0KK 11/10 1 10 units
5TC8914 7/10 1 1 unit 5TD2116 2/6, 2/7, 5/6, 1 1/10 units
5TC8915 7/10 1 1 unit 5/7, 5/8, 6/7,
6/8, 7/6, 11/9
5TC8916 7/10 1 1 unit
5TD2116-0KK 11/9 1 10 units
5TC8917 7/10 1 1 unit
5TD2117 2/6, 2/7, 5/6, 1 1/10 units
5TC8918 7/10 1 1 unit 5/7, 5/8, 6/7,
5TC8920 7/10 1 1 unit 6/8, 7/6, 11/9
5TC8924 2/35 1 1/10 units 5TD2117-0KK 11/9 1 10 units
5TC8925 2/35 1 1/10 units 5TD2120 2/5, 2/6, 2/7, 1 1/10 units
2/8, 5/6, 5/7,
5TC8926 5/28 1 1/10 units 5/8, 6/6, 6/7,
5TC8927 6/19 1 1/10 units 6/8, 6/9, 7/6,
11/8
5TC8927-1 6/19 1 1 unit
5TD2120-0KK 11/8 1 10 units
5TC8932 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TD2123 2/5, 2/6, 2/7, 1 1/10 units
5TC8932-1 6/28 1 1 unit 2/8, 5/6, 5/7,
5TC9 5/8, 6/6, 6/7,
5TC9200 2/28, 5/22, 6/22, 1 1 unit 6/8, 6/9, 7/6,
14/2 11/9
5TD2123-0KK 11/9 1 10 units
5TC9201 2/28, 5/22, 6/22, 1 1/100 units
14/2 5TD2125 2/33, 11/8 1 1/10 units
5TC9202 2/28, 5/22, 6/22, 1 1 unit 5TD2862 6/9, 6/29 1 1 unit
14/2
5TD2862-1 6/9, 6/29 1 1 unit
5TC9203 2/28, 5/22, 6/22, 1 1 unit
5TD2863 6/9, 6/29 1 1 unit
14/3
5TD2863-1 6/9, 6/29 1 1 unit
5TC9220 2/28 1 1 unit
5TC9221 2/28 1 1/25 units
5TD4
5TD4701 9/7 1 1/10 units
5TC9222 2/28 1 1 unit
5TD4705 9/8 1 1/10 units
5TC9223 2/28 1 1 unit
5TD4706 9/7 1 1/10 units
5TC9224 2/28 1 1 unit
5TD4707 9/7 1 1/10 units
5TC9225 2/28 1 1 unit
5TD4708 9/8, 9/14, 13/6 1 1/10 units
5TC9226 5/22 1 1/25 units
5TD4780 9/7 1 1/10 units
5TC9228 5/22 1 1 unit
5TD4811 9/12 1 1/5 units
5TC9234 5/22 1 1 unit
5TD4821 9/13 1 1 unit
5TC9236 5/22 1 1 unit
5TD5
5TC9242 5/22 1 1 unit
5TD5500-1KK 10/10, 10/22 1 1 unit
5TC9244 5/22 1 1 unit
5TD5500-2KK 10/19, 10/28 1 1 unit
5TC9250 2/28 1 1 unit
5TD5500-5KK 10/6, 10/21 1 1 unit
5TC9251 2/28 1 1 unit
5TC9252 2/28 1 1 unit
5TD5500-6KK 10/5, 10/6,
10/21
1 1 unit
18
5TC9253 2/28 1 1 unit

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/9


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TD5500-8KK 10/5, 10/6, 1 1/10 units 5TG1124-0 4/7 1 1 unit
10/21
5TG1124-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TD5501-0KK 10/10, 10/22 1 1/10 units
5TG1124-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TD5501-2KK 10/6, 10/21 1 1/10 units
5TG1124-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1
5TG1125-0 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1101-0 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1125-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1101-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1125-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1101-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1125-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1101-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1131-0 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1101-4 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1132-0 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1102-0 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1133-0 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1102-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1134-0 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1102-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1136 2/6, 2/36 1 1 unit
5TG1102-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1137 2/8, 2/19, 2/36 1 1 unit
5TG1102-4 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1138 2/7, 2/36 1 1 unit
5TG1103-0 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1150 3/6, 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1103-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1160 3/6, 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1103-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1201 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1103-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1201-1 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1103-4 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1201-2 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1104-0 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1201-3 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1104-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1201-4 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1104-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1202 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1104-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1202-1 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1104-4 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1202-2 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1111-0 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1202-3 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1111-1 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1202-4 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1111-2 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1203 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1111-3 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1203-1 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1112-0 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1203-2 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1112-1 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1203-3 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1112-2 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1203-4 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1112-3 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1204 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1113-0 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1204-1 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1113-1 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1204-2 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1113-2 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1204-3 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1113-3 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1204-4 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1114-0 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1205 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1114-1 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1205-1 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1114-2 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1205-2 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1114-3 4/8 1 1/10 units
5TG1205-3 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1115-0 4/8 1 1/3 units
5TG1205-4 4/6 1 1 unit
5TG1115-1 4/8 1 1/3 units
5TG1207 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1115-2 4/8 1 1/3 units
5TG1208 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1115-3 4/8 1 1/3 units
5TG1210 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1121-0 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1211 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1121-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1220 2/34 1 1/10 units
5TG1121-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1221 2/34 1 1/10 units
5TG1121-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1222-2 2/31 1 1/10 units
5TG1122-0 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1223 2/31 1 1/10 units
5TG1122-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1226-2 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1122-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1227 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1122-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1228 2/30 1 1/10 units
5TG1123-0 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1230 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1123-1 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1231 2/29 1 1/10 units
18 5TG1123-2 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1250 2/34 1 1/10 units
5TG1123-3 4/7 1 1 unit
5TG1251 2/34 1 1/10 units

18/10 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TG1252-2 2/31 1 1/10 units 5TG1382 6/23 1 1/10 units
5TG1253 2/31 1 1/10 units 5TG1391 6/27, 8/5 1 1/20 units
5TG1256-2 2/29 1 1/10 units 5TG1391-1 6/27, 8/5 1 1/20 units
5TG1257 2/29 1 1/10 units 5TG1392 6/27, 8/5 1 1/20 units
5TG1258 2/30 1 1/10 units 5TG1392-1 6/27, 8/5 1 1/20 units
5TG1260 2/29 1 1/10 units 5TG1394 6/23 1 1 unit
5TG1261 2/29 1 1/10 units 5TG1394-1 6/23 1 1/10 units
5TG1305 6/7, 6/8, 6/30 1 1 unit 5TG1395 6/24 1 1 unit
5TG1306 6/9, 6/30 1 1 unit 5TG1395-1 6/24 1 1 unit
5TG1316 6/8, 6/30 1 1 unit 5TG1398 6/24 1 1 unit
5TG1321 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1600 7/13 1 1 unit
5TG1321-1 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1601 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1322 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1602 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1322-1 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1603 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1323 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1604 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1323-1 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1605 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1324 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1607 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1324-1 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1610 7/13 1 1 unit
5TG1325 6/5 1 1/5 units 5TG1611 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1325-1 6/5 1 1/5 units 5TG1612 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1326 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1613 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1326-1 6/5 1 1/10 units 5TG1614 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1327 6/5, 6/14, 13/7, 1 1/10 units 5TG1615 7/12 1 1 unit
13/8
5TG1617 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1327-1 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1620 7/13 1 1 unit
5TG1328 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1621 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1328-1 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1622 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1330 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TG1623 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1330-1 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TG1624 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1333 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TG1625 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1333-1 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TG1627 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1335 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TG1630 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1335-1 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TG1631 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1338 6/25 1 1/10 units
5TG1632 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1338-1 6/25 1 1/10 units
5TG1633 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1340 6/13 1 1/10 units
5TG1634 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1340-1 6/13 1 1/10 units
5TG1635 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1342 6/23 1 1/10 units
5TG1638 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1342-1 6/23 1 1/10 units
5TG1647 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1343 6/24 1 1 unit
5TG1648 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1343-1 6/24 1 1 unit
5TG1650 7/13 1 1 unit
5TG1358 6/24 1 1 unit
5TG1651 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1358-1 6/24 1 1 unit
5TG1652 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1360 6/15 1 1/10 units
5TG1653 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1360-1 6/15 1 1/10 units
5TG1654 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1361 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1655 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1362 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1657 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG1363 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1658 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1364 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1668 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1365 6/5 1 1/5 units
5TG1670 7/13 1 1 unit
5TG1366 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1671 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1367 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1672 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1368 6/5 1 1/10 units
5TG1673 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1370 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TG1674 7/5 1 1 unit
5TG1375 6/28 1 1/10 units
5TG1675 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG1378 6/25 1 1/10 units
5TG1677 7/11 1 1 unit 18
5TG1380 6/13 1 1/10 units
5TG1680 7/13 1 1 unit

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/11


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TG1681 7/5 1 1 unit 5TG2010 2/32, 8/4 1 1/20 units
5TG1682 7/5 1 1 unit 5TG2056 2/30, 5/24 1 1/10 units
5TG1683 7/5 1 1 unit 5TG2057 2/30, 5/24 1 1/10 units
5TG1684 7/5 1 1 unit 5TG2058 2/30, 5/24, 6/24, 1 1 unit
15/5
5TG1685 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG2067 2/30, 15/7 1 1 unit
5TG1687 7/11 1 1 unit
5TG2068 2/30, 15/7 1 1 unit
5TG1690 7/12 1 1 unit
5TG2078 2/30, 5/24, 6/24, 1 1 unit
5TG1760-2 5/23 1 1/10 units
15/4
5TG1761 5/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2080 2/30, 5/24, 6/24, 1 1/10 units
5TG1762 5/5, 5/15, 5/16, 1 1/10 units 15/4
5/20, 5/21, 13/7,
5TG2081 2/30, 5/24, 6/24, 1 1 unit
13/8
15/4
5TG1763 5/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2082 2/30, 5/24, 6/24, 1 1 unit
5TG1764 5/5 1 1/10 units 15/5
5TG1765 5/23 1 1/10 units 5TG2083 2/30, 5/24, 6/24, 1 1 unit
15/5
5TG1766 5/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2084 2/30, 5/24, 6/24, 1 1 unit
5TG1767 5/23 1 1/10 units
15/5
5TG1770 5/27 1 1/10 units
5TG2094 2/32, 8/4 1 1 unit
5TG1771 5/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2095 2/32, 8/4 1 1 unit
5TG1772 5/5 1 1 unit
5TG2096 2/32, 8/4 1 1 unit
5TG1773 5/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2097 2/32, 8/4 1 1 unit
5TG1774 5/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2098 2/30, 5/24, 6/24, 1 1 unit
5TG1775 5/5 1 1/5 units 15/6
5TG1778-2 5/25 1 1/10 units 5TG2124 2/30 1 1/10 units
5TG1787 5/27 1 1/10 units 5TG2125 2/30 1 1/10 units
5TG1800-2 5/23 1 1/10 units 5TG2406 2/29, 2/30, 5/23, 1 1 unit
5TG1801 5/5 1 1/10 units 6/23, 6/24, 7/11,
15/3
5TG1802 5/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2407 2/29, 2/30, 5/23, 1 1 unit
5TG1803 5/5 1 1/10 units 6/23, 6/24, 7/11,
5TG1804 5/5 1 1/10 units 15/3

5TG1806 5/5, 5/13 1 1/10 units 5TG2417 2/29, 2/30, 5/23, 1 1 unit
6/23, 6/24, 7/11,
5TG1807 5/27 1 1/10 units 15/3
5TG1810 5/27 1 1/10 units 5TG2418 2/29, 2/30, 5/23, 1 1 unit
5TG1811 5/5 1 1/10 units 6/23, 6/24, 7/11,
15/3
5TG1812 5/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2448 2/29, 2/30, 5/23, 1 1 unit
5TG1813 5/5 1 1/10 units 6/23, 6/24, 7/11,
5TG1814 5/5 1 1/10 units 15/3

5TG1815 5/5 1 1/5 units 5TG2467-2 2/29, 5/23, 6/23, 1 1 unit


7/11, 15/7
5TG1818 5/23 1 1 unit
5TG2468-2 2/29, 5/23, 6/23, 1 1 unit
5TG1821 5/23 1 1/10 units 7/11, 15/7
5TG1825 5/26 1 1/5 units 5TG2480 2/29, 5/23, 6/23, 1 1 unit
5TG1826 5/26 1 1/5 units 7/11, 10/14,
15/2
5TG1828-2 5/25 1 1/10 units
5TG2484 2/31, 5/25, 6/25, 1 1/10 units
5TG1835 13/7, 13/8 1 1/10 units 7/12, 15/2
5TG1890 5/26, 8/5 1 1 unit 5TG2485 2/31, 5/25, 6/25, 1 1/10 units
5TG1891 5/26, 8/5 1 1 unit 7/12, 15/2

5TG1893 5/5, 5/14, 5/15, 1 1/10 units 5TG2497 10/31, 11/18 1 1 set
5/16, 5/20, 5/21, 5TG2498 11/18 1 1 set
5/26, 13/7, 13/8
5TG2528-2 2/31 1 1/10 units
5TG1894 5/8, 5/29 1 1 unit
5TG2543 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1911 5/26, 8/5 1 1/20 units
5TG2544 2/30 1 1/10 units
5TG1912 5/26, 8/5 1 1/20 units
5TG2545 2/29 1 1/10 units
5TG1913 5/24, 6/24 1 1/10 units
5TG2546 2/30 1 1/10 units
5TG1914 5/24, 6/24 1 1/10 units
5TG2547 2/35 1 1/10 units
5TG1915 5/24, 6/25 1 1/10 units
5TG2548-2 2/31 1 1/10 units
5TG1916 5/24 1 1 unit
18 5TG2
5TG2551-0
5TG2551-1
3/5
3/5
1 1/10 units
1 1/10 units
5TG2008 2/32, 8/4 1 1/20 units
5TG2551-3 3/5 1 1/10 units

18/12 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TG2551-4 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG2853 2/29, 5/23, 6/23, 1 1 unit
7/11, 10/14,
5TG2551-6 3/5 1 1/10 units
15/2
5TG2551-7 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2854 2/29, 5/23, 6/23, 1 1 unit
5TG2552-0 3/5 1 1/10 units 7/11, 10/14,
15/3
5TG2552-1 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2861 3/8 1 1/5 units
5TG2552-2 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2862 3/8 1 1/3 units
5TG2552-3 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2863 3/8 1 1/2 units
5TG2552-4 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2864 3/8, 3/9 1 1 set
5TG2552-5 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2865 3/8, 3/9 1 1 set
5TG2552-6 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2901 3/8, 6/26 1 1/5 units
5TG2552-7 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2901-1 6/26 1 1 unit
5TG2552-8 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2902 3/8, 6/26 1 1/3 units
5TG2553-0 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2902-1 6/26 1 1 unit
5TG2553-1 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2903 3/8, 6/26 1 1/2 units
5TG2553-2 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2903-1 6/26 1 1 unit
5TG2553-3 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2904 3/8, 3/9, 6/26, 1 1 set
5TG2553-6 3/5 1 1/10 units
6/32
5TG2554-0 3/5 1 1/10 units
5TG2905 3/8, 3/9, 6/26, 1 1 set
5TG2554-1 3/5 1 1/10 units 6/32
5TG2554-2 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4
5TG2554-3 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4200 2/38, 9/16 1 1/10 set
5TG2554-6 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4204 9/15 1 1/10 units
5TG2555-0 3/5 1 1/5 units 5TG4205 9/15 1 1/10 units
5TG2555-3 3/5 1 1/5 units 5TG4206 9/16 1 1/10 units
5TG2555-6 3/5 1 1/5 units 5TG4207 9/16 1 1/10 units
5TG2557 3/6, 4/8 1 1/10 units 5TG4208 9/16 1 1/10 units
5TG2558 2/34 1 1/10 units 5TG4210 9/16 1 1/10 units
5TG2561 2/31 1 1/10 units 5TG4212 9/15 1 1/10 units
5TG2563-2 2/29 1 1/10 units 5TG4225 2/20, 5/14, 6/15, 1 1/10 units
13/6, 13/7
5TG2564 2/32, 5/26 1 1/10 units
5TG4318 2/14, 2/15, 2/37, 1 1/10 sets
5TG2565 2/31 1 1/10 units 3/8, 4/6, 6/5,
5TG2566 2/34 1 1/10 units 6/12, 6/13, 6/26,
6/31
5TG2567 2/34, 5/27 1 1/10 units
5TG4324 2/5, 2/36, 3/5, 1 1/10 sets
5TG2568 2/34, 5/27 1 1/10 units
3/8, 4/6, 6/5,
5TG2577 2/35 1 1/10 units 6/6, 6/26, 6/30
5TG2581-0 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4801 5/28 1 1 unit
5TG2581-1 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4804 5/28 1 1 unit
5TG2582-0 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4811 5/9 1 1 unit
5TG2582-1 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4812 6/28 1 1 unit
5TG2582-2 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4812-1 6/28 1 1 unit
5TG2583-0 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4813 6/28 1 1 unit
5TG2583-1 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4814 5/9 1 1 unit
5TG2583-2 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4815 2/35 1 1 unit
5TG2584-0 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4820 2/9 1 1 unit
5TG2584-1 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4821 2/9 1 1 unit
5TG2584-2 3/5 1 1/10 units 5TG4822 2/9 1 1 unit
5TG2585-0 3/5 1 1/5 units 5TG4823 2/35 1 1 unit
5TG2587 3/6, 4/8 1 1/10 units 5TG4824 2/9 1 1 unit
5TG2588 2/34 1 1/10 units 5TG4830 6/9 1 1 unit
5TG2591 2/31 1 1/10 units 5TG4830-1 6/9 1 1 unit
5TG2593-2 2/29 1 1 unit 5TG5
5TG2594 2/32 1 1/10 units 5TG5500-5KK 10/19, 10/28 1 1 unit
5TG2595 2/31 1 1/10 units 5TG5500-6KK 10/7, 10/21 1 1/10 units
5TG2596 2/34 1 1/10 units 5TG5500-7KK 10/14, 10/26 1 10 units
5TG2597 2/34 1 1/10 units 5TG5500-8KK 10/14, 10/15, 1 1 unit
5TG2598 2/34 1 1/10 units
10/26 18
5TG5501-1KK 10/15, 10/26 1 1 unit

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/13


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TG5501-3KK 10/14, 10/15, 1 1 unit 5TG5531-7MA 10/6 1 1/10 units
10/26
5TG5531-7NS 10/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5501-4KK 10/14, 10/15, 1 1 unit
5TG5531-7WH 10/6 1 1 unit
10/26
5TG5531-8DG 10/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5501-7KK 10/14, 10/15, 1 1 unit
10/26 5TG5531-8MA 10/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5502-0KK 10/16, 10/26 1 1/10 units 5TG5531-8NS 10/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5502-1KK 10/16, 10/27 1 1/10 units 5TG5531-8WH 10/7 1 1 unit
5TG5502-2KK 10/13, 10/26 1 1/10 units 5TG5532-0DG 10/10 1 1/10 units
5TG5502-3KK 10/17, 10/27 1 1 unit 5TG5532-0MA 10/10 1 1/10 units
5TG5502-7KK 10/30 1 1 unit 5TG5532-0NS 10/10 1 1/10 units
5TG5502-8KK 10/30 1 1 unit 5TG5532-0WH 10/10 1 1 unit
5TG5503-0KK 10/30 1 1 unit 5TG5532-5DG 10/4 1 1 unit
5TG5503-2KK 10/30 1 10 units 5TG5532-5MA 10/4 1 1 unit
5TG5503-6KK 10/18, 10/28 1 1/10 units 5TG5532-5NS 10/4 1 1 unit
5TG5504-0KK 10/31 1 1/5 units 5TG5532-5WH 10/4 1 1 unit
5TG5504-5KK 10/30 1 10 units 5TG5532-6CR 10/28, 10/31 1 1 unit
5TG5505-0KK 10/30 1 10 units 5TG5532-6DG 10/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5507-1KK 10/17, 10/28 1 1 unit 5TG5532-6MA 10/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5507-2KK 10/14, 10/27 1 1 unit 5TG5532-6NS 10/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5507-3KK 10/14, 10/27 1 1 unit 5TG5532-6WH 10/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5507-4KK 10/14, 10/27 1 1 unit 5TG5532-7DG 10/17 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-0DG 10/5 1 1 unit 5TG5532-7MA 10/17 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-0MA 10/5 1 1 unit 5TG5532-7NS 10/17 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-0NS 10/5 1 1 unit 5TG5532-7WH 10/17 1 1 unit
5TG5530-0WH 10/5 1 1 unit 5TG5532-8DG 10/11 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-1DG 10/5 1 1/10 units 5TG5532-8MA 10/11 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-1MA 10/5 1 1/10 units 5TG5532-8NS 10/11 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-1NS 10/5 1 1/10 units 5TG5532-8WH 10/11 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-1WH 10/5 1 1 unit 5TG5533-0DG 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-3DG 10/6 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-0MA 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-3MA 10/6 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-0NS 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-3NS 10/6 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-0WH 10/15 1 1 unit
5TG5530-3WH 10/6 1 1 unit 5TG5533-1DG 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-4DG 10/6 1 1 unit 5TG5533-1MA 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-4MA 10/6 1 1 unit 5TG5533-1NS 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-4NS 10/6 1 1 unit 5TG5533-1WH 10/15 1 1 unit
5TG5530-4WH 10/6 1 1 unit 5TG5533-2DG 10/14 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-7DG 10/7 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-2MA 10/14 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-7MA 10/7 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-2NS 10/14 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-7WH 10/7 1 1 unit 5TG5533-2WH 10/14 1 1 unit
5TG5530-8DG 10/5 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-3DG 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-8MA 10/5 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-3MA 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-8NS 10/5 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-3NS 10/15 1 1/10 units
5TG5530-8WH 10/5 1 1 unit 5TG5533-3WH 10/15 1 1 unit
5TG5531-0DG 10/6 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-4DG 10/18 1 1/10 units
5TG5531-0MA 10/6 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-4MA 10/18 1 1/10 units
5TG5531-0NS 10/6 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-4NS 10/18 1 1/10 units
5TG5531-0WH 10/6 1 1 unit 5TG5533-4WH 10/18 1 1 unit
5TG5531-3DG 10/5 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-5DG 10/12, 10/16, 1 1/10 units
10/18, 10/19
5TG5531-3MA 10/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-5MA 10/12, 10/16, 1 1/10 units
5TG5531-3NS 10/5 1 1/10 units
10/18, 10/19
5TG5531-3WH 10/5 1 1 unit
5TG5533-5NS 10/12, 10/16, 1 1/10 units
5TG5531-4DG 10/5 1 1/10 units 10/18, 10/19
5TG5531-4MA 10/5 1 1/10 units 5TG5533-5WH 10/12, 10/16, 1 1 unit
10/18, 10/19
5TG5531-4NS 10/5 1 1/10 units
18 5TG5531-4WH 10/5 1 1 unit
5TG5533-6DG 10/18 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-6MA 10/18 1 1/10 units
5TG5531-7DG 10/6 1 1/10 units

18/14 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TG5533-6NS 10/18 1 1/10 units 5TG5535-7WH 10/17 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-6WH 10/18 1 1 unit 5TG5536-0DG 10/14 1 1 unit
5TG5533-7DG 10/13 1 1/10 units 5TG5536-0MA 10/14 1 1 unit
5TG5533-7MA 10/13 1 1/10 units 5TG5536-0NS 10/14 1 1 unit
5TG5533-7NS 10/13 1 1/10 units 5TG5536-0WH 10/14 1 1 unit
5TG5533-7WH 10/13 1 1 unit 5TG5900-2KK 10/12, 10/25 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-8DG 10/14 1 1/10 units 5TG5900-4KK 10/17, 10/27 1 1 unit
5TG5533-8MA 10/14 1 1/10 units 5TG5900-5KK 10/18 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-8NS 10/14 1 1/10 units 5TG5900-7KK 10/18, 10/28 1 1/10 units
5TG5533-8WH 10/14 1 1 unit 5TG5901-1KK 10/19 1 1 unit
5TG5534-0DG 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG5930-0WH 10/13 1 1 unit
5TG5534-0MA 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG5930-1WH 10/13 1 1 unit
5TG5534-0NS 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG5930-2MA 10/18, 10/29 1 1 unit
5TG5534-0WH 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG5930-2NS 10/18, 10/29 1 1 unit
5TG5534-1DG 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG5930-2WH 10/18, 10/29 1 1 unit
5TG5534-1MA 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG5930-3MA 10/19, 10/29 1 1 unit
5TG5534-1NS 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG5930-3NS 10/19, 10/29 1 1 unit
5TG5534-1WH 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG5930-3WH 10/19, 10/29 1 1 unit
5TG5534-2DG 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG5930-5DG 10/18 1 1 unit
5TG5534-2MA 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG5930-5MA 10/18 1 1 unit
5TG5534-2NS 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG5930-5NS 10/18 1 1 unit
5TG5534-2WH 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6
5TG5534-3DG 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6200 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-3MA 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6201 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-3NS 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6202 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-3WH 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6204 2/8 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-5DG 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG6205 2/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-5MA 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG6206 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-5NS 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG6207 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-5WH 10/4 1 1 unit 5TG6208 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-6DG 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6210 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-6MA 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6211 2/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-6NS 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6212 2/8, 2/19 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-6WH 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6213 2/8 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-7DG 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6214 2/7, 2/19 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-7MA 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6215 2/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-7NS 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6217 2/8 1 1/10 units
5TG5534-7WH 10/4 1 1/5 units 5TG6220 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-2DG 10/17 1 1/10 units 5TG6220-0 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-2MA 10/17 1 1/10 units 5TG6220-1 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-2NS 10/17 1 1/10 units 5TG6220-2 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-2WH 10/17 1 1/10 units 5TG6221 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-4DG 10/18 1 1/10 units 5TG6221-0 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-4MA 10/18 1 1/10 units 5TG6221-1 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-4NS 10/18 1 1/10 units 5TG6221-2 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-4WH 10/18 1 1/10 units 5TG6222 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-5DG 10/14 1 1/10 units 5TG6224 2/8 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-5MA 10/14 1 1/10 units 5TG6225 2/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-5NS 10/14 1 1/10 units 5TG6225-0 2/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-5WH 10/14 1 1/10 units 5TG6225-1 2/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-6DG 10/16 1 1/10 units 5TG6225-2 2/7 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-6MA 10/16 1 1/10 units 5TG6226 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-6NS 10/16 1 1/10 units 5TG6227 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-6WH 10/16 1 1/10 units 5TG6228 2/5 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-7DG 10/17 1 1/10 units 5TG6230 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG5535-7MA 10/17 1 1/10 units 5TG6231 2/7 1 1/10 units 18
5TG5535-7NS 10/17 1 1/10 units 5TG6232 2/8, 2/19 1 1/10 units

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/15


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TG6233 2/8 1 1/10 units 5TG7151 6/9 1 1/10 units
5TG6234 2/7, 2/19 1 1/10 units 5TG7151-1 6/9 1 1/10 units
5TG6240 2/6 1 1/10 units 5TG7155 6/8 1 1/10 units
5TG6241 2/5 1 1/10 units 5TG7155-1 6/8 1 1/10 units
5TG6242 2/5 1 1/10 units 5TG7156 6/7 1 1/10 units
5TG6244 2/8 1 1/10 units 5TG7156-1 6/7 1 1/10 units
5TG6245 2/7 1 1/10 units 5TG7157 6/9 1 1/10 units
5TG6246 2/6 1 1/10 units 5TG7157-1 6/9 1 1/10 units
5TG6247 2/5 1 1/10 units 5TG7158 6/8 1 1/10 units
5TG6248 2/5 1 1/10 units 5TG7158-1 6/8 1 1/10 units
5TG6250 2/6 1 1/10 units 5TG7180 6/7 1 1/10 units
5TG6251 2/7 1 1/10 units 5TG7181 6/6 1 1/10 units
5TG6252 2/8, 2/19 1 1/10 units 5TG7182 6/6 1 1/10 units
5TG6253 2/8 1 1/10 units 5TG7183 6/8, 6/15 1 1/10 units
5TG6254 2/7, 2/19 1 1/10 units 5TG7184 6/6 1 1/10 units
5TG6260 2/33 1 1/10 units 5TG7185 6/8 1 1/10 units
5TG6261 2/33 1 1/10 units 5TG7186 6/7 1 1/10 units
5TG6265 2/33 1 1/10 units 5TG7188 6/6 1 1/10 units
5TG6266 2/33 1 1/10 units 5TG7195 6/8 1 1/10 units
5TG6270 2/6 1 1/10 units 5TG7196 6/7 1 1/10 units
5TG6271 2/5 1 1/10 units 5TG7197 6/9 1 1/10 units
5TG6272 2/5 1 1/10 units 5TG7198 6/8 1 1/10 units
5TG6274 2/8 1 1/10 units 5TG7301 2/38, 9/16 1 1/10 units
5TG6275 2/7 1 1/10 units 5TG7304 2/12, 2/38, 5/11, 1 1/10 units
5/30, 6/12, 6/32
5TG6276 2/6 1 1/10 units
5TG7315 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
5TG6277 2/5 1 1/10 units
7/13, 9/15,
5TG6278 2/5 1 1/10 units 11/18
5TG6280 2/6 1 1/10 units 5TG7316 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
7/13, 9/15,
5TG6281 2/7 1 1/10 units
11/18
5TG6282 2/8, 2/19 1 1/10 units
5TG7317 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
5TG6283 2/8 1 1/10 units 7/13, 9/15,
5TG6284 2/7, 2/19 1 1/10 units 11/18
5TG7318 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
5TG6285 2/7 1 1/10 units
7/13, 9/15,
5TG6287 2/8 1 1/10 units 11/18
5TG6290 2/33 1 1/10 units 5TG7321 2/36, 5/29, 6/31, 1 1/10 units
5TG6291 2/33 1 1/10 units 7/13, 9/15,
11/18
5TG6295 2/33 1 1/10 units
5TG7333 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
5TG6296 2/33 1 1/10 units 7/13, 9/15,
5TG7 11/18
5TG7140 6/7 1 1/10 units 5TG7343 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
7/13, 9/15,
5TG7140-1 6/7 1 1/10 units 11/18
5TG7141 6/6 1 1/10 units 5TG7353 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
5TG7141-1 6/6 1 1 unit 7/13, 9/15,
11/18
5TG7142 6/6 1 1/10 units
5TG7354 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
5TG7142-1 6/6 1 1/10 units 7/13, 9/15,
5TG7143 6/8, 6/15 1 1/10 units 11/18
5TG7143-1 6/8, 6/15 1 1/10 units 5TG7355 2/36, 5/29, 6/30, 1 1/10 units
7/13, 9/15,
5TG7144 6/6 1 1/10 units 11/18
5TG7144-1 6/6 1 1/10 units 5TG7640 7/6 1 1 unit
5TG7145 6/8 1 1/10 units 5TG7641 7/6 1 1 unit
5TG7145-1 6/8 1 1/10 units 5TG7644 7/7, 7/9 1 1 unit
5TG7146 6/7 1 1/10 units 5TG7645 7/6 1 1 unit
5TG7146-1 6/7 1 1/10 units 5TG7650 7/6 1 1 unit
5TG7148 6/6 1 1/10 units 5TG7651 7/6 1 1 unit
5TG7148-1 6/6 1 1/10 units
18 5TG7150 6/7 1 1/10 units
5TG7654
5TG7655
7/7, 7/9
7/6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
5TG7150-1 6/7 1 1/10 units 5TG7672 7/6 1 1 unit

18/16 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5TG7673 7/6 1 1 unit 5TG9875-8TW 8/7 1 1/35 units
5TG7674 7/6 1 1 unit 5TG9880-3 2/34, 5/27, 8/7 1 1 unit
5TG7677 7/7, 7/9 1 1 unit 5TG9880-4 2/34, 5/27, 8/7 1 1 unit
5TG7680 7/6 1 1 unit 5TG9880-5 2/34, 5/27, 8/7 1 1 unit
5TG7681 7/6 1 1 unit 5TG9880-6 2/34, 5/27, 8/7 1 1 unit
5TG7684 7/7, 7/9 1 1 unit 5TT1
5TG7685 7/6 1 1 unit 5TT1011 2/35 1 1 unit
5TG7686 7/6 1 1 unit 5TT1012 2/35 1 1 unit
5TG7687 7/6 1 1 unit 5TT3
5TG7688 7/6 1 1 unit 5TT3303 11/17 1 1 unit
5TG7690 7/7, 7/9 1 1 unit 5UA6
5TG7691 7/6 1 1 unit 5UA6110 2/16 1 1 unit
5TG7692 7/6 1 1 unit 5UA6701 2/16, 5/12 1 1 unit
5TG7693 7/6 1 1 unit 5UB1
5TG7694 7/7, 7/9 1 1 unit 5UB1303 2/18 1 1/10 units
5TG7800 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1307 2/18 1 1/10 units
5TG7801 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1311 5/13 1 1/10 units
5TG7802 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1315 5/13 1 1/10 units
5TG7804 5/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1348 2/18 1 1/10 units
5TG7805 5/8 1 1/10 units 5UB1350 2/18 1 1/10 units
5TG7806 5/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1367 6/14 1 1/10 units
5TG7807 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1367-1 6/14 1 1/10 units
5TG7808 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1368 6/14 1 1/10 units
5TG7814 5/14 1 1/10 units 5UB1370 6/14 1 1/10 units
5TG7815 5/8 1 1/10 units 5UB1371 6/14 1 1/10 units
5TG7816 5/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1403 5/10 1 1/10 units
5TG7817 5/8 1 1/10 units 5UB1403-0KK 5/10 1 10 units
5TG7818 5/8 1 1/10 units 5UB1404 5/12 1 1/10 units
5TG7920 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1405 5/10 1 1/10 units
5TG7921 5/6 1 1 unit 5UB1405-0KK 5/10 1 10 units
5TG7922 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1407 5/11 1 1/10 units
5TG7925 5/8 1 1/10 units 5UB1408 5/13 1 1/10 units
5TG7926 5/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1460 5/11 1 1 unit
5TG7927 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1463 5/10 1 1/10 units
5TG7928 5/6 1 1/10 units 5UB1464 5/12 1 1/10 units
5TG7934 5/14 1 1/10 units 5UB1465 5/10 1 1/10 units
5TG7935 5/8 1 1/10 units 5UB1467 5/10 1 1/10 units
5TG7936 5/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1468 5/10 1 1/10 units
5TG7937 5/8 1 1/10 units 5UB1472 5/11 1 1/10 units
5TG7938 5/8 1 1/10 units 5UB1474 5/11 1 1/10 units
5TG8 5UB1475 5/11 1 1/10 units
5TG8302 2/37, 5/30, 6/31, 1 1/10 units 5UB1476 5/11 1 1/10 units
7/13 5UB1480 5/11 1 1/10 units
5TG8305 2/37, 5/30, 6/31, 1 1/10 units 5UB1481 5/10 1 1/10 units
7/13
5UB1486 5/11 1 1 unit
5TG8330 2/37, 5/30, 6/31, 1 1/10 units
7/13 5UB1511 2/10 1 1/10 units
5TG8393-0 10/11, 10/30 1 1 unit 5UB1511-0KK 2/10 1 10 units
5TG9 5UB1512 2/10 1 1/10 units
5TG9874-1AM 8/6, 15/9 1 1 unit 5UB1513 2/10 1 1/10 units
5TG9874-1CM 8/6, 15/9 1 1 unit 5UB1515 2/11 1 1/10 units
5TG9874-1TW 8/6, 15/9 1 1/60 units 5UB1518 2/10 1 1/10 units
5TG9874-2AM 8/6, 15/9 1 1 unit 5UB1518-0KK 2/10 1 10 units
5TG9874-2CM 8/6, 15/9 1 1 unit 5UB1520 2/10 1 1/10 units
5TG9874-2TW 8/6, 15/9 1 1/60 units 5UB1521 2/10 1 1/10 units
5TG9875-8AM 8/7 1 1/35 units 5UB1522 2/10 1 1/10 units
5TG9875-8CM 8/7 1 1/35 units 5UB1523 2/12 1 1 unit 18
5TG9875-8PM 8/7 1 1/35 units 5UB1524 2/12 1 1/10 units

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/17


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5UB1525 2/13 1 1 unit 5UB1843 6/13 1 1/10 units
5UB1534 2/18, 5/13, 6/14 1 1 unit 5UB1843-1 6/13 1 1/10 units
5UB1535 2/18, 5/13, 6/14 1 1 unit 5UB1844 6/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1536 2/11 1 1/10 units 5UB1844-1 6/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1537 2/11 1 1/10 units 5UB1845 6/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1538 2/11 1 1/10 units 5UB1846 6/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1551 2/10 1 1/10 units 5UB1847 6/13 1 1/10 units
5UB1551-0KK 2/10 1 10 units 5UB1847-1 6/13 1 1 unit
5UB1552 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1850 6/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1553 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1851 6/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1555 2/11 1 1/10 units 5UB1852 6/12 1 1/10 units
5UB1556 2/13 1 1 unit 5UB1852-1 6/12 1 1/10 units
5UB1558 2/10 1 1/10 units 5UB1853 6/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1558-0KK 2/10 1 10 units 5UB1853-0KK 6/10 1 10 units
5UB1560 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1853-1 6/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1561 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1854 6/12 1 1/10 units
5UB1562 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1854-1 6/12 1 1/10 units
5UB1563 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1855 6/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1564 2/13 1 1 unit 5UB1855-0KK 6/10 1 10 units
5UB1565 2/13 1 1 unit 5UB1855-1 6/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1580 2/15, 3/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1856 6/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1581 2/15, 3/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1857 6/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1582 2/16, 3/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1857-1 6/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1583 2/16, 3/7 1 1/10 units 5UB1858 6/12 1 1 unit
5UB1613 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1858-1 6/12 1 1 unit
5UB1614 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1862 6/12 1 1/10 units
5UB1615 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1863 6/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1630 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1864 6/12 1 1/10 units
5UB1631 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1865 6/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1638 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1867 6/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1640 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1868 6/12 1 1 unit
5UB1641 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1900 2/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1648 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1901 2/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1650 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1902 2/14 1 1/10 units
5UB1651 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1905 2/15 1 1 unit
5UB1658 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1906 2/15 1 1 unit
5UB1663 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1907 2/14 1 1/10 units
5UB1664 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1908 2/18 1 1/10 units
5UB1665 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1910 2/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1673 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1911 2/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1674 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1912 2/14 1 1/10 units
5UB1675 7/8 1 1 unit 5UB1913 2/14 1 1/10 units
5UB1815 6/11 1 1/10 units 5UB1914 2/14 1 1/10 units
5UB1816 6/11 1 1/10 units 5UB1915 2/15 1 1 unit
5UB1825 6/10 1 1/10 units 5UB1916 2/15 1 1 unit
5UB1825-1 6/10 1 1/10 units 5UB1917 2/14 1 1/10 units
5UB1826 6/11 1 1/10 units 5UB1918 2/18 1 1 unit
5UB1827 6/11 1 1/10 units 5UB1920 2/15 1 1 unit
5UB1828 6/10 1 1/10 units 5UB1920-0 2/15 1 1 unit
5UB1835 6/10 1 1/10 units 5UB1920-1 2/15 1 1 unit
5UB1836 6/10 1 1/10 units 5UB1920-2 2/15 1 1 unit
5UB1837 6/10 1 1/10 units 5UB1921 2/10 1 1/10 units
5UB1838 6/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1922 2/14 1 1/10 units
5UB1840 6/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1923 2/11 1 1/10 units
5UB1841 6/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1924 2/10 1 1/10 units
18 5UB1842 6/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1924-0 2/10 1 1 unit
5UB1842-1 6/12 1 1/10 units 5UB1924-1 2/10 1 1 unit

18/18 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Order number index

Version Page PU PS*/ Version Page PU PS*/


(UNIT, P.unit (UNIT, P.unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
5UB1924-2 2/10 1 1 unit 5UB5530-2NS 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB1925 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-2WH 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB1926 2/13 1 1 unit 5UB5530-3DG 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB1927 2/14 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-3MA 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB1928 2/18 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-3NS 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB1930 2/15 1 1 unit 5UB5530-3WH 10/9 1 1/10 units
5UB1931 2/10 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-4DG 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB1932 2/14 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-4MA 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB1933 2/11 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-4NS 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB1934 2/10 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-4WH 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB1935 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-5DG 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB1936 2/13 1 1 unit 5UB5530-5MA 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB1937 2/14 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-5NS 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB1938 2/18 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-5WH 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB1940 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-6WH 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB1941 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UB5530-7WH 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB1942 2/13 1 1 unit 5UH1
5UB1943 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UH1081 2/15 1 1/10 units
5UB1944 2/12 1 1/10 units 5UH1084 2/37, 5/29, 6/31 1 1 unit
5UB1945 2/13 1 1 unit 5UH1085 2/37, 5/29, 6/31 1 1 unit
5UB2 5UH1086 2/37, 5/29, 6/31 1 1 unit
5UB2201 2/16 1 1/10 units 5UH1111 2/17, 5/12 1 1 unit
5UB2202 2/16 1 1 unit 5UH1150 9/17 1 1/5 units
5UB2205-5A 2/16 1 1 unit 5UH1204 2/15 1 1/10 units
5UB2206-5A 2/16 1 1 unit 5UH1205 2/15 1 1/10 units
5UB4 5UH1213 2/15 1 1/10 units
5UB4650 2/16, 5/12 1 1 unit 5UH1300 2/13, 2/38, 5/11, 1 1 unit
5UB4686 9/17 1 1 unit 5/30, 6/12, 6/32

5UB4705 9/10 1 1 unit 5UH1310 2/12 1 1/5 sets

5UB4711 9/9 1 1/10 units 5UH1311 2/12 1 1/5 sets

5UB4713 9/9 1 1/10 units 5UH1340 2/13 1 1 set

5UB4714 9/10 1 1 unit 5UH1341 2/13 1 1 set

5UB4715 9/10 1 1 unit 5WG1


5UB4716 5WG1527-1AB41 11/17 1 1 unit
9/11 1 1 unit
5WG1527-1AB51 11/17 1 1 unit
5UB4717 9/9 1 1/10 units
5WG1528-1AB41 11/17 1 1 unit
5UB4718 9/9 1 1 unit
5UB4722 9/10 1 1/5 units
5WG3
5WG3141-2AB01 16/2 1 1 unit
5UB4723 9/10 1 1/5 units
5WG3210-2HB21 2/25 1 1 unit
5UB4724 9/10 1 1 unit
5WG3210-2HB31 2/25 1 1 unit
5UB4725 9/10 1 1 unit
5WG3211-2AB71 5/15 1 1 unit
5UB4731 9/10 1 1 unit
5WG3211-2GB41 6/16 1 1 unit
5UB4732 9/10 1 1 unit
5WG3211-2HB11 2/21 1 1 unit
5UB4741 9/11 1 1/10 units
5WG3211-2HB31 2/21 1 1 unit
5UB5
5UB5500-2KK 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB5530-0DG 10/8 1 1/10 units
5UB5530-0GR 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB5530-0MA 10/8 1 1/10 units
5UB5530-0NS 10/8 1 1/10 units
5UB5530-0RE 10/9 1 1 unit
5UB5530-0WH 10/8 1 1/10 units
5UB5530-1DG 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB5530-1MA 10/8 1 1 unit
5UB5530-1NS 10/8 1 1/10 units
5UB5530-1WH 10/8 1 1/10 units
5UB5530-2DG 10/8 1 1 unit 18
5UB5530-2MA 10/8 1 1 unit

Siemens ET D1 · 2014 18/19


© Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Terms and conditions of sale and delivery

Overview
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software Export regulations
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol-
lowing terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the condi- Our obligation to GVMmMM this agreement is subject to the proviso
tions for supplies and services, including software products, by that the GVMmMMNFnt is not prevented by any impediments arising
any Siemens entity/regional having a registered ofmDe outside of out of national and international foreign trade and customs re-
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and quirements or any embargos and/or other sanctions.
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms If you transfer goods (hardware and/ or software and/ or technol-
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG. ogy as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the
mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (in-
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany cluding all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable national
for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and and international (re-) export control regulations.
Electronics Industry shall apply. If required to conduct export control checks, you, upon request
For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft- by us, shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a particular end customer, destination and intended use of goods,
Seat or Registered OfmDF in Germany shall apply. works and services provided by us, as well as any export control
restrictions existing.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions
for Supplies of Siemens Automation and Drives for Customers Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
with a Seat or registered Ofmce outside of Germany shall apply. by the competent authorities.
For software products, the General License Conditions for According to current provisions, the following export regulations
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
with a Seat or registered Ofmce outside of Germany shall apply. catalog / price list:

General
AL Number of the German Export List
All dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German Products marked other than "N" require an export license.
law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only apply
In the case of software products, the export designations of the
to devices for export. relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
Illustrations are not binding. Goods labeled with an "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to a
European or German export authorization when being
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, exported out of the EU.
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - ECCN Export Control Classimcation Number
these are subject to change without prior notice. Products marked other than "N" are subject to a re-export
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, excluding packaging. license to specimc countries.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to a US
the applicable legal regulations. re-export authorization.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit Even without a label or with an "AL: N" or "ECCN: N", authoriza-
the prices valid at the time of delivery. tion may be required due to the mOBM destination and purpose for
Surcharges are added to the price of products that contain which the goods are to be used.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
ofmDJal prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges indicated on order conmrmations, delivery notes and invoices.
will be determined based on the ofmDJal price and the metal fac-
tor of the respective product. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the ofmcial price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
order.
The metal factor determines the ofmcial price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products.
An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business ofmDe
under the following Order Nos.:
t 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1
(for customers based in Germany)
t 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1
(for customers based outside Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
18 (Germany: Industry Mall Online Help System)

18/20 Siemens ET D1 · 2014


© Siemens AG 2014

Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low Voltage Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices
listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
System Solutions for Industry Catalog Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Catalog
Interactive Catalog on DVD Electrical Installation Technology
Products for Automation and Drives, Low-Voltage Power CA 01 SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA LV 10
Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
Building Control Standards-Compliant Components for LV 11
GAMMA Building Control ET G1 Photovoltaic Plants
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A LV 35
Drive Systems Digital: 3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A LV 36
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11 Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting LV 50
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units and System Air-Conditioning
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12 Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems LV 51
Medium-Voltage Converters
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks LV 52
ROBICON Perfect Harmony D 15.1
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards LV 56
Germany Edition Digital: SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
Digital: SINAMICS G180 D 18.1 Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1
Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled Motion Control
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Cabinet Modules
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units D 23.1 SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet D 23.2
SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B NC 62
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31
Equipment for Machine Tools
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, D 84.1
SINUMERIK 808 NC 81.1
SIMOTICS TN
Equipment for Machine Tools
t Series H-compact
t Series H-compact PLUS SINUMERIK 828 NC 82
Equipment for Machine Tools
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS PM 21
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2 Equipment for Production Machines
Technology, HT-direct
Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
DC Motors DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1
Converters Power Supply
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2 Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital DA 22
Converter Cabinet Units Safety Integrated
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10 PC-based Automation ST PC
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES SIMATIC Ident
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 Industrial Identimcation Systems ID 10
Note: Additional catalogs on SIMODRIVE or SINAMICS
drive systems and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control Products for Totally Integrated Automation ST 70
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors D 81.1 System components
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7 T
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors MD 50.1 Technology components
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter MD 50.11 Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7 AO
Process Control System
Mechanical Driving Machines
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1
SIMATIC NET
FLENDER High Performance Couplings MD 10.2
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit MD 30.1 Industrial Communication IK PI
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 31.1
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
Process Instrumentation and Analytics SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10
Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software MP 31
Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
Digital: Process Analytics, PA 11
Components for the System Integration
Information and Download Center
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
and/or as an e-book. www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial

Siemens ET D1 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2014

Siemens - Infrastructure and Cities Sector Subject to change without prior notice. The information provided in this brochure contains merely general
IC LMV LP FEJ Produced in Spain descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
Av. La Llana 95-105 © Siemens AG 2014 use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
08191 Rubí of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
Spain respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their
own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

www.siemens.com /delta

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi